10年高考《2003--2012》6年模拟试题《2007--2012》高考英语汇编 阅读理解之故事类.doc

1、10 年高考【2003-2012】6 年模拟试题【2007-2012】高考英语汇编 阅读理解之故事类 2012 年高考题 1.【2012 全国新课标】C About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene.Although our act would last only for a short time,we could see quite a number of interesting things.We al

2、l stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene,setting up trees at the edge of a winding path.Very soon,bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera was wheeled into position.The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to speak to the two famous a

3、ctors nearby.Since it was hot in the studio,it came as a surprise to us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path.A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him,and soon the trees were covered in snow.Two more fans were turned on,and a strong wind ble

4、w through the trees.The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.The next scene was a complete contrast(对比).The way it was filmed was quite unusual.Pictures in front taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen(幕).An actor and actress stood of the scene so that they looked

5、as if they were at the waters edge on an island.By a simple trick like this,palm trees,sandy beaches,and blue,clear skies had been brought into the studio!Since it was our turn next,we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us.For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experienc

6、ing the excitement of being film stars!【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者作为一次群众演员的经历。64.Who is the author?A.A cameraman.B.A film director.C.A crowd-scene actor.D.A workman for scene setting.【答案】C【解析】根据文章中的第一段“About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in

7、 a crowd-scene.Although our act would last only for a short time,we could see quite a number of interesting things.”可知 C 正确。【考点定位】考查细节理解。65.What made the author feel cold?A.The heavy snowfall.B.The man-made scene.C.The low temperature.D.The film being shown.【答案】B【解析】根据文章中的“A big fan began blowing ti

8、ny white feathers down on him,and soon the trees were covered in snow.Two more fans were turned on,and a strong wind blew through the trees.The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.”可知：这里的 picture 即是 the man-made scene。【考点定位】考查细节理解。66.What would happen in the three minutes mentioned in t

9、he last paragraph?A.A new scene would be filmed.B.More stars would act in the film.C.The author would leave the studio.D.The next scene would be prepared.【答案】A 【解析】根据文章中的“For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film stars!”可知 A 正确。【考点定位】考查判断推理。2.【2012 全

10、国 I】B About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene.Although our act would last only for a short time,we could see quite a number of interesting things.We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene,sett

11、ing up trees at the edge of a winding path.Very soon,bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera was wheeled into position.The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to speak to the two famous actors nearby.Since it was hot in the studio,it came as a surprise to us

12、 to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path.A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him,and soon the trees were covered in snow.Two more fans were turned on,and a strong wind blew through the trees.The picture looked so real that it made us feel col

13、d.The next scene was a complete contrast(对比).The way it was filmed was quite unusual.Pictures in front taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen(幕).An actor and actress stood of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the waters edge on an island.By a simple trick like

14、this,palm trees,sandy beaches,and blue,clear skies had been brought into the studio!Since it was our turn next,we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us.For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film stars!【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者作为一次群众演员的经

15、历。60.Who is the author?A.A cameraman.B.A film director.C.A crowd-scene actor.D.A workman for scene setting.【答案】C【解析】根据文章中的第一段“About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene.Although our act would last only for a short time,we cou

16、ld see quite a number of interesting things.”可知 C 正确。【考点定位】考查细节理解。61.What made the author feel cold?A.The heavy snowfall.B.The man-made scene.C.The low temperature.D.The film being shown.【答案】B【解析】根据文章中的“A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him,and soon the trees were covered in snow.T

17、wo more fans were turned on,and a strong wind blew through the trees.The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.”可知：这里的 picture 即是 the man-made scene。【考点定位】考查细节理解。62.What would happen in the three minutes mentioned in the last paragraph?A.A new scene would be filmed.B.More stars would act

18、in the film.C.The author would leave the studio.D.The next scene would be prepared.【答案】A 【解析】根据文章中的“For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film stars!”可知 A 正确。【考点定位】考查判断推理。3.【2012 陕西卷】B Three Boys and a Dad Brad closed the door slowly as Sue left home

19、to visit her mother.Expecting a whole day to relax,he was thinking whether to read the newspaper or watch his favourite TV talk show on his first day off in months.“This will be like a walk in the park,”hed told his wife.“Ill look after the kids,and you can go visit your mom.”Things started well,but

20、 just after eight oclock,his three little“good kids”Mike,Randy,and Alexcame down the stairs in their night clothes and shouted“breakfast,daddy.”When food had not appeared within thirty seconds,Randy began using his spoon on Alexs head as if it were a drum.Alex started to shout loudly in time to the

21、beat（节拍）.Mike chanted“Wheres my toast,wheres my toast”in the background.Brad realized his newspaper would have to wait for a few seconds.Life became worse after breakfast.Mike wore Randys underwear on his head.Randy locked himself in the bathroom,while Alex shouted again because he was going to wet

22、his pants.Nobody could find clean socks,although they were before their very eyes.Someone named“Not Me”had spilled a whole glass of orange juice into the basket of clean clothes.Brad knew the talk show had already started.By ten oclock,things were out of control.Alex was wondering why the fish in th

23、e jar refused his bread and butter.Mike was trying to show off his talent by decorating the kitchen wall with his colour pencils.Randy,thankfully,appeared to be reading quietly in the family room，but closer examination showed that he was eating apple jam straight from the bottle with his hands.Brad

24、realised that the talk show was over and reading would be impossible.At exactly 11:17,Brad called the daycare centre(日托所）.“I suddenly have to go into work and my wifes away.Can I bring the boys over in a few minutes?”The answer was obviously“yes”because Brad was smiling.49.When his wife left home.Br

25、ad expected to .A.go out for a walk in the park B.watch TV talk show with his children C.enjoy his first day off work D.read the newspaper to his children 50.Which of the following did Randy do?A.Drawing on the wall B.Eating apple jam C.Feeding the fish.D.Reading in a room 51.Why did Brad ask the da

26、ycare centre for help?A.Because he wanted to clean up his house.B.Because he suddenly had to go to his office C.Because he found it hard to manage his boys home.D.Because he had to take his wife back 52.This text is developed .A.by space B.by comparison C.by process D.by time【要点综述】母亲回娘家去照顾外婆了，留下父亲照看

27、三个淘气的小家伙，此时，家里的一切都乱套了 49.【答案与解析】C 推理判断题。根据第一自然段的第二句可知本题选 C。50.【答案与解析】B 事实细节题。根据第四自然段的倒数第二句可知本题选 B。51.【答案与解析】C 推理判断题。通读全文可知 Brad 打电话给日托所的原因是他照顾不了三个淘气的小家伙，选 C。52.【答案与解析】D 篇章结构题。通读本文可知本文是按时间顺序进行描述的，故选 D。4.【2012 四川卷】C I left university with a good degree in English Literature,but no sense of what I want

28、ed to do.Over the next six years,I was treading water,just trying to earn an income.I tried journalism,but I didnt think I was any good,then finance,which I hated.Finally,I got a job as a rights assistant at a famous publisher.I loved working with books,although the job that I did was dull.I had eno

29、ugh savings to take a year off work,and I decided to try to satisfy a deep-down wish to write a novel.Attending a Novel Writing MA course gave me the structure I needed to write my first 55,000 words.It takes confidence to make a new start theres a dark period in-between where youre neither one thin

30、g nor the other.Youre out for dinner and people ask what you do,and youre too ashamed to say,“Well,Im writing a novel,but Im not quite sure if Im going to get there.”My confidence dived.Believing my novel could not be published,I put it aside.Then I met an agent（代理商）who said I should send my novel o

31、ut to agents.So,I did and,to my surprise,got some wonderful feedback.I felt a little hope that I might actually become a published writer and,after signing with an agent,I finished the second half of the novel.The next problem was finding a publisher.After two-and-a-half years of no income,just wait

32、ing and wondering,a publisher offered me a book deal that publisher turned out to be the one I once worked for.It feels like an unbelievable stroke of luck of fate,really.When you set out to do something different,theres no end in sight,so to find myself in a position where I now have my own name on

33、 a contract（合同）of the publisher to be a published writer is unbelievably rewarding（有回报的）.49.What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 mean?A.I was waiting for good fortune.B.I was trying to find an admirable job.C.I was being aimless about a suitable job.D.I was doing several jobs for more pay at

34、 a time.50.The author decided to write a novel _.A.to finish the writing course B.to realize her own dream C.to satisfy readers wish D.to earn more money 51.How did the writer feel halfway with the novel?A.Disturbed.B.Ashamed.C.Confident.D.Uncertain.52.What does the author mainly want to tell reader

35、s in the last paragraph?A.It pays to stick to ones goal.B.Hard work can lead to success.C.She feels like being unexpectedly lucky.D.There is no end in sight when starting to do something.【本文要点】文章叙述了作者从英语文学专业毕业之后，几经周折，最终幸运地找到自己喜爱的写书这门职业的事情。49.C 推理判断题。根据前后文“but no sense of what I wanted to do”“just tr

36、ying to earn an income.I tried journalism,then finance,which I hated.Finally,I got a job”可知作者对于找怎样的一份适合自己的工作这件事漫无目的。故选 C。50.B 细节理解题。根据第二段话“I decided to try to satisfy a deep-down wish to write a novel”可知作者决定写小说的目的只是满足自己内心深处的愿望，实现自己的梦想。故答案为 B。51.D 推理判断题。根据文章第三段话“It takes confidence to make a new star

37、t”“My confidence dived”“Believing my novel could not be published,I put it aside”及本段叙述了作者回答别人问题时提到“Im writing a novel,but Im not quite sure if Im going to get there”可知，此时他的感觉应该是还不完全确定他现在是否还要继续写他的小说。故答案选 D。52.A 推理判断题。本段作者表达他刚刚开始时“theres no end in sight”到后来的“an unbelievable stroke of luck”“to be a pub

38、lished writer is unbelievably rewarding（有回报的）”是想要告诉读者，坚持自己的目标是值得的，总会碰到运气的降临。B 项“刻苦努力是成功之路”，不符合文章意思。C、D 项停留于文章表面意思。故答案为 A。5.【2012 重庆卷】A One of my wonderful memories is about a Christmas gift.Unlike other gifts,it came without wrap(包装).On September 11th.1958.Mum gave birth to Richard.After she brought

39、 him home from hospital,she put him in my lap,saying.I promised you a gift,and here it is.What an honor!I turned four a month earlier and none of my friends had such a baby doll of their own.I played with it day and night.I sang to it.I told it stories.1 told it over and over how much I loved it!One

40、 morning,however,I found its bed empty.My doll was gone!I cried for it.Mum wept and told me that the poor little thing had been sent to a hospital.It had a fever.For several days,I heard Mum and Dad whispering such words as hopeless,pitiful,and dying,which sounded ominous.Christmas was coming.Dont e

41、xpect any presents this year.Dad said,pointing at the socks I hung in the living room.If your baby brother lives,thatll be Christmas enough.As he spoke,his eyes filled with tears.Id never seen him cry before.The phone rang early on Christmas morning.Dad jumped out of bed to answer it.From my bedroom

42、 I heard him say.What?Hes all right?He hung up and shouted upstairs.The hospital said we can bring Richard home!Thank God.I heard Mum cry.From the upstairs window,I watched my parents rush out to the car.I had never seen them happy.And I was also full of joy.What a wonderful day!My baby doll would b

43、e home.I downstairs.My sacks still hung there flat.But I knew they were not empty;they were filled with love!【考点】记叙文日常生活类【文章大意】短文介绍了作者深爱的小弟弟因病住院，情况不容乐观。在圣诞节即将来临之际，全家人正在为此感到悲伤难过时，来自医院的电话给全家人带来了好消息，作者的弟弟康复了，作者认为这是圣诞节最为特别的礼物。56.what happened to the author on September 11 1958?A He got a baby brother B

44、He got a Christmas gift C He became four years old D He received a doll 56.【答案】A【试题解析】根据短文第 2 段开头可知，作者的母亲在 1958 年 9 月 11 日生了一个男孩，也就是作者得到了一个小弟弟。因此，正确答案为 A 选项。【难度】较易 57.What does the underlined word“ominous”in Paragraph 3 probably mean？A.Impossible.B.Boring C.Difficult D.Fearful 57.【答案】D【试题解析】根据短文第 3

45、段，划线词前面提到“hopeless,pitiful，and dying”。由此可猜测 D 选项的词义与划线词一致。因此，正确答案为 D 选项。【难度】一般 58.Which word can best describe the feeling of the father when Christmas was coming?A.Excitement.B.Happiness.C.Sadness.D.Disappointment.58【答案】C【试题解析】根据短文，在圣诞节即将来临之际，作者的弟弟仍然在住院而且情况不容乐观，为此，作者的父亲感到悲伤。因此，正确答案为 C 选项。【难度】容易 59.

46、What is the passage mainly about?A A sad Christmas day B Life with a lovely baby C.A special Christmas gift.D.Memories of a happy family 59.【答案】C【试题解析】作者以一个特别的圣诞礼物为中心线索来展开故事情节，因此，最佳标题应该是“A special Christmas gift.”。因此，正确答案为 C 选项。【难度】一般 6.【2012 辽宁卷】C If Confucius（孔子）were still alive today and could ce

47、lebrate his September 28 birthday with a big cake,there would be a lot of candles.IIed need a fan or a strong wind to help him put them out.While many people in China will remember Confucius on his special day,few people in the United States will give him a passing thought.Its nothing personal.Most

48、Americans dont even remember the birthdays of their own national heroes.But this doesnt mean that Americans dont care about Confucius.In many ways he has become a bridge that foreigners must cross if they want to reach a deeper understanding of China.In the past two decades,the Chinese studies progr

49、ams have gained huge popularity in Western universities.More recently,the Chinese government has set up Confucius Institutes in more than 80 countries.These schools teach both Chinese language and culture.The main courses of Chinese culture usually included Chinese art,history and philosophy（哲学）.Som

50、e social scientists suggest that Westerners should take advantages of the ancient Chinese wisdom to make up for the drawbacks of Westerners philosophy.Students in the United States,at the same time,are racing to learn Chinese.So they will be ready for life in a world where China is an equal power wi

51、th the United States.Businessmen who hope to make money in China are reading books about Confucius to understand their Chinese customers.So the old thinkers ideas are still alive and well.Today China attracts the West more than ever,and it will need more teachers to introduce Confucius and Chinese c

52、ulture to the West.As for the old thinker,he will not soon be forgotten by people in the West,even if his birthday is.64.The opening paragraph is mainly intended to _ A.provide some key facts about Confucius B.attract the readers interest in the subject C.show great respect for the ancient thinker D

53、.prove the popularity of modern birthday celebrations 65.We can learn from Paragraph 4 that American students_ A.have a great interest in studying Chinese B.take an active part in Chinese competitions C.try to get high scores in Chinese exams D.fight for a chance to learn Chinese 66.What is the best

54、 title for the passge?A.Forgotten Wisdom in America B.Huge Fans of the Chinese Language C.Chinese Culture for Westerners D.Old Thinker with a Big Future 67.The passage is likely to appear in _.A.a biography B.a history paper C.a newspaper D.a philosophy textbook【考点】日常生活类记叙文【文章大意】本文阐述了西方学生学习中国的文化的现象，

55、并告诉我们中国古代伟大的思想家孔子的思想仍然受到人们的追捧。64.【答案】B【试题解析】目的意图题。第一段选说如果孔子仍然活着并能庆祝生日的话，将会有很多的蜡烛，他需要一个扇子或很大的风才能吹灭，是为了吸引读者的注意力，让读者继续读下去。【难度】一般 65.【答案】A【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第四段第一句“In the past two decades,the Chinese studies programs have gained huge popularity in Western universities.”和第四句中的“are racing to learn Chinese可知，美国

56、学生对中国文化很感兴趣。【难度】中等 66.【答案】D【试题解析】主旨大意题。本文主要向我们介绍了孔子思想对西方的影响，以用将来可能产生的影响，所以选 D。【难度】一般 67.【答案】C【试题解析】文章出处题。本文向我们介绍了孔子思想对西方的影响，以用将来可能产生的影响，应该是出自报纸，所以选 C。【难度】一般【长难句解析】7.【2012 浙江卷】D As a young boy,I sometimes traveled the country roads with my dad.He was a rural mill carrier,and on Saturdays he would ask

57、 me to go with him.Driving through the countryside was always an adventure:There were animals to see,people to visit,and chocolate cookies if you knew where to stop,and Dad did.In the spring,Dad delivered boxes full of baby chickens,and when 1 was a boy it was such a fun to stick your finger through

58、 one of the holes of the boxes and let the baby birds peck on your fingers.On Dad s final day of work,it took him well into the evening to complete his rounds because at least one member from each family was waiting at their mailbox to thank him for his friendship and his years of service.Two hundre

59、d and nineteen mailboxes on my route.he used to say,and a story at every one.One lady had no mailbox,so Dad took the mail in to her every day because she was nearly blind.Once inside,he read her mail and helped her pay her bills.Mailboxes were sometimes used for things other than mail.One note left

60、in a mailbox read.Nat,take these eggs to Marian;shes baking a cake and doesnt have any eggs.Mailboxes might be buried in the snow,or broken,or lying on the groom:.bat the mail was always delivered On cold days Dad might find one of his customers waiting for him with a cup of hot chocolate.A young wr

61、ote letters but had no stamps,so she left a few button on the envelope in the mailbox;Dad paid for the stamps.One businessman used to leave large amounts of cash in his mailbox for Dad to take to the bank.Once,the amount came to 8 32,000.A dozen years ago,when I traveled back to my hometown on the s

62、ad occasion of Dads death,the mailboxes along the way reminded me of some of his stories.I thought I knew them all,but that wasnt the case.As I drove home,I noticed two lamp poles,one on each side of the street.When my dad was around,those poles supported wooden boxes about four feet off the ground.

63、One box was painted green and the other was red,and each had a long narrow hole at the top with white lettering:SANTA CLAUS,NORTH POLE.For years children had dropped letters to Santa through those holes.I made a turn at the comer and drove past the post office and across the railroad tracks to our h

64、ouse.Mom and I were sitting at the kitchen table when I heard footsteps.There,at the door,stood Frank Townsend,Dads postmaster and great friend for many years.So we all sat down at the table and began to tell stories.At one point Frank looked at me with tears in his eyes.What are we going to do abou

65、t the letters this Christmas?he asked.The letters?I guess you never knew.Knew what?Remember,when you were a kid and you used to put your letters to Santa in those green and red boxes on Main Street?It was your dad who answered all those letters every year.I just sat there with tears in my eyes.It wa

66、snt hard for me to imagine Dad sitting at the old table in our basement reading those letters and answering each one.I have since spoken with several of the people who received Christmas letters during their childhood,and they told me how amazed they were that Santa had known so much about their hom

67、es and families.For me,just knowing that story about my father was the gift of a lifetime.55._ It can be inferred from the passage that the writer regarded his travels with Dad us_.A.great chances to help other people B.happy occasions to play with baby chickens C.exciting experience*with a lot of f

68、un D.good opportunities to enjoy chocolate cookies 56._ The writer provides the detail about the businessman to show that_.A.Dad had a strong sense of duty B.Dad was an honest and reliable man C.Dad had a strong sense of honor D.Dad was a kind and generous man 57.According to the passage,which of th

69、e following impressed the writer most?A.Dad read letters for a blind lady for years.B.Dad paid for the stamps for a young girl.C.Dad delivered some eggs to Marian.D.Dad answered childrens Christmas letters every year.58.The method the writer uses to develop Paragraph 4 is_.A.offering analyses B.prov

70、iding explanations C.giving examples D.making comparisons 59.What surprised the children most when they received letters in reply from Santa Claus every year?A.Santa Claus lived alone in the cold North Pole.B.Santa Claus answered all their letters every year.C.Santa Claus had unique mailboxes for th

71、e children.D.Santa Claus had so much information about their families.60.Which of the following is the best title for the passage?A.The Mail B.Christmas Letters C Special Mailboxes D.Memorable Travels【考点】日常生活类记叙文【文章大意】本文主要讲述了邮递员爸爸的简单、丰富而又充实、有趣的邮递生活，尤其是给孩子们回复给圣诞老人的邮件更是感人至深。55.【答案】C【试题解析】推理判断题。根据文章的前两

72、段作者和父亲一起大家经历的所见所闻所感，可知那些是愉快的经历，故答案符合文意。56.【答案】B【试题解析】推理判断题。商人把那么多钱放在邮箱里托付给爸爸存入银行，可见爸爸是一个诚实的、可以信赖的人，故答案符合文意。57.【答案】D【试题解析推理判断题。根据文章最后几段对父亲给孩子们回复圣诞老人的回信的回忆的大段描述，可以推断出答案符合文意。58.【答案】C【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第四段的整体理解，可知本段主要用了举例的写作手段，故答案 C 符合文意。59.【答案】D【试题解析】细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段最后一句：and they told me how amazed they were

73、 that Santa had known so much about their homes and families.可知答案符合文意。60.【答案】A【试题解析】文章标题题。根据文章的整体理解，本文主要讲的是邮递员爸爸的简单而又朴实的邮递生活，故答案符合文意。本题可用排除法。【难度】一般【长难句解析】On Dad s final day of work,it took him well into the evening to complete his rounds because at least one member from each family was waiting at th

74、eir mailbox to thank him for his friendship and his years of service.预计今年秋季开课，一系列有两所大学的的老师开发的课程将通过一个全新 S 60 million 项目在网上免费提供，众所周知为：edX。Beginning 也句子主语 a number of courses 逻辑上构成主谓关系，用现在分词作状语。Known as，过去分词作后置定语，修饰program，表被动、完成的概念。8.【2012 江苏卷】D Franz Kafka wrote that a book must be the ax(斧子)for the

75、frozen sea inside us.I once shared this sentence with a class of seventh graders,and it didnt seem to require any explanation.Wed just finished John Steinbecks novel Of Mice and Men.When we read the end together out loud in class,my toughest boy,a star basketball player,wept a little,and so did I.Ar

76、e you crying?one girl asked,as she got out of her chair to take a closer look.I am,I told her,and the funny thing is Ive read it many times.But they understood.When George shoots Lennie,the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen.In my 14 years of teaching in a New York City public

77、middle school,Ive taught kids with imprisoned parents,abusive parents,irresponsible parents;kids who are parents themselves;kids who are homeless;kids who grew up in violent neighborhoods.They understand,more than I ever will,the novels terrible logicthe giving way of dreams to fate(命运).For the last

78、 seven years,I have worked as a reading enrichment teacher,reading classic works of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight.I originally proposed this idea to my headmaster after learning that a former excellent student of mine had transferred out of a selective high school

79、-one that often attracts the literary-minded children of Manhattans upper classesinto a less competitive setting.The daughter of immigrants,with a father in prison,she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates.I thought additional cultural capital could help students like her develop better

80、 in high school,where they would unavoidably meet,perhaps for the first time,students who came from homes lined with bookshelves,whose parents had earned Ph.D.s.Along with Of Mice and Men,my groups read:Sounder,The Red Pony,Lord of the Flies,Romeo and Juliet and Macbeth.The students didnt always rea

81、d from the expected point of view.About The Red Pony,one student said,its about being a man,its about manliness.I had never before seen the parallels between Scarface and Macbeth,nor had I heard Lady Macbeths soliloquies(独白)read as raps(说唱),but both made sense;the interpretations were playful,but se

82、rious.Once introduced to Steinbecks writing,one boy went on to read The Grapes of Wrath and told me repeatedly how amazing it was that all these people hate each other,and theyre all white.His historical view was broadening,his sense of his own country deepening.Year after year former students visit

83、ed and told me how prepared they had felt in their first year in college as a result of the classes.Year after year,however,we are increasing the number of practice tests.We are trying to teach students to read increasingly complex texts,not for emotional punch(碰撞)but for text complexity.Yet,we cann

84、ot enrich(充实)the minds of our students by testing them on texts that ignore their hearts.We are teaching them that words do no.amaze but confuse.We mav succeed in raising test scores,but we will fail to teach that reading can be transformative and that it belongs to them.66.The underlined words in P

85、aragraph 1 probably mean that a book helps to_ A.realize our dreams B.give support to our life C.smooth away difficulties D.awake our emolions 67.Why were the students able to understand the novel Of Mice and Men?A.Because they spent much time reading it.B.Because they had read the novel before.C.Be

86、cause they came from a public school.,D.Because they had similar life experiences.68.The girl left the selective high school possibly because_.A.she was a literary-minded girl B.her parents were immigrants C.she couldnt fit in with her class D.her father was then in prison 69.To the authors surprise

87、,the students read the novels _.A.creatively B.passively C.repeatedly D.carelessly 70.The author writes the passage mainly to_.A.introduce classic works of literature B.advocate teaching literature to touch the heart C.argue for equality among high school students D.defend the current testing system

88、【考点】日常生活类夹斜夹议【文章大意】本文主要介绍作者讲述在自己教学生涯中，在文学课上，如何教学生文学阅读的亲身体验，可以美化他们的心灵。66.【答案】D【试题解析】句意理解题。这句话运用了明喻和暗喻的修辞手法，“一本书就是能融化我们冰冻着的内心的一把斧子”，这是表面意思，即指一本书能够唤醒我们内心深处的情感，引起共鸣之意。故选D项。【难度】一般 67【答案】D【试题解析】细节理解题。根据第三段“But they understood.When George shoots Lennie,the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to

89、happen”可知，D项正确。【难度】一般 68.【答案】C【试题解析】细节理解题。根据第四段“The daughter of immigrants,with a father in prison,she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates”可知C项正确。【难度】一般 69.【答案】A【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第五段第四句“I have never before seen the parallels between Scarface and Macbeth,nor had I heard Lady Macbeths solil

90、oquies read as raps,but both made sense;the interpretations were playful,but serious.”可推断作者对孩子阅读小说的创造力感到惊讶，字里行间流露出自豪，故A项正确。【难度】一般 70.【答案】B【试题解析】主旨大意题。纵观全文，主要介绍了作者讲述在自己教学生涯中，教学生文学阅读的亲身体验，故B项正确。【难度】较难【长难句解析】1.When we read the end together out loud in class,my toughest boy,a star basketball player,wept

91、 a little,and so did I.When 引导的时间状语从句，后面是 so 引导的句型，表示“和前面的主语也一样。”2.When George shoots Lennie,the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen.本句是 when 引导的时间状语，主句中是 that 引导的表语从句，realize 引导的宾语从句。3.For the last seven years,I have worked as a reading enrichment teacher,reading classic works

92、of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight.本句 reading classic works of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight.为 I 的伴随状语。10.【2012 天津卷】B Barditch High School decided to an All-School Reunion.Over 450 people came to the event.There were tours of the

93、old school building and a picnic at Confederate Park.Several former teachers were on hands to tell stories about the old days.Ms.Mabel Yates,the English teacher for fifty years,was wheeled to the Park.Some eyes rolled and there were a few low groans(嘟囔声)when Ms.Yates was about to speak.Many started

94、looking at their watches and coming up with excuses to be anywhere instead of preparing to listen to a lecture from and old woman who had few kind words for her students and made them work harder than all the other teachers combined.Then Ms.Yates started to speak:“I cant tell you how pleased I am to

95、 be here.I havent seen many of you since your graduation,but I have followed your careers and enjoyed your victories as well as crying for your tragedies.I have a large collection of newspaper photographs of my students.Although I havent appeared in person,I have attended your college graduations,we

96、ddings and even the birth your children,in my imagination.”Ms.Yates paused and started crying a bit.Then she continued:“It was my belief that if I pushed you as hard as I could,some of you would succeed to please me and others would succeed to annoy me.Regardless of our motives,I can see that you ha

97、ve all been successful in you chosen path.”“There is no greater comfort for an educator than to see the end result of his or her years of work.You have all been a great source of pleasure and pride for me and I want you to know I love you all from the bottom of my heart.”There was a silence over the

98、 crowd for a few seconds and then someone started clapping.Tee clapping turned into cheering,then into a deafening roar(呼喊).Lawyers,truck drivers,bankers and models were rubbing their eyes or crying openly with no shame all because of the words from a long forgotten English teacher from their hometo

99、wn.41.What activity was organized for the school reunion?A.Sightseeing in the park.B.A picnic on the school playground.C.Telling stories about past events.D.Graduates reports in the old building.42.What can be inferred from Paragraph 2?A.Some graduates were too busy to listen to Ms.Yates speech.B.Ma

100、ny graduates disliked Ms.Yates ways of teaching.C.Some people got tired from the reunion activities.D.Most people had little interest in the reunion.43.We can learn from Ms.Yates speech that she _.A.kept track of her students progress B.gave her students advice on their careers C.attended her studen

101、ts college graduationsD.went to her students wedding ceremonies 44.What was Ms.Yates belief in teaching teenagers?A.Teachers knowledge is the key to students achievements.B.Pressure on students from teachers should be reduced.C.Hard-pushed students are more likely to succeed.D.Students respect is th

102、e best reward for teachers.45.Which of the following can best describe Ms.Yates?A.Reliable and devoted.B.Tough and generous.C.Proud but patient.D.Strict but caring.【答案】41-45 CBACD 11.【2012 北京卷】B Peanuts to This Proudly reading my words,I glanced around the room,only to find my classmates bearing big

103、 smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes.Confused,I glanced toward my stone-faced teacher.Having no choice,I slowly raised the report I had slaved over,hoping to hide myself.“What could be causing everyone to act this way?”Quickly,I flashed back to the day Miss Lancelot gave me the task.This w

104、as the first real talk I received in my new school.It seemed simple:go on the Internet and find information about a man named George Washington.Since my idea of history came from an ancient teacher in my home country,I had never heard of that name before.As I searched the name of this fellow,it beca

105、me evident that there were two people bearing the same name who looked completely different!One invented hundreds of uses for peanuts,while the other led some sort of army across America.I stared at the screen,wondering which one my teacher meant.I called my grandfather for a golden piece of advice;

106、flip(掷)a coin.Headsthe commander,and tailsthe peanuts guy.Ah!Tails,my report would be about the great man who invented peanut butter,George Washington Carver.Weeks later,standing before this unfriendly mass,I was totally lost.Oh well,I lowered the paper and sat down at my desk,burning to find out wh

107、at I had done wrong.As a classmate began his report,it all became clear,“My report is on George Washington,the man who started the American Revolution.”The whole world became quite!How could I know that she meant that George Washington?Obviously,my grade was awful.Heartbroken but fearless,I decided

108、to turn this around.I talked to Miss Lancelot,but she insisted:No re-dos;no new grade.I felt that the punishment was not justified,and I believed I deserved a second chance.Consequently,I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year.Ten months later,that chance unfolded as I fo

109、und myself sitting in the headmasters office with my grandfather,now having an entirely different conversation.I smiled and flashed back to the embarrassing moment at the beginning of the year as the headmaster informed me of my option to skip the sixth grade.Justice is sweet!60.What did the authors

110、 classmates think about his report?A.Controversial.B.Ridiculous.C.Boring.D.Puzzling.61.Why was the author confused about the task?A.He was unfamiliar with American history.B.He followed the advice and flipped a coin.C.He forgot his teachers instruction.D.He was new at the school.62.The underlined wo

111、rd“burning”in Para.3 probably means _.A.annoyed B.ashamed C.ready D.eager 63.In the end,the author turned things around _.A.by redoing his task B.through his own efforts C.with the help of his grandfather D.under the guidance of his headmaster【解析】60.B B.ridiculous 可笑的。第一段中 only to find my classmates

112、 bearing big smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes.61.A 第二段中 Since my idea of history came from an ancient teacher in my home country,I had never heard of that name before.62.D I lowed down the paper and sat down at my desk,我不知道发生了什么，所以在我发言后，希望知道为什么大家如此反应的原因，即 eager to find out what I had do

113、ne wrong.63.B 第四段中 Consequently,I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year.12.【2012 福建卷】B 篇 At exactly eleven Sir Percival knocked and entered,with anxiety and worry in every line of his face.This meeting would decide his future life，and he obviously knew it.You may wonder,

114、Sir Percival,said Laura calmly,“if I am going to ask to be released(免除）from my promise to many you.I am not going to ask this.I respect my fathers wishes too much.“His face relaxed a little,but one of his feet kept beating the carpet.No,if we are going to withdraw.(退出）from our planned marriage,it wi

115、ll be because of your wish,not mine.“Mine?”he said in great surprise.“What reason could I have for withdrawing?A reason that is very hard to tell you,she answered.There is a change in me.”His face went so pale that even his lips lost their color.He turned his head to one side.What change?he asked,tr

116、ying to appear calm.“When the promise was made two years ago,”she said,44 my love did not belong to anyone.Will you forgive me,Sir Percival,if I tell you that it now belongs to another person?”“I wish you to understand,“Laura continued,“that I will never see this person again,and that if you leave m

117、e,you only allow mc to remain a single woman for the rest of my life.All I ask is that you forgive mc and keep my secret.I will do both those things,“he said.Then he looked at Laura,as if he was waiting to hear more.I think I have said enough to give you reason to withdraw from our marriage,“she add

118、ed quietly.“No.You have said enough to make it the dearest wish of my life to marry you,“he said.60.How did Percival feel during his meeting with Laura?A.Angry.B.Calm.C.Nervous.D.Excited.61._ We can learn from the passage that .A.Laura had once promised to marry Percival B.Lauras father wished to en

119、d her marriage C.Percival had been married to Laura for two years D.Percival asked to be released from the marriage 62._ The passage is probably taken out of .A.a novel B.a report C.a diary D.an essay【考点】小说节选记叙类【文章大意】本文是一部小说的节选，讲述的是一位女士和一位男士已经在父母的安排下订婚，但是男士自己感觉心里对婚姻有一些不敢肯定，于是晚上来找女士谈话，最后对婚姻男士说出了自己的心里

120、话，并做出肯定的回答。60.【答案】C 【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第三段 His face relaxed a little,but one of his feet kept beating the carpet.可知当时 Percival 看到 Laura 的时候非常的紧张 nervous。61.【答案】A【试题解析】推理判断题。根据第二段中的 be released from my promise to marry you 可推知他们两个曾经有过婚约，A 项正确。62.【答案】A【试题解析】推理判断题。根据文章的开头和结尾很显然这是一部小说的节选片段，A 项最合理。【难度】一般【长难句解

121、析】At exactly eleven Sir Percival knocked and entered,with anxiety and worry in every line of his face.在 11 点整，Percival 先生敲响门并进入房间，脸上带着一种焦虑和担心。本句中含有 with 的复合结构做伴随状语。13.【2012 湖南卷】A What makes a gift special?Is it the price you see on the gift receipt?Or is it the look on the recipients face when they

122、receive it that determines the true value?What gift is worth the most?This Christmas I was debating what to give my father.My dad is a hard person to buy for because he never wants anything.I pulled out my phone to read a text message from my mom saying that we were leaving for Christmas shopping fo

123、r him when I came across a message on my phone that I had locked.The message was from my father.My eyes fell on a photo of a flower taken in Wyoming,and underneath a poem by William Blake.The flower,a lone dandelion standing against the bright blue sky,inspired me.My dad had been reciting those word

124、s to me since I was a kid.That may even be the reason why I love writing.I decided that those words would be my gift to my father.I called back.I told my mom to go without me and that I already created my gift.I sent the photo of the cream-colored flower to my computer and typed the poem on top of i

125、t.As I was arranging the details another poem came to mind.The poem was written by Edgar Allan Poe;my dad recited it as much as he did the other.I typed that out as well and searched online for a background to the words of it.The poem was focused around dreaming,and after searching I found the perfe

126、ct picture.The image was painted with blues and greens and purples,twisting together to create the theme and wonder of a dream.As I watched both poems passing through the printer,the white paper coloring with words that shaped my childhood,I felt that this was a gift that my father would truly appre

127、ciate.Christmas soon arrived.The minute I saw the look on my dads face as he unwrapped those swirling black letters carefully placed in a cheap frame,I knew I had given the perfect gift.56.The idea for a special gift began to form when the author was _.A.doing shopping B.having a debate C.reading a

128、message D.leaving for Wyoming 57.The authors inspiration for the gift came from _.A.a photo of a flower B.a story about a kid C.a call from the mother D.a text about Christmas 58.The underlined word“it”in Paragraph 3 refers to a poem by _.A.the father B.the author C.William Blake D.Edgar Allan Poe 5

129、9.The author made the gift by _.A.searching for the poems online B.drawing the background by hand C.painting the letters in three colors D.matching the words with pictures 60.What is the main purpose of the passage?A.To show how to design images for gifts.B.To suggest making gifts from ones heart.C.

130、To explain how computers help create gifts.D.To describe the gifts the author has received.2012 湖南高考真题 A 参考答案：CADDB 答案详解：56.细节判断题。从第二段可以看出，debate 时还觉得很难决定；而有了这个主意时还没去 shop，从下一段更清楚，我取消了 shop；leave for Wyoming 不在问题之内。57.细节判断题。从提问中的 inspiration 可定位到第二段的 inspire 可知答案。58.代词指代题。常识可知，代词 it 指代其前最近的名词，可得出答案。

131、59.归纳题。从第三段内容可知。60.主旨大意题。推测题。从第一段可知本文写作目的:告诉我们礼物的哪方面最珍贵，而我的例子说明了是送礼人的“心”最好。14.【2012 湖北卷】B When my brother and I were young,my mom would take us on Transportation Days.It goes like this:You cant take any means of transportation more than once.We would start from home,walking two blocks to the rail st

132、ation.Wed take the train into the city center,then a bus,switching to the tram,then maybe a taxi.We always considered taking a horse carriage in the historic district,but we didnt like the way the horses were treated,so we never did.At the end of the day,we took the subway to our closest station,whe

133、re Moms friend was waiting to give us a ride homeour first car ride of the day.The good thing about Transportation Days is not only that Mom taught us how to get around.She was born to be multimodal(多方式的).She understood that depending on cars only was a failure of imagination and,above all,a failure

134、 of confidencethe product of a childhood not spent exploring subway tunnels.Once you learn the route map and step with certainty over the gap between the train and the platform,nothing is frightening anymore.New cities are just light-rail lines to be explored.And your personal car,if you have one,be

135、comes just one more tool in the toolboxand often an inadequate one,limiting both your mobility and your wallet.On Transportation Days,we might stop for lunch on Chestnut Street or buy a new book or toy,but the transportation was the point.First,it was exciting enough to watch the world speed by from

136、 the train window.As I got older,my mom helped me unlock the mysteries that would otherwise have paralyzed my first attempts to do it myself:How do I know where to get off?How do I know how much it costs?How do I know when I need tickets,and where to get them?What track,what line,which direction,whe

137、res the stop,and will I get wet when we go under the river?Im writing this right now on an airplane,a means we didnt try on our Transportation Days and,we now know,the dirtiest and most polluting of them all.My flight routed me through Philadelphia.My multimodal mom met me for dinner in the airport.

138、She took a train to meet me.55.Which was forbidden by Mom on Transportation Days?A.Having a car ride.B.Taking the train twice.C.Buying more than one toy.D.Touring the historic district.56.According to the writer,what was the greatest benefit of her Transportation Days?A.Building confidence in hersel

139、f.B.Reducing her use of private cars.C.Developing her sense of direction.D.Giving her knowledge about vehicles.57.The underlined word“paralyzed”(in Para.5)is closest in meaning to“_”.A.displayed B.justified C.ignored D.ruined 58.Which means of transportation does the writer probably disapprove of?A.

140、Airplane.B.Subway.C.Tram.D.Car.【文章大意】我和我弟弟小时，在交通运输日，母亲总带着我们乘坐火车、公共汽车、出租车等，让我们感受到了自信与快乐。55.B【命题立意】细节理解题。难度中等。【解题思路】根据第二段第一句中“You cant take any means of transportation more than once.”可知母亲禁止乘坐两次火车，故 B 项正确。56.A【命题立意】细节理解题。难度中等。【解题思路】根据第三段第二句中“above all,a failure of cnfidence the product of a childhood”

141、可知，作者认为最大的受益在于增强自信，故 A 项正确。57.D【命题立意】词义猜测题。难度中等。【解题思路】根据语境可知，该句意为：当我长大时，我母亲帮我解密了可能使我无法作自我首次尝试的秘密。D 项意为“毁灭”，符合语境，故 D 项正确；A 项意为“陈列”，B 项意为“证明是正当的”，C项意为“不理睬”，都与语境不符。58.A【命题立意】细节理解题。难度中等。【解题思路】根据最后一段第一句中“a means we didnt try on the dirtiest and most polluting of them all.”可知，作者不赞同飞机，故 A 项正确。15.【2012 江西卷】

142、A Mark and his brother Jason both were looking at the shining new computer enviously.Jason was determined not to go against their fathers wishes but Mark was more adventurous than his brother.He loved experimenting and his aim was to become a scientist like his father.“Dad will be really mad if he f

143、inds out youve been playing with his new computer.”Jason said,“He told us not to touch it.”“He wont find out.”Mark said,“Ill just have a quick look and shut it down.”Mark had been scolded before for touching his fathers equipment.But his curiosity was difficult to control and this new computer reall

144、y puzzled him.“It was a strange-looking machine one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked.“Its an experimental model,”his father had explained,“so dont touch it under any circumstances.”But his warning only served to make Mark more curious.Without any further thought,Mark turn

145、ed on the power switch.The computer burst into life and seconds later,the screen turned into colors,shifting and changing and then two big white words appeared in the center of the screen:“SPACE TRANSPORTER.”“Yes!”Mark cried excitedly,“Its a computer game.I knew it!Dads only been pretending to work.

146、Hes really been playing games instead.”A new message appeared on the screen:“ENTER NAMES VOYAGER 1:VOYAGER 2:”Marks fingers flew across the keyboard as he typed in both of their names.“INPUT ACCEPTED.START TRANSPORT PROGRAM.AUTO-RETRIEVE INITIATED（自动回收程序已启动）.”The screen turned even brighter and a no

147、ise suddenly rose in volume.“I think wed better shut it off,Mark,”Jason yelled,reaching for the power switch.He was really frightened.But his hand never reached the switch.A single beam of dazzling white light burst out of the computer screen,wrapping the boys in its glow(光芒),until they themselves s

148、eemed to be glowing.Then it died down just as suddenly as it had burst into life.And the boys were no longer there.On the screen,the letters changed.“TRANSPORT SUCCESSFUL.DESTINATION:MARS.RETRIEVE DATE:2025.”56Why did Mark touch the computer against his fathers warning?AHe wanted to take a voyage.BH

149、e wanted to practice his skill CHe was so much attracted by it.DHe was eager to do an experiment.57Where did the boys father most likely work?AIn an electronic factory.BIn a computer company.CIn a scientific research center.DIn an information processing center.58Mark thought“SPACE TRANSPORTER”on the

150、 screen was the name of .Aa computer game Ba company website Ca software producer Dan astronomy program 59Why did Jason want to shut off the computer?AHe was afraid of being scolded.BHe didnt like the loud noise and light.CHe didnt want to play games any more.DHe was afraid something dangerous might

151、 happen.60What happened to the boys at the end of the story?AThey were blown into the air.BThey were sent to another planet.CThey were hidden in the strong light.DThey were carried away to another country 56题 答案：C 考点：细节理解 根据第五段第三句But his fathers warning only served to make Mark more curious.Without

152、any further thought,Mark turned on the power switch但是他爸爸的警告仅仅使得 Mark 更加好奇。没有再考虑，Mark 打开了开关，选择 C。57题 答案：C 考点：细节推断 解析:由第一段最后一句He loved experimenting and his aim was to become a scientist like his father，他喜欢实验并且他的目标是成为像他爸爸一样的科学家。”以及第五段第一句“one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked

153、.”“一个他爸爸从他工作的实验室买回家的”选择 C 58题 答案：A 考点：细节理解 由第六段Its a computer game.I knew it！.它是电脑游戏。我知道！”选择 A 59题 答案：D 考点：细节推断 由倒数第三段The screen turned even brighter and a noise suddenly rose in volume.频幕甚至变得更亮，一个噪音音量突然增大，以及倒数第二段He was really frightened.他真的非常害怕判断出 D 选项。60题:考点：推断题 答案：D 由最后一段TRANSPORT SUCCESSFUL.DEST

154、INATION（目的地）:MARS.RETRIEVE DATE:2025.”运输成功。目的地：火星。恢复时间：2025.选择 D。16.【2012 山东卷】A The Pacific island nation of Nauru used to be a beautiful place.Now it is an ecological disaster area.Naurus heartbreaking story could have one good consequence other countries might learn from its mistakes.For thousands

155、 of years,Polynesian people lived the remote island of Nauru,far from western civilization.The first European to arrive was John Fearn in 1798.He was the British captain of the Hunter,a whaling ship.He called the island Pleasant Island.However,because it was very remote,Nauru had little communicatio

156、n with Europeans at first.The whaling ships and other traders began to visit,bringing guns and alcohol.These elements destroyed the social balance of the twelve family groups on the island.A ten-year civil war started,which reduced the population from 1,400 to 900.Naurus real troubles began in 1899

157、when a British mining company discovered phosphate(磷酸盐)on the island.In fact,it found that the island of Nauru was nearly all phosphate,which a very important fertilizer for farming.The company began mining the phosphate.A phosphate mine is not a hole in the ground;it is a strip mine.When a company

158、strip-mines,it removes the top layer of soil.Then it takes away the material it wants.Strip mining totally destroys the land.Gradually,the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon.In 1968,Nauru became one of the richest countries in the world.Every year the government received millions a

159、nd millions of dollars for its phosphate.Unfortunately,the leaders invested the money unwisely and lost millions of dollars.In addition,they used millions more dollars for personal expenses.Soon people realized that they had a terrible problem their phosphate was running out.Ninety percent of their

160、island was destroyed and they had nothing.By 2000,Nauru was financially ruined.Experts say that it would take approximately$433,600,000 and more than 20 years to repair the island.This will probably never happen.56.What might be the authors purpose in writing the text?A.To seek help for Naurus probl

161、ems.B.To give a warning to other countries C.To show the importance of money D.To tell a heartbreaking story of a war.57.What was Nauru like before the Europeans came?A.Rich and powerful B.Modern and open C.Peaceful and attractive D.Greedy and aggressive 58.The ecological disaster in Nauru resulted

162、from _.A.soil pollution B.phosphate overmining C.farming activity D.whale hunting 59.Which of the following was a cause of Naurus financial problem?A.Its leaders misused the money B.It spent too much repairing the island C.Its phosphate mining cost much money D.It lost millions of dollars in the civ

163、il war.60.What can we learn about Nauru from the last paragraph?A.The ecological damage is difficult to repair.B.The leaders will take the experts words seriously.C.The island was abandoned by the Nauruans D.The phosphate mines were destroyed 【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。太平洋岛国瑙鲁曾经是一个美丽富饶的海岛，但是，由于内战和岛上磷酸盐矿的过度开采，很快

164、使之成为一个生态灾难的贫瘠的海岛。作者写这一骇人听闻的故事，旨在提醒其他国家要引以为戒。56.【答案】B【解析】根据第一段Naurus heartbreak story could have one good consequenceother countries might learn from its mistakes.可知，作者认为瑙鲁的故事可以让其他国家从他们的错误中学到一些东西，作者的目的是警示其他国家。【考点定位】考查作者写作意图。57.【答案】C【解析】根据第二段中的lived on the remote island of Nauru和第五段最后一句中的Gradually,the

165、 lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon可知，瑙鲁以前是一个平静美丽的小岛。【考点定位】考查细节理解。58.【答案】B【解析】瑙鲁岛上的生态灾难是因为对磷酸盐的过度开采。由第五段中的Strip-mining totally destroy the island和Gradually,the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon可知B正确。【考点定位】考查细节理解。59.【答案】A【解析】由第七段中的Unfortunately,the leaders investe

166、d the money unwisely and lost millions of dollar可知，领导人投资的不明智，加上还要把更多的钱用在个人消费上，所以导致了财政问题。【考点定位】考查细节理解。60.【答案】A【解析】根据文中最后一段的“Experts say that it would take approximately$433,600,000 and more than 20 years to repair the island.This will probably never happen.”可知，瑙鲁的生态灾难几乎很难恢复。所以 A 正确。【考点定位】考查判断推理。17.【2

167、012 安徽卷】D In Asia,there are special competitions where kites have complex designs and are fitted with instruments that make musical sounds as the wind blows through them.Although all kites have a similar structure（结构）,they are widely different in size and shape.Kite-fighting competitions are also he

168、ld,in which competitions us their kites to attack and bring down their opponents（对手）kites or cut their strings（线）.For more than 15 years,the Big Wind Kite Factory has been giving kite-making and kite flying classes for the children on an island in Hawaii.In its kite-making lessons,students can make

169、kites in as little as 20 minutes!Children as young as four years old can learn how to fly a kite.Jonathan Socher and his wife Daphne started the kite factory in 1980.their kites are made of nylon（尼龙）.Their designs are Hawaiian themes created by Daphne.The designs are cut out of the nylon with a hot

170、knife that seals the edges and then fastened directly onto the kite.The kite that is used to give lessons is regular diamond kite with a rainbow pattern.The difference between this kite and the ones they make during the lessons is that it is a two-string controllable kite.Big Wind employees fly the

171、kite and for a few minutes show students how pulling on one line and then on the other controls the direction the kite goes in.Then the controls are given to the students.Jonathan insists that it is not necessary to make a huge impressive kite to have fun making and flying kites.Even the simplest st

172、ructure can work,and can give hours of fun.Go on,give it a try!68.Which of the following is true according to the text?A.A hot knife is used to iron the nylon.B.Children never fly kites on their own in flying lessons.C.Kite strings must not be cut in kite-fighting competitions.D.Daphne designs kites

173、 for the Big Wind Kite Factory.Daphne 是这个工厂 Big Wind Kite Factory 的老板。69.What is different about the kite used for flying lessons?A.It has two strings.B.It is simple in design C.It has a rainbow pattern.D.It is shaped like a diamond.70.According to Jonathan,what do you need to have fun with kites?A.

174、A large kite.B Any type of kite.C.A complex structure.D.A kite that impresses others.71.What is mainly described in the text?A.A kite factory B.Kite-flying lessons.C.Special competitions.D.The kite-making Process.【答案】DABA 2011 年高考题 1.（2011江苏卷）D Shay asked,“Do you think theyll let me play?”Shays fath

175、er knew that most of the boys would not want someone like Shay on their team,but the father also understood that if his son,mentally and physically disabled,were allowed to play,it would give him a much-needed sense of belonging and some confidence.Shays father approached one of the boys on the fiel

176、d and asked if Shay could play,not expecting much.The boy looked around and said,“Were losing by six runs(分)and the game is in the eighth inning(局).I guess he can be on our team and well try to put him in to bat in the final inning.Shay struggled over to the teams bench and put on a team shirt with

177、a broad smile and his father had a small tear in his eye and warmth in heart.The boys saw the fathers joy at his son being accepted.In the bottom of the eighth inning,Shays team scored a few runs but was still behind by three.In the top of the final inning,Shay put on a glove and played in the field

178、.Even though no hits came his way,he was obviously joyful just to be in the game and on the field.In the bottom of the final inning,Shays team scored again.Now,Shay was scheduled to be next at bat.Would they let Shay bat and give away their chance to win the game?Surprisingly,Shay was given the bat.

179、Everyone knew that a hit was almost impossible.The first pitch(投)came and Shay missed.The pitcher again again took a few steps forward to throw the ball softly towards Shay.As the pitch came in,Shay swung at the ball and hit a slow ground ball right back to the pitcher.The pitcher could have easily

180、thrown he ball to the first baseman and Shay would have been out and that would have been the end of the game.Instead,the pitcher threw the ball right over the head of the first baseman,beyond the reach of all teammates,The audience and the players from both teams started screaming,“Shay,run to firs

181、t!”Never in his life had Shay ever run that far but made it to first base,wide-eyed and shocked.Everyone should,“Run to second!”Catching his breath,Shay awkwardly ran towards second.By the time Shay rounded towards second base,the smallest guy on their team,who had a chance to be the hero for his te

182、am fir the first time,could have thrown the ball to the second baseman,but he understood the pitchers intentions and he too intentionally threw the ball high and far over the third basemans head.All were screaming，“Shay，Shay，Shay，all the way Shay.”Shay reached third base when one opposing player ran

183、 to help him and shouted,“Shay,run to third.”As Shay rounded third,all were on their feet,crying,“Shay,run home！”Shay ran to home,stepped on the home base and was cheered as the hero who the who won the game for his team.That day,the boys from both teams helped bring a piece true love and humanity i

184、nto this world.Shay didnt make it to another summer and died that winter,having never forgotten being the hero and making his father so happy and coming home and seeing his mother tearfully hug her little hero of the day!66.Not expecting much,Shays father still asked the boy if Shay could play,mainl

185、y because the father _.A.noticed some of the boys on the field were heisting B.guessed his presence would affect the boys decision C.learned some of the boys on the field knew Shay well D.understood Shay did need a feeling of being accepted 67.In the bottom of the final inning Shay was given the bat

186、 because the boys _.A.believed they were sure to win the game B.would like to help Shay enjoy the game C.found Shay was so eager to be a winner D.fell forced to give Shay another chance 68.The smallest boy threw the ball high and far over the third basemans head,probably because that boy _.A.was obv

187、iously aware of the pitchers purpose B.looked forward to winning the game for his team C.failed to throw the ball to the second baseman D.saw that Shay already reached second base 69.Which of the following has nothing to do with Shays becoming the hero for his team?A.The pitcher did not throw the ba

188、ll to the first baseman.B.The audience and the players from both teams cheered for him.C.The opposing players failed to stop his running to home.D.One of the opposing players ran to help him.70.What to you think is the theme of the story?A.True human nature could be realized in the way we treat each

189、 other.B.Everyone has his own strength even if mentally or physically disabled.C.Everyone can develop his team spirit in sports and please his parents.D.The results of the game should not be the only concern of the players.66.D 推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句可以推断，Shay 的父亲理解儿子的心情，虽然身患残疾，但儿子希望得到别人的认可和接受，这种归属感会让儿子感到自信

190、和乐观。67.B 推理判断题。根据文章的整体内容，特别是最后一段第一句可推断，这些打棒球的小男孩都十分善良，他们希望成全 Shay，让他感受到体育运动带来的快乐，所以在最后一局，他们把球棒传到了Shay 手中。68.A 细节理解题。根据倒数第三段最后一句可知，最小的男孩理解了投手的意图，所以故意把球扔得又高又远。69.C 推理判断题。为了成全身患残疾的 Shay，球队双方进行了善意地欺骗，故意屡屡失手，共同制造了一个特殊的“英雄”，让 Shay 在人世间不多的日子里感到了快乐。显然 C 项与文章内容及主题不符。70.A 主旨大意题。文章讲述了一个关于爱的故事，一个关于人性的话题，人性是善的，在

191、我们对待彼此的方式方法上，我们的人性充分显示出来。2.（2011江西卷）A“Mum,what does it mean when someone tells you that they have a skeleton（骨骼）in the closet（衣橱）?”Jessica asked.“A skeleton in the closet?”her mother paused thoughtfully.“Well,its something that you would rather not have anyone else know about.For example,if in the p

192、ast,someone in Dads family had been arrested for stealing a horse,it would be a skeleton in his familys closet.He really wouldnt want any neighbor to know about it.”“Why pick on my family?”Jessicas father said with anger.“Your family history isnt so good,you know.Wasnt your great-great-grandfather a

193、 prisoner who was transported to Australia for his crimes?”“Yes,but people these days say that you are not a real Australian unless your ancestors arrived as prisoners.”“Gosh,sorry I asked.I think I understand now,”Jessica cut iin before things grew worse.After dinner,the house was very quiet.Jessic

194、as parents were still quite angry with each other.Her mother was ironing clothes and every now and then she glared at her husband,who hid behind his newspaper pretending to read.When she finished,she gathered the freshly pressed clothes in her arms and walked to Jessicas closet.Just as she opened th

195、e door and reached in to hang a skirt,a bony arm stuck out from the dark depths and a bundle of white bones fell to the floor.Jessicas mother sank in a faint（晕倒）,waking only when Jessica put a cold,wet cloth on her forehead.She looked up to see the worried faces of her husband and daughter.“What hap

196、pened?Where am I?”she asked.“You just destroyed the schools skeleton,Mum,”explained Jessica.“I brought it home to help me with my health project.I meant to tell you,but it seemed that as soon as I mentioned skeletons and closets,it caused a problem between you and Dad.”Jessica looked in amazement as

197、 her parents began to laugh madly.“Theyre both crazy,”she thought.56.According to Jessicas mother,“a skeleton in the close”means _.A.a family honor B.a family secret C.a family story D.a family treasure 57.What can we learn about some Australians ancestors form Paragraph 2?A.They were brought to Aus

198、tralia as prisoners.B.They were the earliest people living in Australia.C.They were involved in some crimes in Australia.D.They were not regarded as criminals in their days.58.Jessicas mother fell down into a faint because she was _.A.knocked B.frightened C.injured D.surprised 59.Why did Jessica bri

199、ng a skeleton home?A.She was curious about it.B.She planned to keep it for fun.C.She needed it for her school task.D.She intended to scare her parents.60.Jessicas parents laughed madly at the end of the story probably because _.A.they were crazy B.they were over excited C.they realized their misunde

200、rstanding D.they both thought they had won the quarrel 56 题 答案：B 考点：语义猜测 根据第一段母亲所说的话“its something that you would rather not have anyone else to know about”“它是一件你不希望其他人所知道的事情”，选择 B。57 题 答案：A 考点：细节推断 解析:由第二段”Yes，but people these days say that you are not a real Australian unless your ancestors arrive

201、d as prisoners”，“如今的人们说如果你的祖先不是以囚犯的身份到达澳大利亚的话，那么你就不是一个真正的澳大利亚人。”选择 A 58 题 答案：B 考点：细节理解 由第三段“Just as she opened the door and reached in to hang a skirt,a bony arm stuck out from the dark depths and a bundle of white bones fell to the floor.”“正当她打开门伸进手去挂短裙的时候，一只骨头胳膊从暗处伸出来然后一堆骨头摔倒了地板上。”得出妈妈因该是被吓晕的。59 题

202、 答案：C 考点：细节理解 由最后一段“I brought it home to help me with my health project.”“我把它带回家是为了帮我搞定我的健康课题”，project 此处有“学校的科研习作项目,课题”之意判断出 C 选项。60 题:考点：推断题 答案：C 结合全文理解，开头讲述了 Jessica 的一个提问“Mum,what does it mean when someone tells you that they have a skeleton（骨骼）in the closet（衣橱）?”引出了父母之间的争论，之后妈妈被孩子藏在衣橱中的用来完成学校课题

203、的骷髅吓晕过去，最后 Jessica 解释时说，“I meant to tell you,but it seemed that as soon as I mentioned skeletons and closets,it caused a problem between you and Dad.”即本想告诉妈妈衣橱里的骷髅的情况，可是每当提到骷髅和衣橱的问题后却总会让父母之间有摩擦，然而最后真相大白，Jessica 的父母都意识到了这是一个误会，故而狂笑。故而选择 C 3.（2011陕西卷）C In early autumn I applied for applied for admissi

204、on to college.I wanted to go nowhere but to Cornell University,but my mother fought strongly againsnst it.When she saw me studying a photograph of my father on the sports ground of Cornell,she tore it up.“You cant say its not a great university,just because Papa went there.”“Thats not it at all.And

205、it is a top university.”She was still holding the pieces in her hand.“But we cant afford to send you to college.”“I wouldnt dream of asking you for money.Do you want me to get a job to help suppont you and Papa?Things arent that bad,are they?”“No,”she said.“I dont expect you to help support us.”Fath

206、er borrowed money form his rich cousins to start a small jewellery shop,His chief customers were his old college friends.To get new customers,my mother had to help.She picked up a long-forgotten membership in the local league of women,so that she cound get to know more people.Whether those people wo

207、uld turn into customers was another question.I knew that my Parents had to wait for quite a long time before their small investment(投资)could show returns.Whats more,they had not wanted enough to be roch and successful；otherwise they cound not possibly have managed their lives so badly.I was torn bet

208、ween the desave to help them and change,their lives,and the determinstion not to repeat their mistakes.I had a strong belief in my power to go what I wanted.After months of hard study I won a full college scholarship（奖学金）.My father could hardly contain his pride in me,and my mother eventually gave i

209、n before my success.53.The author was not allowed to go to Cornell University mainly because【D】A.his father grduated from the university B.his mother did not thinks it a great university C.his parents needed him to help support the family D.his parents did not have enough money for him 54.The father

210、 srarted his small shop with the money from .【C】A.a local league B.his university C.his relatives D.his college friends 55.Why did the mother renew her membership in the league?【A】A.To help with her husbands business B.To raise money for her son C.To meet her long-forgotten friends D.To better manag

211、e her life 56.According to the text,what was the author determined to do in that autumn?【C】A.To get a well-paid job for himself B.To improve relations with his mother C.To go to his dream university D.To carry on with his fathers business 4.（2011安徽卷）C They are the sort of friends who are so close th

212、ey trust each other with their lives.If one falls,the other is there to catch him.They are Wellman,whose legs were permanently injured nine years ago in a rock-climbing accident,and Corbett,an experienced rock climber.Together,they climbed up Half Dome,the famous 2,000-foot rock in the Yosemite Nati

213、onal Park,through one of the most difficult routes(路线).During the climb,Corbett took the lead,hit in the metal spikes（尖状物）that guided the ropes and climbed up.Then,after Wellman pulled himself up the rope,Corbett went down to remove the spikes and climbed up again.This process was repeated time and

214、again,inch by inch,for 13 days.Wellmans job was not easy either.He got himself up the rope through upper body strength alone.In all,Wellman figured that he had done 5,000 pull-ups up the rope on the climb.However,when the two men first met,they never talked about climbing.“He knew that was how I got

215、 injured.”Wellman said.Until one day Wellman decided that he wanted to climb again and they started training.Their climb of Half Dome was not all smooth.At one point,pieces of rock gave way,and Corbett dropped down quickly.Wellman locked their rope in place,stopping the fall at 20 feet.His quick act

216、ion probably saved his friends life.“Your partner can save your life you can save your partners life,”Wellman said as the pair received congratulations from friends.“There are real close ties.”【文章大意】在现实生活中，不管作什么事情，人人互助就能克服任何困难，甚至挽救生命。Wellman 和Corbett 的经历恰好印证了这个道理。64.Which of the following was a chal

217、lenge for Corbett in climbing Half Dome?A.To climb up to remove the spikes.B.To climb it twice C.To do 5,000 pull-ups up the rope.D.To lock the rope in place.【解析】选 B。细节理解题。根据文章可知，C 项和 D 项是 Wellman 所为，因此排除。根据第六段可知，Corbett 在攀爬之中掉了下去，是 Wellman 及时固定住缆绳阻止住他下落，他得再次攀爬上去，对他来说这是个最大的挑战，因此选择 B 项。65.Why did the

218、 two men never talk about climbing when they first met?A.Corbett was poorly trained.B.Wellman had lost interest in climbing.C.Corbett didnt want to hurt Wellman.D.Wellman hadnt decided whether to climb again.【解析】选 C。推理判断题。根据句子 when the two men first met,they never talked about climbing.“He knew that

219、 was how I got injured.”Wellman said 和Wellman,whose legs were permanently injured nine years ago in a rock-climbing accident 可知，他们没有谈论攀岩是因为 Corbett 不想伤害 Wellman 这个残疾人的自尊。A、B、D 项没有提及。66.What do we know about Wellman?A.He climbed Half Dome by himself.B.He was disabled in a traffic accident.C.He stoppe

220、d rock-climbing for some time.D.He was saved by Corbett during the climb.【解析】选 C。推理判断题。根据第五段可知，Wellman 过了一段时间才决定再次攀岩，于是他们二人共同训练，因此 C 项正确。A 项课文中没有提及；B 项错在 in a traffic accident，应为 in a rock-climbing accident；D 项错误，应为 Wellman 挽救了 Corbett 的生命。67.The main idea of the text is that .A.two heads are better

221、 than one B.friendship is precious in life C.the disabled should never give up D.a man can be destroyed but cannot be defeated【解析】选 B。主旨大意题。通读全文可知，Wellman 和 Corbett 通过在攀岩活动中互相帮助，战胜困难，甚至挽救生命的事迹，歌颂了友谊之珍贵，文末的 There are real close ties 也能说明 C 项正确。A 项意为“一人不敌二人计”。5.（2011重庆卷）A There was a gardener who look

222、ed after his garden with great care.To water his flowers,he used two buckers.One was a shiny and new bucket.The other was a very old and dilapidated one,which had seen many years of service,but was now past its best.Every morning,the gardener would fill up the two buckets.Then he would carry them al

223、ong the path,one on each side,to the flowerbeds.The new bucket was very proud of itself.It could carry a full bucket of water without a single drop spilled(溢出).The old bucket felt very ashamed because of its holes:before it reached the flowerbeds,much water had leaked along the path.Sometimes the ne

224、w bucket would say,“See how capable I am!How good it is that the gardener has me to water the flowers every day!I dont know why he still bothers with you.What a waste of space you are!”And all that the old bucket could say was,“I know Im not very useful,but I can only do my best.Im happy that the ga

225、rdener still finds a little bit of use in me,at least.”One day,the gardener heard that kind or conversation.After watering the flowers as usual,he said,“You both have done your work very well.Now I am going to carry you back.I want you to look carefully along the path.”Then the two buckets did so.Al

226、l along the path,they noticed,on the side where the new bucket was carried,there was just bare(光秃秃的)earth;on the onther side where the old bucket was carried,there was a joyous row of wild flowers,leading all the way to the garden.56.What does the underlined word“dilapidated”probably mean?A.Dirty B.

227、Dark C.Worn-out D.Plain-looking.57.What was the old bucket ashamed of?A.His past.B.His aging.C.His manner.D.His leaking.58.The new bucket made conversations with the old one mainly to A.laugth at the old one B.take pity on the old one C.show off its beautiful looks D.praise the gardeners kindness 59

228、.Why was the old bucket still kept by the gardener?A.Because it was used to keep a balance B.Because it stayed in its besr condition C.Because it was taken as a treasure D.Because it had its own function【答案】CDAD 6.（2011天津卷)B In the fall of 1985.I was a bright-eyed ghl heading off to Howard Universit

229、y,aiming at a legal career and dreaming of sitting on a Supreme Court bench somewhere.Twenty-one years later I am later I am still a bright-eyed dreamer and one with quite a different tale to tell.My grandma,an amazing woman,graduated from college an the age of 65.She was the first in our family to

230、reach that goal.But one year after I started college,she developed cancer.I made the choice to withdraw from college to care for her.It meant that school and my personal dream would have to wait.Then I got married with another dream:building my family with a combination of adopt and biological child

231、ren.In 1999,we adopted our first son.To lay eyes on him was fantastic-and very emotional.A year later came our second adopted boy.Then followed son No.3.In 2003,I gave birth to another boy.You can imagine how fully occupied I became,raising four boys under the age of 81.Our home was a complete zoo-a

232、 joyous zoo.Not surprising,I never did make it back to college full-time.But I never gave up on the dream either.I had only one choice:to find a way.That meant talking as few as one class each semester.The hardest part was feeling guilty about the time I spent away from the boys.They often wanted me

233、 to stay home with them.There certainly were times I wanted to quit,But I knew I should set an example for them to follow through the rest of their lives.In 2007,I graduated from the University of North Carolina.It took me over 21 years to get my college degree！I am not special,just single-minded.It

234、 always struck me that when youre looking at a big challenge from the outside it looks huge,but when youre in the midst of it,it just seems normal.Everything you want wont arrive in your life on one day.Its a process.Remember；little steps add up to big dreams.41.When the author went to Howard Univer

235、sity,her dream was tobe A.a writer B.a teacher C.a judge D.a doctor 42.Why did the author quit school in her second year of college?A.She wanted to study by herself.B.She fell in love and got married.C.She suffered from a serious illness.D.She decided to look after her grandma.43.What can we learn a

236、bout the author from Paragraphs 4 and 5?A.She was buy yet happy with her family life.B.She ignored her guilty feeling for her sons.C.She wanted to remain a full-time housewife.D.She was too confused to make a correct choice.44.What dose the author mostly want to tell us in the last paragraph?A.Failu

237、re is the mother of success.B.Little by little,one goes far.C.Every coin has two sides.D.Well begun,half done.45.Which of the following can best describe the author?A.Caring and determine.B.Honest and responsible.C.Ambitious and sensitive.D.Innocent and single-minded.【答案】CDABA 7.A（2011全国卷新课标卷)When m

238、ilk arrived on the doorstep When I was a boy growing up in New Jersey in the 1960s,we had a milkman delivering milk to our doorstep.His name was Mr.Basille.He wore a white cap and drove a white truck.As a 5-year-old boy,I couldnt take my eyes off the coin changer fixed to his belt.He noticed this on

239、e day during a delivery and gave me a quarter out of his coin changer.Of course,he delivered more than milk.There was cheese,eggs and so on.If we needed to change our order,my mother would pen a note“Please add a bottle of buttermilk next delivery”and place it in the box along with the empty bottles

240、.And then,the buttermilk would magically（魔术般）appear.All of this was about more than convenience.There existed a close relationship between families and their milkmen.Mr.Basille even had a key to our house,for those times when it was so cold outside that we put the box indoors,so that the milk wouldn

241、t freeze.And I remember Mr.Basille from time to time taking a break at our kitchen table,having a cup of tea and telling stories about his delivery.There is sadly no home milk delivery today.Big companies allowed the production of cheaper milk thus making it difficult for milkmen to compete(竞争).Besi

242、des,milk is for sale everywhere,and it may just not have been practiced to have a delivery service.Recently,an old milk box in the countryside I saw brought back my childhood memories.1 took it home and planted it on the back porch(门廊).Every so often my sons friends will ask what it is.So I start te

243、lling stories of my boyhood,and of the milkman who brought us friendship along with his milk.56.Mr.Basille gave the boy a quarter out of his coin changer .A.to show his magical power B.to pay for the delivery C.to satisfy his curiosity D.to please his mother 57.What can be inferred from the fact tha

244、t the milkman had the key to the boys house?A.He wanted to have tea there.B.He was a respectable person.C.He was treated as a family member.D.He was fully trusted by the family.58.Why does home milk delivery no longer exist?A.Nobody wants to be a milkman now.B.It has been driven out of the market.C.

245、Its service is getting poor.D.It is forbidden by law.59.Why did the author bring back home an old milk box?A.He missed the good old days.B.He wanted to tell interesting stories.C.He needed it for his milk bottles.D.He planted flowers in it.56.C 57.D 58.B 59.A 8.（2011北京卷）A“I Went Skydiving at 84!”As

246、a young girl growing up in the 1930s,I always wanted to fly a plane,but back then it was almost unheard of for a woman to do that.I got a taste of that dream in 2011,when my husband arranged for me to ride in a hot air balloon for my birthday.But the experience turned out to be very dull.Around that

247、 time,I told my husband that I wanted to skydive.So when our retirement community（社区）announced that they were having an essay competition and the topic was an experience of a lifetime that you wanted to have,I decided to write about my dream.In the essay,I wrote about my desire to skydive,stating Ge

248、orge Brush Sr.did it at age 80.Why not me?I was just 84 and in pretty good health.A year went by and I heard nothing.But then at a community party in late April 2009,they announced that I was one of the winners.I just couldnt believe it.Inspired by this.I deeided to realize my dream,even though some

249、 of my family members and my doctor were against it.On June 11,2009,nearly 40 of my family and friends gathered in the area close to where I would land while I headed up in the airplane.My instructor,Jay,guided me through the experience.The plane was the noisiest one I had ever been in,but I wasnt f

250、rightenedI was really just looking forward to the experience.When we reached 13,000 feet,Jay instructed me to throw myself out of the plane.When we first hit the air,the wind was so strong that I could hardly breathe.For a second I thought,“What have I gotten myself into?”But then everything got cal

251、mer.We were in a free fall for about a minute before Jay opened the parachute（降落伞）,then we just floated downward for about five minutes.Being up in the clouds and looking at the view below was unlike anything I have ever feltmuch better than the hot air ballon.I was just enjoying it.Skydiving was re

252、ally one of the greatest experiences of my life.I hope other people will look at me and realize that you dont stop living just because you are 84 years old.If theres something you want to experience,look into it.If its something that is possible,make it happen.56.What happened to the auther in 2001?

253、A.She flew an airplane B.She entered a competition C.She went on a hot air balloon ride D.She moved into a retirement community 57.The author mentioned George Bush Sr.in her essay to .A.build up her own reputation B.show her admiration for him C.compare their health conditon D.make her argument pers

254、uasive 58.How did the author feel immediately after she jumped out of the plane?A.Excited B.Scared C.Nervous D.Regretful 59.What did the author enjoy most when she was skydiving?A.The beautiful clouds B.The wonderful view C.The company of Jay D.The one-minute free fall【答案】CDDB 9.（2011湖南卷）B My father

255、 was Chief engineer of a merchant ship,which was sunk in Word War II.The book Night of the U-boats told the story.Memories In September,1940,my mother,sister and I went to Swansea,where my fathers ship was getting ready to sail.We brought him a family photograph to be kept with him at all times and

256、keep him sale.Then I remember my mother lying lace down,sobbing.She had heard from a friend that the ship had been sunk by a torpedo(鱼雷).I can remember the arrival of the telegram(电报),Which in those days always brought had new.My grandmother opened it.It read,“Safe,Love Ted.”My most vivid memory Is

257、being woken and brought down to sit o my fathers knee,his arm in a bandage.He was judged unfit to return to sea and took a shore job in Glasgow for the rest of the war.For as long as I can remember,he had a weak heart.Mother said it was caused by the torpedoes.He said it was because of the cigarette

258、s.Whichever,he died suddenly in his early 50s.Ten years later I read Night of the U-bouts and was able to complete the story.Torpedo One torpedo struck the ship.Father was in the engine room,where the third engineer was killed.He shut down the engines to slow the ship making it easier for it to be a

259、bandoned.By the time he got on deck(甲板)he was alone.Every lifeboat was gone except one which had stuck fast.When he tried to cut it free it swung against the ship,injuring his hand and arm.He had no choice but to jumpstill with the photograph in his pocket.Three days later,he and other survivors wer

260、e safe in Glasgow.All 23 with him signed the back of the photograph.In my room is the book and the photograph.Often,glass in hand,I have wondered how I would have dealt with an explosion,a sinking ship,a jump into a vast ocean rind a wait for rescue?Lest（以免）we forget,I have some more whisky and toas

261、t the heroes of the war.61.We can infer that the mother and children went to Swansea _.A.to meet a friend B.to see the father off C.to take a family photo D.to enjoy the sailing of the ship 62.What did the author learn about the father from the telegram?A.he was still alive.B.His knee was broken.C.H

262、is ship had been sunk.D.He had arrived in Glasgow.63.The underlined word“it”in Paragraph 6 refers to the fathers _.A.weak heart B.taking a shore job C.failure to return to sea D.injury caused by a torpedo 64.What can we know about the authors father after his ship was attacked?A.He lost his arm B.He

263、 repaired the engines.C.He managed to take a lifeboat.D.He was the last to leave the ship.65.What is the passage mainly about?A.A group of forgotten heroes B.A book describing a terrifying battle.C.A ship engineers wartime experience.D.A merchants memories of a sea rescue.B 记叙文：父亲经历的沉船事件 61.S 定位，找到

264、Memories 下面第一段，讲到父亲会从 S 起航，我们带给他 family photograph 目的是 be kept with him 和 keep him safe，推断出我们是去给父亲送行 62.telegram 定位，找到 Memories 下面第三段，电报内容：safe，确定 A 63.父亲说 it 是由 cigarettes 引起，母亲说 it 由 torpedoes 引起，it 只代前文的 week heart 64.after his ship was attack 定位，找到 Torpedo 部分，第二段首句 he was alone 确定 D 65.全文主旨，C。其它

265、选项错误原因：A，forgotten heroes 在文中都没有涉及；B，terrible battle没有提；D,merchants memories 应该是作者（merchants child 的 mermories）10.（2011湖北卷）A Honesty,my mum always used to tell me,is the best policy.Of course,this didint include her when she told me that if I didnt eat all my vegetables Father Christmas would find o

266、ut and wouldnt give me any presents.But when it comes to medicine,I had assumed it was important to always be honest with my patients.After all,the doctor patient relationship is based on trust,and therefore honesty is essential,Or so I thought.I had just started working in geriatrics(老年病科).Mr.McMah

267、on was brought in when his baby was faound very swollen.I took a medical history from his daughter would accompanied him in the ambulance.Shed been his main carer for years.I stood looking at him as she gave a detailed history.“Has he lost any weight recently?”I asked,“Well,its funny you should ment

268、ion that,but yes.”She said slowly.There was silence for a few moments.“Why?What are you worried about?”she asked,I hesitated.She was obviously very involved in his care and it was only fair that I told her the truth.“Well,we need to prove its not cancer.”I said and talked briefly about some of the t

269、ests I was going to order.Half an hour later,a nurse called me:“Mr.McMahons daughter broke downshe said you told her he had cancer.”My heart sank.By the time I arrived at the ward,my consultant was already there,explaining that we still had to run lots of tests and that it was by no means confirmed

270、that he had cancer.I stood silently at the end of the bed.My consultant was obviously angry with me and as we left Mr.McMahon,she turned to me.“Why on carch did you do that?”she asked to disbelief.I looked at her andbit my hp.“She asked me what I was worried about and I told her.”I said,hanging my h

271、ead.“And give her more to worry about?”replied my consultant.“You dont say the word cancer until its confirmed.Even if you suspect it,think very carefully before you tell people.”As it turned out,it wasnt cancer.But I did learn that when somecone is stressed and worried about their loved one theyre

272、sometimes selective in what they hearand as a doctor its important to be mindful of this.In being truthful,Id made the situation worse.51.The purpose of the first two paragraphs is to show that the author .A.misunderstood the doctor-patient relationship B.was anxious to receive Christmas gifts C.reg

273、arded honesty as the best policy D.had an unhealthy eating habit 52.The authors consultant was angry with him because .A.he told the daughter what he suspected.B.he delayed running the necessary tests.C.he failed to confirm the parents disease.D.he forgot what the consultant had advised.53The author

274、 hung his head(the underlined part in Para.4)because he was feeling .A.guilty B.hurt C.disappointed D.helpless 54.What lesson has the author learnt from his experience?A.Learning form parents is necessary.B.Jumping to a conclusion is dangerous.C.Telling the truth may not always be the best solution.

275、D.Selecting pleasant words may not be the perfect policy.【答案】CAAC 11.（2011广东卷）C A year after graduation,I was offered a position teaching a writing class.Teaching was a profession I had never seriously considered,though several of my stories had been published.I accepted the job without hesitation,a

276、s it would allow me to wear a tie and go by the name of Mr.Davis.My father went by the same name,and I liked to imagine people getting the two of us confused.“Wait a minute”someone might say,“are you talking about Mr.Davis the retired man,or Mr.Davis the respectable scholar?”The position was offered

277、 at the last minute,and I was given two weeks to prepare,a period I spent searching for briefcase(公文包)and standing before my full-length mirror,repeating the words,“Hello,class.Im Mr.Davis.”Sometimes I would give myself an aggressive voice.Sometimes I would sound experienced.But when the day eventua

278、lly came,my nerves kicked in and the true Mr.Davis was there.I sounded not like a thoughtful professor,but rather a 12-year-old boy.I arrived in the classroom with paper cards designed in the shape of maple leaves.I had cut them myself out of orange construction paper.I saw nine students along a lon

279、g table.I handed out the cards,and the students wrote down their names and fastened them to their breast pockets as I required.“All right then,”I said.“Okey,here we go.”Then I opened my briefcase and realized that I had never thought beyond this moment.I had been thinking that the students would be

280、the first to talk,offering their thoughts and opinions on the events of the day.I had imagined that I would sit at the edge of the desk,overlooking a forests of hands.Every student would yell.“Calm down,youll all get your turn.One at a time,one at a time!”A terrible silence ruled the room,and seeing

281、 no other opinions,I inspected the students to pull out their notebooks and write a brief essay related to the theme of deep disappointment.36.The author took the job to teach writing because _.A.he wanted to be expected B.he had written some storied C.he wanted to please his father D.he had dreamed

282、 of being a teacher 37.What can we learn about the author from Paragraph 2?A.He would be aggressive in his first class.B.He was well-prepared for his first class.C.He got nervous upon the arrival of his first class.D.He waited long for the arrival of his first class.38.Before he started his class,th

283、e author asked the students to _.A.write down their suggestions on the paper cards B.cut maple leaves out of the construction paper C.cut some cards out of the construction paper D.write down their names on the paper cards 39.What did the students do when the author started his class?A.They began to

284、 talk.B.They stayed silent.C.They raised their hands.D.They shouted to be heard.40.The author chose the composition topic probably because _.A.he got disappointed with his first class B.he had prepared the topic before class C.he wanted to calm down the students D.he thought it was an easy topic【文章大

285、意】本文是一篇记叙文。作者叙述了自己成为老师所上是第一节课的情景。和自己事先预想的大不一样，这节课竟然很沉闷，这令作者很失望。36.A 考查细节理解。根据文章第一段 I accepted the job without hesitation,as it would allow me to wear a tie and go by the name of Mr.Davis.可知，我毫不犹豫地接受了这个工作，这表明作者想成为一名老师。所以选 A。37.C 考查推理判断。根据文章第二段 But when the day eventually came,my nerves kicked in and

286、the true Mr.Davis was there.I sounded not like a thoughtful professor,but rather a 12-year-old boy.可知当作者第一次进入课堂的时候，他的声音不像一名有思想的教授倒像一个 12 岁的小男孩。这表明作者很紧张。故选 C。38.D 考查细节理解。根据文章第三段 I handed out the cards,and the students wrote down their names and fastened them to their breast pockets as I required.可知选

287、D。39.B 考查细节理解。根据文章第五段 A terrible silence ruled the room,and seeing no other opinions 可知，教室里一片沉静，没有学生发表意见。所以选 B。40.A 考查推理判断。根据文章的第四段可知，作者想象他的第一节课学生会很积极地发言表达自己的观点，自己只能让学生一次一个地说。可没想到的是自己的第一节课竟然一片寂静，没有人发言。所以作者很失望。故选 A。12.（2011浙江卷）D It was Saturday.As always,it was a busy one,for“Six days shall you labor

288、 and do all your work”was taken seriously back then.Outside,Father and Mr.Patrick next door were busy chopping firewood.Inside their own houses,Mother and Mrs.Patrick were engaged in spring cleaning.Somehow the boys had slipped away to the back lot with their kites.Now,even at the risk of having Bro

289、ther caught to beat carpets,they had sent him to the kitchen for string(线).It seemed there was no limit to the heights to which kites would fly today.My mother looked at the sitting room,its furniture disorderd for a thorough sweeping,Agun she cast a look toward the window.“Come on,girls!Lets take s

290、tring to the boys and watch them On the way we met Mrs.Patrick,laughing guiltily as if she were doing something wrong,together with her girls.There never was such a day for flying kited!We played all our fresh string into the boys kites and they went up higher and higher.We could hardly distinguish

291、the orange-colored spots of the kites.Now and then we slowly pulled one kite back,watching it dancing up and down it the wind,and finally bringing it down to earth,just for the joy of sending it up again.Even our fathers dropped their tools and joined us.Our mothers took their turn,laughing like sch

292、oolgirls.I think we were all beside ourselves.Parents forgot their duty and their dignity;children forgot their everyday fights and little jealousies.“Perhaps its like this in the kingdom of heaven,”I thought confusedly.It was growing dark before we all walked sleepily back to house.I suppose we had

293、 some sort of supper.I suppose there must have been a surface tidying-up,for the house on Sunday looked clean and orderly enough.The strange thing was,we didnt mention that day afterward.I flt a little embarrassed.Surely none of the others had been as excited as I.I locked the memory up in that deep

294、est part of me where we keep“the things that cannot be and yet they are.”The years went on,then one day I was hurrying about my kitchen in a city apartment,trying to get some work out of the way while my three-year-old insistently cried her desire to“go park,see duck.”“I cant go!”I said.“I have this

295、 and this to do,and when Im through Ill be too tired to walk that for.”My mother,who was visiting us,looked up from the peas she was shelling,“Its a wonderful day,”she offered，“Really warm,yet theres a fine breczc.Do you remember that day we flew kites?”I stopped in my dash between stove and sink.Th

296、e looked door flew open and with it a rush of memories.“Come on.”I told my little girl.“Youre right,its too good a day to miss.”Another decade passed.We were in the aftermath(余波)of a great war.All evening we had been asking our returned soldier,the youngest Patrick Boy,about his experiences as a pri

297、soner of war.He had talked freely,but now for a long time he had been silent.What was he thinking of what dark and horrible things?“Say!”A smile slipped out from his lips.“Do you remember-no,of course you wouldnt.It probably didnt make the impression on you as it did on me.”I hardly dared speak.“Rem

298、ember what?”“I used to think of that day a lot in POW camp(战俘营),when things werent too good.Do you remember the day we flew the kites?”56.Mrs.Patrick was laughing guilnly because she thought .A.she was too old to fly kites B.her husband would make fun of her C.she should have been doing her housewor

299、k then D.her girls werent supposed to play the boys game 57.By“we were all beside ourselves”,the writer means that they all .A.felt confused B.went wild with joy C.looked on D.forgot their fights 58.What did the writer think after the kite-flying?A.The boys must have had more fun than the girls.B.Th

300、ey should have finished their work before playing.C.Her parents should spend more time with them.D.All the others must have forgotten that day.59.Why did the writer finally agree to take her little girl for an outing?A.She suddenly remembered her duty as a mother.B.She was reminded of the day they f

301、lew kites.C.She had finished her work in the kitchen.D.She thought it was a great day to play outside.60.The youngest Patrick Boy is mentioned to show that _.A.the writer was not alone in treasuring her fond memories B.his experience in POW camp threw a shadow over his life C.childhood friendship me

302、ans so much to the writer D.people like him really changed a lot after the war【答案】CBDBA 13.（2011全国 II）E I didnt hear them call my name,explained Shelley Hennig to Active Teens(AT)as she talked about that exciting moment on national television when she won the honor of Miss Teen USA 2004.Are you read

303、y?is what she heard.Then she said,I shook my head no,and then they saidyes and it was announced again.It was four days after that life changing moment for the seventeen-year-old high school student from Destrehan,Louisiana-she was still on cloud nine I was so shocked!I never believed that it could a

304、ctually really happen.Present in the audience（观众）that day were:her mother and father,older brother,her friends,and her dance teacher.Understanding why members of her family and her friends would be there,AT asked why her dance teacher had traveled so far to see her compete（比赛）Shes always been my rol

305、e modelIve danced with her since I was six.Shes been through so many difficulties and came through them all.Ive learned to get over bad lifes experiences and learned how to move on because of her.One of those bad lifes experiences for Shelley happened three years ago when her brother Brad was killed

306、 in a drunk driving accident.He was 18.She found writing helped her get through the rough days.She said,I write a lot about my brother.I write a lot,a lot,a lot.”As Miss Louisiana Teen,she traveled around the state speaking to teens（青少年）about the dangers of drinking and driving.In her role as Miss T

307、een USA,Sheiley will continue to speak to youth about safe driving,in addition to many other things to help the youth.When AT asked Miss Teen USA if she had any advice for our readers,she said,Dont let anyone change you.Hang out with people that make you feel good about yourself.That way,it is easy

308、to be yourself.56.What do the words on cloud nine in Paragraph 2 probably mean?A.frightened B.troubled C.very happy D.very angry 57.Shelley takes her dance teacher as a role model mainly because she is_.A.determined B.friendly C.strict D.experienced 58.How many children did the Hennigs have accordin

309、g to the text?A.1B2.C.3D.4.59.What did Shelley often do after she became Miss Louisiana Teen?A.She visited drunken drivers.B.She gave dance performances.C.She made speeches on safe driving.D.She helped other teens with their studies.60.What suggestion does Shelley give to the teens?A.Be yourself wit

310、h the support of friends.B Meet friends whenever possible.C.Go easy on yourself and others.D.Have a good role model.56-60 CACCA 14.（2011四川卷）A Its 5:00 in the morning when the alarm(闹钟)rings in my ears.I roll out of bed and walk blindly through the dark into the bathroom.I turn on the light and put o

311、n my glasses.The house is still as I walk downstairs while my husband and three kids sleep peacefully.Usually I go for a long run,but today I choose my favorite exercise DVD,Insanity.Sweat pours down my face and into my eyes.My heart races as I face my body to finish each movement.As I near the end

312、of the exercise,I feel extremely tired,but a smile is of my face.Its a smile because the DVD is over,but a smile of success from pushing my body to its extreme limit.Some people enjoy shopping,smoking,food,work,or even chocolate.But I need exercise to get through each day.Some shake heads when they

313、see me run through the town.Others get hurt when I refuse to try just one bite of their grandmothers chocolate cake.They raise their eyebrows,surprised by my“no thank you,”or by my choice to have a salad.Over the years,I have learned its okay to just say“no.”I shouldnt feel sorry for refusing food t

314、hat I dont want to eat.So what drives me to roll out of bed at 5:00 a.m.?What gives me the reason to just say to ice cream?Commitment.A commitment to change my life with a way that reduces daily anxiety,increases self confidence and energy,extends life and above all improves my body shape.This is th

315、e point where a smile appears on my face as I look at myself in the mirror or try on my favorite pair of jeans that now fit just right.Its through commitment and sweat that I can make a difference within myself inside and out.41.Why is there a smile on the authors face in the morning?A.Because she s

316、ees her family sleeping peacefully.B.Because she finishes her favorite exercise C.Because she enjoys the interesting DVD D.Because she feels a sense of achievement 42.Which of the following is true according to Paragraph?A.She doesnt like others r politely B.She likes to make others surprised C.Othe

317、rs dont understand what she dose D.Others try to help her by offering her food 43.What does the underlined word“commitment”in the last paragraph mean?A.Good health B.Firm belief C.A strong power D.A regular habit 44.Wtat can we learn about the author from the text?A.She acts in a strange way B.She w

318、ants to look different from others C.She aims to develop a good body shape D.She has difficult getting along with others【答案】DCBC 15.（2011辽宁卷）A 56.Susan got her first drivers license A.before she got married to Henry B.when she was twenty years old C.after she finished high school D.when she just mov

319、ed to Maryland 57.Susan failed to renew her license the first time in Maryland because A.she was forbidden to drive by Maryland law B.she lacked driving experience in Maryland C.she was to give birth to a baby soon D.she insisted on signing for herself 58.We can infer from the text that in the U.S.A

320、.American males should serve in the army B.different states my have different laws C.people have to renew their licenses in their home states D.women should adopt their husbands family names after marriage【答案】ADB 2010 年高考题 Passage 1(10广东 A 篇)When I was growing up in America,I was ashamed of my mothe

321、rs Chinese English.Because of her English,she was often treated unfairly.People in department stores,at banks,and at restaurants did not take her seriously,did not give her good service,pretended not to Understand her,or even acted as if they did not hear her.My mother has realized the limitations o

322、f her English as well.When I was fifteen,she used to have me call people on phone to pretend I was she.I was forced to ask for information or even to yell at people who had been rude to her.One time I had to call her stockbroker(股票经纪人).I said in an adolescent voice that was not very convincing,“This

323、 is Mrs.Tan.”And my mother was standing beside me,whispering loudly,“Why he dont send me cheek already two week lone.”And then,in perfect English I said:“Im getting rather concerned.You agreed to send the check two weeks ago,but it hasnt arrived.”Then she talked more loudly.“What he want?I come to N

324、ew York tell him front of his boss.”And so I turned to the stockbroker again,“I cant tolerate any more excuse.If I dont receive the check immediately,I am going to have to speak to your manager when I am in New York next week.”The next week we ended up in New York.While I was sitting there red-faced

325、,my mother,the real Mrs.Tan,was shouting to his boss in her broken English.When I was a teenager,my mothers broken English embarrassed me.But now,I see it differently.To me,my mothers English is perfectly clear,perfectly natural.It is my mother tongue.Her language,as I hear it,is vivid,direct,and fu

326、ll of observation and wisdom.It was the language that helped shape the way I saw things,expressed ideas,and made sense of the world.41.Why was the authors mother poorly served?A.She was unable to speak good English.B.She was often misunderstood.C.She was not clearly heard.D.She was not very polite.答

327、案：A 试题分析：由文中 Because of her English,she was often treated unfairly.可知 高考考点：考查事实细节 易错提醒：易错选 B 42.From Paragorph 2,we know that the author was .A.good a pretending B.rude to the stockbroker C.ready to help her mother D.unwilling to phone for her mother 答案：D 试题分析：由文中 I was forced to ask for information

328、 or even to yell at people who had been rude to her”可知 高考考点：考查故事细节 易错提醒：易错 A 43.After the author made the phone call,.A.they forgave the stockbroker B.they failed to get the check C.they went to New York immediately D.they spoke to their boss at once 答案：B 试题分析：由文中“I said in an adolescent voice that

329、was not very convincing”及“If I dont receive the check immediately,I am going to have to speak to your manager when I am in New York next week.”和“The next week we ended up in New York.”可推断出答案 高考考点：考查文章分析推测能力 易错提醒：易错选 C 44.What does the author think of her mothers English now?A.It confuses her.B.It em

330、barrasses her.C.It helps her understand the world.D.It helps her tolerate rude people.答案：C 试题分析：由文中最后一段 But now,I see it differently.To me,-and made sense of the world.高考考点：考查分析推测能力 45.We can inter from the passage that Chinese English .A.is clear and natural to non-native speakers B.is vivid and di

331、rect to non-native speakers C.has a verv bad reputation in America D.may bring inconvenience in America 45.答案：D 试题分析：由文中作者母亲的经历可以推测出 高考考点：考查文章分析推断能力 Passage 2(10江苏 B 篇)It is reported that conservation groups in North America have been arguing about the benefits and dangers of wolves.Some groups beli

332、eve wolves should be killed.Other people believe wolves must be protected so that they will not disappear from the wilderndss(荒野)For Killing Wolves In Alaska，the wolf almost disappeared a few years ago，because hunters were killing hundreds 0f them forsport.However1aws were established to protect the

333、 wolves from sportsmen and people who catch the animals for their furSo the woIf population has greatly increased.Now there are so many wolves that they are destroying their own food supply A wolf naturally eats animals in the deer family.People in the wilderness also hunt deer for foodMany of the a

334、nimals have been destroyed by the very cold winters recently and by changes in the wilderness plant lifeWhen the deer cant find enough food，they die If the wolves continue to kill large numbers of deer，their prey(猎物)will disappear some dayAnd the wolves willtooSo we must change the cycle of life in

335、the wilderness to balance the ecologyIf we killed more wolves，we would save them and their prey from dying outWed also save some farm animals In another northern state，wolves attack cows and chickens for foodFarmers want the government to send biologists to study the problemThey believe it necessary

336、 to kill wolves in some areas and to protect them in places where there is a small woIf population Against Killing Wolves If you had lived long ago，you would have heard many different stories about the dangerous wolfAccording to most stories，hungry wolves often kill people for foodEven today，the sto

337、ries of the“big bad woIfwill not disappear But the fact is wolves are afraid of peopleand they seldom travel in areas where there is a human smellWhen wolves eat other animals，they usually kill the very youngor the sick and injured.The strongest survive.No kind of animal would have survived through

338、the centuries if the weak members had livedAnd has always been a law of nature.Although some people say it is good sense to kill wolves，we say it is nonsense!Researchers have found wolves and their prey living in balanceThe wolves keep the deer population from becoming too large,and that keeps a bal

339、ance in the wilderness plant life The real problem is that the areas where wolves can live are being used bv peopleEven if wilderness land is not used directly for human needsthe wolves cant always find enough food.So they travel to the nearest source,which is often a farmThen there is dangerThe“big

340、 bad wolf”has arrived!And everyone knows what happens next 60According to the passage，some people in North America favor killing wolves for all the following reasons EXCET that Athere are too many wolves Bthey kill large numbers deer Cthey attack cows and chickens for food Dthey destroy the wilderne

341、ss plant life 选 D 根据文中小标题 For killing wolves 第一段第三行“so the wolf population has increased”第三段第一句和第四段第一句话，可知选项 D 不是原因 61Some people are against killing wolves because Awolves help to keep the ecological balance in the wildemess Bthere is too small a wolf population in the wilderness Cthere are too man

342、y deer in the wilderness Dwolves are afraid of people and never attack people 选 A 小标题 Against killing wolves 中第三段最后一句 62According to those against killing wolves，when wolves eat other animals，Athey never eat strong and healthy onesBthey always go against the law of nature Cthey might help this kind

343、of animals survive in nature Dthey disturb the ecological balance in the wilderness 选 C 小标题 Against killing wolves 中第二段最后两行可知强者生存，弱者淘汰是自然法则 63The last sentence“And everyone knows what happens next”implies that in such cases Afarm animals will be in danger and have to be shipped away BwoIves will kil

344、l people and people will in turn kill them Cwolves wilI find enough food sources on famls Dpeople will leave the areas where wolves can live 选 B 文中最后一段可知狼居住的地方被人类占据，它们就会跑到就近的农场等地吃人，那么人类就会反过来杀死它们 Passage 3(10全国E 篇)There were smiling children all the way.Charily they knew at what time the train passed

345、 their homes and they made it their business to stand along the railway,wave to complete strangers and cheer them up as they rushed towards Penang.Often whole families stood outside their homes and waved and smiled as if those on the trains were their favorite relatives.This is the simple village pe

346、ople of Malaysia.I was moved.I had always traveled to Malaysia by plane or car,so this was the first time I was on a train.I did not particularly relish the long train journey and had brought along a dozen magazines to read and reread.I looked about the train.There was not one familiar face.I sighed

347、 and sat down to read my Economics.It was not long before the train was across the Causeway and in Malaysia.Johore Baru was just another city like Singapore,so I was tired of looking at the crowds of people as they hurried past.As we went beyond the city,I watched the straight rows of rubber trees a

348、nd miles and miles of green.Then the first village came into sight,Immediately I came alive;I decided to wave hack.From then on my journey became interesting.I threw my magazines into the waste basket and decided to join in Malaysian life.Then everything came alive.The mountains seemed to speak to m

349、e.Even the trees were smiling.I stared at everything as if I was looking at it for the first time.The day passed fast and I even forgot to have my lunch until I felt hungry.I looked at my watch and was surprised that it was 3:00 pm.Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth.I looked at the people all a

350、round me.They all looked beautiful.When my uncle arrived with a smile,I threw my arms around him to give him a warm hug(拥抱).I had never done this before.He seemed surprised and then his weather-beaten face warmed up with a huge smile.We walked arm in arm to his car.I looked forward to the return jou

351、rney.71.The author expected the train trip to be A.adventurous B.pleasant C.exciting D.dull 72.What did the author remember most fondly of her train trip?A.The friendly country people.B.The mountains along the way.C.The crowds of people in the streets.D.The simple lunch served on the train.73.Which

352、of the following words can best take the place of the word“relish”in the second paragraph?A.choose B.enjoy C.prepare for D.carry on 74.Where was the writer going?A.Johore Baru.B.The Causeway.C.Butterworth.D.Singapore.75.What can we learn from the story?A.Comfort in traveling by train.B.Pleasure of l

353、iving in the country.C.Reading gives people delight.D.Smiles brighten people up.答案：71.选 D。根据第二段，作者是第一次坐长途火车，带了很多杂志看，可以看出作者一开始认为坐火车是dull（乏味的）。72.选 A。根据第一段，马来西亚人很热情，总会微笑着在站台上对火车里的陌生人挥手，欢迎乘客来到马来西亚。作者很感动。73.选 B。参照第 71 题。作者开始并不享受火车之旅。74.选 C。倒数第二段，Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth.火车在 Butterworth 停下

354、来。75.选 D。文章主要讲述作者从看到马来西亚人总会在站台上笑对火车里的陌生人挥手后，心情由无聊、乏味变成高兴。可以看出，微笑能让人提起精神。Passage 4(10湖北 A 篇)It was a Sunday and the heavy storm had lasted all night.The morning after the storm,though,was beautiful:blue skies,warm air and a calm,inviting sea touching the shore gently.My father realised it was a good

355、day for fishing and invited my sister and me to go with him.I was only 14 and fishing had never been my thing,but I decided to go all the same.Im so glad I did.On the road to the harbour we could see the terrible destruction on the coast,but the harbour itself was in fairly good shape.After all，it w

356、as protected by the arms of a bay that had only one tiny channel to the sea.As we got on board,we noticed two big humps(脊背)in the distance.On approaching them,we saw it was a mother whale with her baby.We couldnt believe it there arent any whales along the coast here.The storm must have driven them

357、across the ocean into the bay,in which the still water was so badlly polluted that nothing could survive.The little baby whaleactually as big as our boalwas obviously stuck and could not move.The mother dived under the water and came up suddenly,making big whirlpools(漩涡)and waves.”Shes trying to hel

358、p her baby,but on the wrong side,”my father said.At this point,my father moved our boat in a semicircle to the other side and,heading the boat towards the baby whale,pushed it gently.With our several gentle pushes the big hump turned over and disappared under water.Then it swam up right beside its m

359、um.They struggled in their desperate attempts to escape but missed the exit and started heading in the wrong direction.We hurried up to the whales and tried to lead them towards the bay channel.Showly,they let us lead them,some-times rising from the water right beside us to breatheand to give us a t

360、rusting look with those huge eyes.Once they hit their first part of clean water flowing straight from the sea,the mum gave us a wave with her tail and off they swam into the distance.In the excitement it had felt like only a few minutes,but we had been with those wonderful animals for almost an hour

361、 and a half.That was the simple and lasting beauty of the day,Nearly four decades later,I still look back fondly to that golden day at sea.51.The author says“Im so glad I did.”(in Para.2)because _.A.be witnessed the whole process of fishing B.he enjoyed the beauty of the calm sea C.he experienced th

362、e rescue of the whales D.he spent the weekend with his family 52.The harbour survived the storm owing to_.A.the shape of the harbour B.the arms of the bay C.the still water in the channel D.the long coast line 53.The mother whale failed to help her baby because_.A.she had stayed in the polluted wate

363、r for too long B.the whirlpools she had made were not big enough C.she had no other whales around to turn to for help D.the waves pushed her baby in the wrong direction 54.what is the theme of the story?A.Saving lives brings people a sense of happiness B.Fishing provides excitement for children C.It

364、s necessary to live in harmony with animals D.Its vital to protect the environment 答案：51.C 52.B 53.D 54.A Passage 5(10北京 A 篇)Goldies Secret She turned up at the doorstep of my house in Cornwall.No way could I have sent her away.No way,not me anyway.Maybe someone had kicked her out of their car the n

365、ight before.Were moving house.;No space for her any more with the baby coming.We never really wanted her,but what could we have done?She was a present.People find all sorts of excuses for abandoning an animal.And she was one of the most beautiful dogs I had ever seen.I called her Goldie.If I had kno

366、wn what was going to happen I would have given her a more creative name.She was so unsettled during those first few days.She hardly ate anything and had such an air of sadness about her.There was nothing I could do to make her happy,it seemed.Heaven knows what had happened to her at her previous own

367、ers.But eventually at the end of the first week she calmed down.Always by my side,whether we were out on one of our long walks or sitting by the fire.Thats why it was such a shock when she pulled away from me one day when we were out for a walk.We were a long way from home,when she started barking a

368、nd getting very restless.Eventually I couldnt hold her any longer and she raced off down the road towards a farmhouse in the distance as fast as she could.By the time I reached the farm I was very tired and upset with Goldie.But when I saw her licking(舔)the four puppies(幼犬)I started to feel sympathy

369、 towards them.We didnt know what had happened to her,said the woman at the door.I took her for a walk one day,soon after the puppies were born,and she just disappeared.She must have tried to come back to them and got lost,added a boy from behind her.I must admit I do miss Goldie,but Ive got Nugget n

370、ow,and she looks just like her mother.And Ive learnt a good lesson:not to judge people.56.How did the author feel about Goldie when Goldie came to the house?A.Shocked.B.Sympathetic.C.Annoyed.D.Upset.57.In her first few days at the authors house,Goldie .AI felt worried B.was angry C.ate a little D.sa

371、t by the fire 58.Goldie rushed off to a farmhouse one day because she .A.saw her puppies B.heard familiar barking C.wanted to leave the author D.found her way to her old home 59.The passage is organized in order of .A.time B.effectiveness C.importance D.complexity 答案：56.B 情绪推断，较难题。此推断题的难点在于，原文没有直接的形

372、容词表述，要求学生通过具体的描述总结。原文第 2 段 She hardly ate anything and had such an air of sadness about her.There was nothing I could do to make her happy,it seemed.Heaven knows what had happened to her at her previous owners.划线句子表明作者同情被遗弃的小狗，希望帮助它高兴起来。57.A 细节题，较难题。要做对此题主要要排除 C 项的干扰，原文第 2 段 She hardly ate anything

373、and had such an air of sadness about her.hardly ate anything 的表述与 ate little 是不一样的。前者是几乎什么都不吃，后者是吃得少，此错误选项属于改变否定/肯定的程度。58.D 原因推断题，简单题，通过原文第 4 段的描写可得正确答案。59.A 问文章的行文结构，简单题，此篇记叙文按照时间顺序发展。Passage 6(10北京 B 篇)Open Letter to an Editor I had an interesting conversation with a reporter recently-one who work

374、s for you.In fact,hes one of your best reporters.He wants to leave.Your reporter gave me a copy of his resume(简历)and photocopies of six stories that he wrote for you.The headlines showed you played them proudly.With great enthusiasm,he talked about how he finds issues(问题),approaches them,and writes

375、about them,which tells me he is one of your best.Im sure you would hate to lose him.Surprisingly,your reporter is not unhappy.In fact,he told me he really likes his job.He has a great assignment(分工),and said you run a great paper.It would be easy for you to keep him,he said.He knows that the paper v

376、alues him.He appreciates the responsibility youve given him,takes ownership of his profession,and enjoys his freedom.So why is he looking for a way out?He talked to me because he wants his editors to demand so much more of him.He wants to be pushed,challenged,coached to new heights.The reporter beli

377、eves that good stories spring from good questions,but his editors usually ask how long the story will be,when it will be in,where it can play,and what the budget is.He longs for conversations with an editor who will help him turn his good ideas into great ones.He wants someone to get excited about w

378、hat hes doing and to help him turn his story idea upside down and inside out,exploring the best ways to report it.He wants to be more valuable for your paper.Thats what you want for him,too,isnt it?So your reporter has set me thinking.Our best hope in keeping our best reporters,copy editors,photogra

379、phers,artists-everyone-is to work harder to make sure they get the help they are demanding to reach their potential.If we cant do it,theyll find someone who can.60.What does the writer think of the reporter?A.Optimistic.B.Imaginative.C.Ambitious.D.Proud.61.What does the reporter want most from his e

380、ditors in their talks?A.Finding the news value of his stories.B.Giving him financial support.C.Helping him to find issues.D.Improving his good ideas.62.Who probably wrote the letter?A.An editor.B.An artist.C.A reporter.D.A reader.63.The letter aims to remind editors that they should _ A.keep their b

381、est reporters at all costs B.give more freedom to their reporters C.be aware of their reporters professional development D.appreciate their reporters working styles and attitudes 答案：60.C 判断推理题，难题。原文He wants to be pushed,challenged,coached to new heights.要通过划线处的具体描述总结出ambitious这个词：有抱负的。61.D 细节题，较难题。困

382、难之处在于不好定位原文，故用排除法。从选项中找关键词，逐个排查，得出正确选项 D.62.A 推断作者身份，较难题。此类型题目把握方法很简单：文章对象（主编）+人称(our)，不难得出正确答案作者也是主编。63.C 考查文章写作目的，较难题。抓住文章结尾是王道：Our best hope Our best hope in keeping our best reporters,copy editors,photographers,artists-everyone-is to work harder to make sure they get the help they are demanding

383、to reach their potential 再结合前面 60 题的答案，不难选出正确答案。Passage 7(10北京 C 篇)Pacing and Pausing Sara tried to befriend her old friend Steves new wife,but Betty never seemed to have anything to say.While Sara felt Betty didnt hold up her end of the conversation,Betty complained to Steve that Sara never gave he

384、r a chance to talk.The problem had to do with expectations about pacing and pausing.Conversation is a turn-taking game.When our habits are similar,theres no problem.But if our habits are different,you may start to talk before Im finished or fail to take your turn when Im finished.Thats what was happ

385、ening with Betty and Sara.It may not be coincidental that Betty,who expected relatively longer pauses between turns,is British,and Sara,who expected relatively shorter pauses,is American.Betty often felt interrupted by Sara.But Betty herself became an interrupter and found herself doing most of the

386、talking when she met a visitor from Finland.And Sara had a hard time cutting in on some speakers from Latin America or Israel.The general phenomenon,then,is that the small conversation techniques,like pacing and pausing,lead people to draw conclusions not about conversational style but about persona

387、lity and abilities.These habitual differences are often the basis for dangerous stereotyping(思维定式).And these social phenomena can have very personal consequences.For example,a woman from the southwestern part of the US went to live in an eastern city to take up a job in personnel.When the Personnel

388、Department got together for meetings,she kept searching for the right time to break in-and never found it.Although back home she was considered outgoing and confident,in Washington she was viewed as shy and retiring.When she was evaluated at the end of the year,she was told to take a training course

389、 because of her inability to speak up.Thats why slight differences in conversational style-tiny little things like microseconds of pause-can have a great effect on ones life.The result in this case was a judgment of psychological problems-even in the mind of the woman herself,who really wondered wha

390、t was wrong with her and registered for assertiveness training.64.What did Sara think of Betty when talking with her?A.Betty was talkative.B.Betty was an interrupter.C.Betty did not take her turn.D.Betty paid no attention to Sara.65.According to the passage,who are likely to expect the shortest paus

391、es between turns?A.Americans.B.Israelis.C.The British.D.The Finns.66.We can learn from the passage that _ A.communication breakdown results from short pauses and fast pacing B.women are unfavorably stereotyped in eastern cities of the US C.ones inability to speak up is culturally determined sometime

392、s D.one should receive training to build up ones confidence 67.The underlined word assertiveness in the last paragraph probably means _ A.being willing to speak ones mind B.being able to increase ones power C.being ready to make ones own judgment D.being quick to express ones ideas confidently 答案：64

393、.C 细节题，难题。难在弄不清谁是 S 谁是 B，耐心读，动笔划，从第一段得出正确答案并不难：Sara felt Betty didnt hold up her end of the conversation 65.B 细节排序题，难题。还是耐心读，动笔划。S 代表美国人，B 代表英国人（加起来？），S 比 B 期待谈话间隙时间更短，又在以色列人(Israelis)说话时插不上嘴，故答案选说话嗒嗒嗒嗒的以色列人。66.C 变态细节题，较难题。A 不符原文，B 无中生有，D 无中生有，C 关键要理解 culturally determined，由文化决定或者受文化影响。67.A 词义猜测题，较难

394、。难点在于 A 选项的干扰作用。原文说那位 MM 的 inability to speak up 注意别人认为她没能力，不是说她不愿意。所以 D 比 A 好，此处用反义对比方法。Passage 8(10江西 A 篇)Andy rode slowly on his way to school,day-dreaming about the fishing trip that his father had promised him.He was so busy dreaming about all the fish he would catch that he was unaware of ever

395、ything else around him.He rode along until a strange sound drew him to the present.He came to a stop and looked curiously up to the heavens.What he saw shocked and terrified him.A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like a black cloud and the buzzing mass seemed to be heading angrily towards him.With

396、no time to waste,Andy sped off in the opposite direction,riding furiouslybut without knowing how to escape the swarm.With a rapidly beating heart and his legs pumping furiously,he sped down the rough road.As the bees came closer,his panic increased.Andy knew that he was sensitive to bee stings(蜇).Th

397、e last sting had landed him in hospitaland that was only one bee sting!He had been forced to stay in bed for two whole days.Suddenly,his fathers words came to him.“When you are in a tight situation,dont panic.Use your brain and think your way out of it.”On a nearby hill,he could see smoke waving slo

398、wly skywards from the chimney of the Nelson family home.“Bees dont like smoke,”he thought.“They couldnt get into the house.”Andy raced towards the Nelson house,but the bees were gaining ground.Andy knew he could not reach the house in time.He estimated that the bees would catch up with him soon.Sudd

399、enly,out of the corner of his eyes,he spotted a small dam used by Mr.Nelson to irrigate his vegetable garden.Off his bike and into the cool water he lived,disappearing below the surface and away from the savage insects.After holding his breath for as long as he could,Andy came up for air and noticed

400、 the bees had gone.Dragging himself out of the dam,he struggled up the hilly slope and rang the doorbell.Mrs.Nelson took him inside and rang his mother.“Youll really need that fishing break to help you recover,”laughed his mother with relief.“Thank goodness you didnt panic!”But Andy did not hear her

401、.He was dreaming once again of the fish he would catch tomorrow.本文讲述了主人公 Andy 在上学途中遭遇蜂群攻击,急中生智,躲入水中避险成功的故事。56.Why did Andy fail to notice the swarm of bees earlier?A.He was riding to school.B.He was listening to a strange sound.C.He was going fishing with his father.D.He was lost in the thought of t

402、he fishing trip.答案：D 考点：细节理解 解析：题目:为什么 Andy 未能早些发现蜂群？A.他正在骑车去学校 B.他正在听一个奇怪的声音 C.他将要和他的父亲去钓鱼 D.他的思绪沉浸于钓鱼之旅。从第一段最后一句:He was so busy dreaming about all the fish he would catch that he was unaware of everything else around him.可见,Andy 正忙于做抓鱼的白日梦,没有意识到他周围的事情。与 D 选项,他的思绪沉浸于钓鱼之旅相符。57.Which of the following

403、 is NOT mentioned about the swarm of bees in the passage?A.They crowded like a black cloud.B.They shocked and terrified Andy.C.They tried to attack Andy in a mass.D.They made Andy stay in hospital for two days.答案：D 考点：细节理解 题目:关于蜂群哪一项文中并没有提到？A.他们拥挤的像一片乌云 B.他们吓到了 Andy C.他们想成群攻击 Andy D.他们让 Andy 在医院住了两天

404、 解析：A.C.三项的出处均为原文第二段的最后一句:A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like a black cloud and the buzzing mass seemed to be heading angrily towards him.意为,一大群蜜蜂像乌云一样布满天空而嗡嗡作响的蜂群似乎正怒气冲冲的向他飞来。可见,A.蜂群像乌云一样,C.蜜蜂想成群攻击 Andy 均有提到；B 选项的出处为第二段倒数第二句:What he saw shocked and terrified him,Andy看到的景象吓坏了他,故 B 选项也有提到。D 选项出处

405、为第三段第五句话和第六句话,但是文中所述是Andy 上次被蜜蜂蛰过一次后进了医院住了两天,选项偷换了概念,故 D 选项文章并未提到,选择 D。58.How did Andy avoid the bees in the end?A.He asked Mr.Nelson for help.B.He did himself under the water.C.He rushed into the Nelson house.D.He rode off in the opposite direction.答案：B 考点：细节理解 题目:最终 Andy 是如何躲开蜂群的？A.他向 Mr.Nelson 求助

406、 B.他把自己藏在了水下 C.他冲进了 Nelson 的房子 D.他骑向了相反的方向 解析：出处为第五段第二三句话,Off his bike and into the cool water he dived,disappearing below the surface and away from the savage insects.After holding his breath for as long as he could,Andy came up for air and noticed the bees had gone.Andy 下了车潜入了水中,躲开了蜂群,在屏息了尽可能长的时间后

407、 Andy 出来发现蜜蜂已经飞走了。故选择 B 选项。59.Which of the following can best describe Andys escape from the bees?A.No pains,no gains.B.Once bitten,twice shy.C.Where there is a will,there is a way.D.In time of danger,ones mind works fast.答案：D 考点：主旨大意 题目:以下哪个能最好的描述 Andy 的蜂群脱险？A.不劳无获 B.一朝被蛇咬,三年怕井绳 C.有志者.事竟成 D.急中生智 解析

408、：出处,文章最后一段的第二句,Andy 的妈妈说道:Thank goodness you didnt panic,谢天谢地你没有慌神,可知情急之下 Andy 仍然成功想到办法脱险,再综合 A.B.C.D 四个选项的意思,可以判断出 D 选项。Passage 9(10辽宁 D 篇)On May 23,1989,Stefania Follini came out from a cave at Carlsbad,New Mexico.She hadnt seen the sun for eighteen and a half weeks.Stefania was in a research prog

409、ram,and the scientists in the program were studying body rhythms(节奏)。In this experiment Stefania had spent 130 days in a cave,30 feet in depth.During her time in the cave,Stefania had been completely alone except for two white mice.Her living place had been very comfortable,but there had been nothin

410、g to fell her the time.Shed had no clock or watches,no television or radio.There had been no natural light and the temperature had always been kept at 21.The results were very interesting.Stefania had been in the cave for over four months,but she thought she had been there for only two.Her body cloc

411、k had changed.She hadnt kept to a 24-hour day.She had stayed awake for 20-25 hours and then had slept for 10 hours.She had eaten fewer meals and had lost 17lbs in weight as a result!She had also become rather depressed(抑郁).How had she spent her time in the cave?As part of the experiment shed done so

412、me physical and mental tests.Shed recorded her daily activities and the results of the tests on a computer.This computer had been specially programmed for the project.Whenever she was free,shed played cards,read books and listened to music.Shed also learned French from tapes.The experiment showed th

413、at our body clocks are affected by light and temperature,For example,the pattern of day and night makes us wake up and go to sleep.However,People are affected in different ways.Some people wake up naturally at 5:00 am,but others dont start to wake up till 9:00 or 10;00 am.This affects the whole dail

414、y rhythm.As a result,the early risers are at their best in the late morning.The late risers,on the other hand,are tired during the day and only come to life in the afternoon or evening!68.Stefania stayed in the cave for a long time because_.A.she was asked to do research on mice B.she wanted to expe

415、rience loneliness C.she was the subject of a study D.she needed to record her life 68.C。细节理解题。根据第一段中 Stefania was in a research program 和整段的意思，可以排除 A、B、D 项。69.What is a cause for the change of Stefanias body clock?A.Eating fewer meals.B.Having more hours of sleep C.Lacking physical exercise.D.Gettin

416、g no natural light.69.D。细节理解题。根据第二段中 She hadnt kept to a 24-hour day.She had stayed awake for 20-25 hours and then had slept for 10 hours.可知答案。70.Where does the text probably come from?A.A novel.B.A news story.C.A pet magazine.D.A travel guide 70.B。推理判断题。从全文的内容来看，本文主要报道了一个实验及实验得出的结果，所以由此判断本文可能来自于新闻报

417、道，A 项小说不可能。因为文章没有小说的特点；C 项不正确，本文没有涉及宠物问题；D 项不正确，因为本文也没涉及旅游的问题。Passage 10(10全国 A 篇)When I was six,Dad brought home a dog one day,who was called“Brownie”.My brothers and I all loved Brownie and did different things with her.Ore of us would walk her,another would feed her,then there were baths,playing

418、catch and many other games,Brownie,in return.loved each and every one of us.One thing that most touched my heart was that she would go to whoever was sick and just be with them we always felt better when she was around.One day,as I was getting her food,she chewed up(咬破)one of Dads shoes,which had to

419、 be thrown away in the end.I knew Dad would be mad and I had to let her know what she did was wrong.When I looked at her and said,”Bad girl,”she looked down at the ground and then went and hid.I saw a tear in her eyes.Brownie turned out to be more than just our family pet,she went everywhere with us

420、.People would stop and ask if they could pet her.Of course shed let anyone pet her.She was just the most lovable dog.There were many times when wed be out walking and a small child would come over and pull pm her hair.she never barked(吠)or tried to get away.Funny thing is she would smile.This fright

421、ened people because they thought she was showing her teeth.Far from the truth,she lovely everyone.Now many years have passed since Brownie died of old age.I still miss days when she was with us.41.What would Brownie do when someone was ill in the family?A.Look at them sadly.B.Keep them company.C.Pla

422、y games with them.D.Touch them gently.42.We can infer from Paragraph 2 that Brownie_.A.world eat anything when hungry B.felt sorry for her mistake C.loved playing hide-and-seek D.disliked the authors dad 43.Why does the author say that Brownie was more than just a family pet?A.She was treated as a m

423、ember of the family.B.She played games with anyone she liked.C.She was loved by everybody she met.D.She went everywhere with the family.44.Some people got frightened by Brownie when she_.A.smiled B.barked C.rushed to them D.tried to be funny 45.Which of the following best describes Brownie?A.Shy B.P

424、olite C.Brave D.Caring 解析：这是一篇大家比较熟悉的一个话题：“宠物”。这篇文章文字简单，情节具有生活化的特点。就总体而言，考生能理解和掌握它的大意：说明了宠物惹人喜欢、可爱。从选材和文字特点方面可以看出，这篇文章通俗易懂，不“偏”不“怪”。如果感觉完形难度偏大的学生在做这道试题时，会相对轻松。41.答案：B 考点分析：理解文章具体信息；解析：从第一段“she would go to whoever was sick and just be with them”暗示出它的表现方式，选择 B,keep them company（陪伴他们）42.答案：B 考点分析；理解文中的

425、具体信息 解析：从第二段结尾句“she looked down at the ground and then went and hid.I saw a tear in her eyes”可以推断出它为做错的事感到悲伤 43.答案：C 考点分析：考查学生的判断和推理能力。解析：通过全文的理解，和倒数第二段的提示“There were many times when.”总有很多时候，可以推断出它为人们所喜爱 44.答案：A 考点分析：理解文中具体信息，情节推断 解析：文中“Funny thing is she would smile.This frightened people because t

426、hey thought she was showing her teeth.”是解释，有趣的是：“露出牙齿”吓到了大家，其实它是在“笑”45.答案：D 考点分析：考查学生的概括和判断能力。解析：上下文的描写突出 love each and everyone，第三段中 She was just the most lovable dog都做出了暗示。Passage 11(10陕西 B 篇)Brave Frenchman Found Half-way Around the World(NEW YORK)A French tourist highly praised for rescuing a tw

427、o-year-old girl in Manhattan said he didnt think twice before diving into the freezing East River.Tuesdays Daily News said 29-year who left the spot quickly after the rescue last Saturday.He lifted the little girl out of the water after she fell off the bank at the South Street Scaport museum.He han

428、ded the girl to her father,David Anderson,who had dive in after him.“I didnt think at all,”Duret told the Daily News.“It happened very fast.I reacted very fast.”Duret,an engineer on vacation,was walking with his girlfriend along the pier(码头)when he saw something falling into the water.He thought it

429、was a doll,but realized it was a child when he approached the river.In an instant,he took off his coat and jumped into the water.When he reached the girl,she appeared lifeless,he said.Fortunately,when she was out of the water,she opened her eyes.Anderson said his daughter slipped off the bank when h

430、e was adjusting his camera.An ambulance came later for her,said Duret,who was handed dry clothes from cookers.Duret caught a train with his girlfriend shortly after.The rescue happened on the day before he left for France.Duret said he didnt realize his tale of heroism he was leaving the next mornin

431、g.“I dont really think Im a hero,”said Duret.“Anyone would do the same ting.”50.Why was Duret in New York?A.To meet his girlfriend B.To work as an engineer C.To spend his holiday D.To visit the Andersons.51.What did Duret do shortly after the ambulance came?A.He was interviewed by a newspaper B.He a

432、sked his girlfriend for his dry clothes C.He went to the hospital in the ambulance D.He disappeared from the spot quickly 52.Who divide after Duret into the river to save the little girl?A.David Anderson B.A passer-by C.His girlfriend D.a taxi driver.53.When was duet most probably found to be the ve

433、ry hero?A.The day when he was leaving for home.B.A couple of days after the girl was rescued C.The first day when he was in New York D.The same day when he was interviewed.答案：50.C。【解析】推理判断题。根据第五自然段的首句可知本题选 C。51.D。【解析】细节理解题。根据第二自然段的最后一句可知本题选 D。52.A。【解析】细节理解题。由第三自然段的首句可知本题选 A。53.B。【解析】推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二自然

434、段可以推断出本题选 B。Passage 12(10陕西 C 篇)The 1900 house The bowler family was one of more than 400 families who applied to 1900 house,a reality TV shout which took a typical family back a hundred years to se how people lived in the days before the internet,computer games and even electricity.The bowler famil

435、y spent three months in a London home without a telephone,computers,TV,or fast food.The bowlers wore clothes from 1900,are only food available in English at that time,and cooked their meals on a single stove.Paul bowler still went to work every day in a then uniform.The children changed their clothe

436、s on the way to and from school and their classmates didnt know about then unusual home life.Joyce stayed at home,cooking and cleaning like a typical housewife of the time,though everything took three times as long.So does Joyce think that peoples lives were better in the old days?“I think people in

437、 the old days had just ad many troubles and worries,”Joyce said.And I dont think their life was better or worse,there were lots of things back then that Im happy I dont have to deal with nowadays,but on the other hand life was simpler.”“We had a lot more time with our family,and it was hard being ni

438、ce to each other all the time,”eleven-year-old Hilary said.So what did the Bowler family miss most about modern life while living in the 1900 house?Paul,39:”telephone and a hot shower”Joyce,44:”a quick cup of tea from a kettle you could just turn on”Hilary,11:”rock CD”Joseph,9:”hamburger and compute

439、r games”54.While the Bowler family was living in 1900 house,_.A the mother spent more time on housework B the two children wore the then clothes for school C they prepared their meals together on a stove D they ate simple foods they had never seen 55.According to Paragraph 4,whats Joyces opinion abo

440、ut life in 1900?A There were fewer problems for the family B Life was simpler but worse than it is now C There were things she liked and disliked D The family had more time to stay together 56.What would Hilary expect most from modern life in the three months?A To play computer games B.To make phone

441、 calls C To listen to music D.To chat on the Internet 答案：54.A。【解析】推理判断题。根据第二自然段的最后一句可知本题选 A。55.C。【解析】推理判断题。在本自然段中 Joyce 谈到了她对当时生活的感受，有褒有贬，由此可知本题选 C。56.C。【解析】推理判断题。根据 Hilary，11：rock CD 一句可以推断出她想听音乐，故本题选 C。Passage 13(10上海 A 篇)The elephant was lying heavily on its side,fast asleep.A few dogs started ba

442、rking at it.The elephant woke up in a terrible anger:it chased the dogs into the village where they ran for safety.That didnt stop the elephant.It destroyed a dozen houses and injured several people.The villagers were scared and angry.Then someone suggested calling Parbati,the elephant princess.Parb

443、ati Baruas father was a hunter of tigers and an elephant tamer.He taught Parbati to ride an elephant before she could even walk.He also taught her the dangerous art of the elephant round-up-how to catch wild elephants.Parbati hasnt always lived in the jungle.After a happy childhood hunting with her

444、father,she was sent to boarding school in the city.But Parbati never got used to being there and many years later she went back to her old fife.Life in the city is too dull.Catching elephants is an adventure and the excitement lasts for days after the chase,she says.But Parbati doesnt catch elephant

445、s just for fun.My work,she says,is to rescue man from the elephants,and to keep the elephants safe from man.And this is exactly what Parbati has been doing for many years.Increasingly,the Indian elephant is angry:for many years,illegal hunters have attacked it and its home in the jungle has been red

446、uced to small pieces of land.It is now fighting back.Whenever wild elephants enter a tea garden or a village,Parbati is called to guide the animals back to the jungle before they can kill.The work of an elephant tamer also involves love and devotion.A good elephant tamer will spend hours a day singi

447、ng love songs to a newly captured elephant.Eventually they grow to love their tamers and never forget them.They are also more loyal than humans,she said,as she climbed up one of her elephants and sat on the giant,happy animal.An elephant princess indeed!65.For Parbati,catching elephants is mainly to

448、 .A.get long lasting excitement B.keep both man and elephants safe C.send them back to the jungle D.make the angry elephants tame 66.Before Parbati studied in a boarding school,.A.she spent her time hunting with her father B.she learned how to sing love songs C.she had already been called an elephan

449、t princess D.she was taught how to hunt tigers 67.Indian elephants are getting increasingly angry and they revenge because _.A.they are caught and sent for heavy work B.illegal hunters capture them and kill them C.they are attacked and their land gets limited D.dogs often bark at them and chase them

450、 68.The passage starts with an elephant story in order to explain that in India _.A.people easily fall victim to elephants attacks B.the man-elephant relationship is getting worse C.elephant tamers are in short supply D.dogs are as powerful as elephants 65.B.本题为归纳概括题。通读全文可知 Parbati 主要是为了保障大象与人之间的安全而

451、驯象的。66.A.通读文章后可知她从小与父亲一起在丛林中度过了她的童年，之后才去寄宿学校的。67.C.可从文章第四段直接得出答案。68.B.逻辑推理题。Passage 14(10四川 A 篇)I grew up in a house where the TV was seldom turned on and with one wall in my bedroom entirely lined with bookshelves,most of my childhood was spent on books I could get hold of.In fact,I grew up thinkin

452、g of reading as natural as breathing and books unbelievably powerful in shaping perspectives(观点)by creating worlds we could step into,take part.in.and live in.With this unshakable belief,I,at.fourteen,decided to become a writer.Here too,reading became useful.Every writer starts off knowing that he h

453、as something to say,but being unable to find the right ways to say it.He has to find his own voice by reading widely and discovering which parts of the writers he agrees or disagrees with,or agrees with so strongly that it reshapes his own world.He cannot write without loving to read,because only th

454、rough reading other peoples writing can one discover what works,what doesnt and,in the end,together with lots of practice,what voice he has.Now I am in college,and have come to realize how important it is to read fiction(文学作品)As a.law student,my reading is in fact limited to subject matterthe volume

455、(量)of what I have to read for classes every week means there is little time to read anything else.Such reading made it all the clearer to me that I live in a very small part in this great place called life.Reading fiction reminds me that there is life beyond my own.It allows me to travel across the

456、high seas and along the Silk Road,all from the comfort of my own armchair,to experience,though secondhand,exciting experiences that I wouldnt necessarily be able to have in my lifetime.41.What can be inferred about the author as a child?A.He never watched TV.B.He read what he had to.C.He found readi

457、ng unbelievable.D.He considered reading part of his life.42.The underlined word voice in the second paragraph most probably means“”.A.an idea B.a sound quality C.a way of writing D.a world to write about 43.What effect does reading have on the author?A.It helps him to realize his dream.B.It opens up

458、 a wider world for him.C.It makes his college life more interesting.D.It increases his interest in worldwide travel.44.Which of the following can be the best title of this text?A.Why do I read?B.How do I read?C.What do I read?D.When do I read?语篇解读：本篇文章是记叙文。作者通过自己的亲身体验，讲述读书使人形成自己的独立观点，读书使人开扩视野的重要作用。4

459、1.答案：D 考点：细节理解题 解析：根据首段第一二句，“I grew up in a house with one wall in my bedroom entirely lined with bookshelves.I grew up thinking of reading as natural as breathing”可知作者是在一个以书为伴的环境中长大的，读书像呼吸那样已经成为生活必需。42.答案：C 考点：词义推测题。解析：根据文中“.but being unable to find the right ways to say it.He has to find his own”可

460、以推断出 voice 所表达的意思是“写作方式”。43.答案 B 考点：细节理解题 解析：由文章的最后一句：“It allows me to travel across the high seas and along the Silk Road,all from the comfort of my own armchair,to experience,though secondhand,exciting experiences that I wouldnt necessarily be able to have in my lifetime.”可得出答案 44.答案：A 考点：主旨大意题。解析

461、：文章作者主要以自己的亲身体验讲述读书的重要性。因此 Why do I read?“我为什么读书？”作题目最佳。Passage 15(10四川 E 篇)Fear plays no part in this latest problem“Im not afraid Ill lose my childrenI wont lose my children.We live together,and nothing,nothing,”she repeats,her voice rising when speaking to Johns lawyer,“will stop me from being wi

462、th my children.A law?Year,right.Dont disturb me when it comes to my children.You are never going to win.If John wants to see them,I cannot stop him.Hes their fatherI want them to see him!However,his visit in his present condition will disturb the childrens stable(稳定的)life”John,who has spent much of

463、his time in California recently,has only hired a house for himself in Pennsylvania,according to his lawyer.If hed like to stick to a regular life,Id be more than happy to do that，Jane says.The best thing for any child of a divorced(离婚的)parent is a stable life.I want nothing more than for him to set

464、up a stable life for himself,so that he can be part of making our childrens lives more stable.While matters of money and care wont be settled for weeks,Jane hardly puts her life on hold.Last week the ABC network announced that Jane would return with her own show,Twist of Jane,in which she gives advi

465、ce to other momsJane and her eight children will also return to ABC in a series of Jane Plus 8 specials showing them on various adventuresIts a rest for Janewho insists that she needs her new，busy life to provide for her family“I have to lead such a lifeand Im thankful that Ive built it to the top w

466、here now I can support my children”she says And whether a bellicose(好斗的)dance judge or a bellicose former wife，Jane plans to keep 0n facing attacks on her “Some people try to knock me downonly to make me more fierce，more protective，more determined to do better，”she says“Go ahead，take me onThis will

467、just make me stronger”57.According to Jane in the first paragraph，the low A.cant take her children away from her B.cant do anything with the case C.will best settle the problem D.will disturb her children 58.What does“to do that”refer to in the second paragraph?A.To live with John BTo hire a house f

468、or John CTo allow John to see the children DTo ask John to set up a regular life.59.What does the underlined sentence in the third paragraph mean?AJanes life is very difficult BJane continues to live as usual CJane almost cant control her lire DJane works very hard to live a happy life 60.Which word

469、 can best describe Jane?A.Proud BFierce CDetermined DIndependent 语篇解读：本文为记叙文。主要记叙 Jane 在和丈夫离婚后下决心面对一切困难，争取孩子的抚养权，并在婚后钱财和孩子抚养等问题短期内难以解决的情况下努力生活的故事。57.答案：C 考点：细节理解 解析：依据文章第一段第 5,6 句“A law?Year,right.Dont disturb me when it comes to my children.You are never going to win.”可知 58.答案：C 解析：根据上一段的“If John w

470、ants to see themHowever,his visit in his present condition”可知以 John 现在的状况不适合见孩子们，结合画线词所在句“if hed like to stick to a regular life”可以推断出如果 John 生活稳定了 Jane 允许他见孩子们。59.答案：B 考点：考查学生的推断能力 解析：依据第三段首句“While matters of money and care wont be settled for weeks,Jane hardly puts her life on hold.”此处 while 引导让步状

471、语从句，意为“尽管钱和抚养的问题在几周内难以解决，”划线部分因为 Jane 几乎不让生活受到影响。因此正确答案为 B 60.答案：C 考点：推理判断题。解析：Jane 面对一切压力，坚决要求孩子的抚养权；钱和孩子的抚养短期内不能解决的情况下，努力克服困难维持生活都表现了她的坚强决心。Passage 16(10天津 C 篇)In the kitchen of my mothers houses there has always been a wooden stand（木架）with a small notepad（记事本）and a hole for a pencil.Im looking fo

472、r paper on which to note down the name of a book I am recommending to my mother.Over forty years since my earliest memories of the kitchen pad and pencil,five houses later,the current paper and pencil look the same as they always did.Surely it cant be the same pencil?The pad is more modern,but the w

473、ooden stand is definitely the original one.“Im just amazed you still have the same stand for holding the pad and pencil after all these year.”I say to her,walking back into the living-room with a sheet of paper and the pencil.“You still use a pencil.Cant you afford a pen?”My mother replies a little

474、sharply.“It works perfectly well.Ive always kept the stand in the kitchen.I never knew when I might want to note down an idea,and I was always in the kitchen in these days.”Immediately I can picture her,hair wild,blue housecoat covered in flour,a wooden spoon in one hand,the pencil in the other,her

475、mouth moving silently.My mother smiles and says,“One day I was cooking and watching baby Pauline,and I had a brilliant thought,but the stand was empty.One of the children must have taken the paper.So I just picked up the breadboard and wrote it all down on the back.It turned out to be a real breakth

476、rough for solving the mathematical problem I was working on.”This storywhich happened before I was bornreminds me how extraordinary my mother was,and is also a gifted mathematician.I feel embarrassed that I complain about not having enough child-free time to work.Later,when my mother is in the bathr

477、oom,I go into her kitchen and turn over the breadboards.Sure enough,on the back of the smallest one,are some penciled marks I recognize as mathematics.Those symbols have traveled unaffected through fifty years,rooted in the soil of a cheap wooden breadboard,invisible（看不到的）exhibits at every meal.46Wh

478、y has the authors mother always kept the notepad and pencil in the kitchen?ATo leave messages.BTo list her everyday tasks.CTo note down maths problems.DTo write down a flash of inspiration.46.D.细节理解题。从 I never knew when I might want to note down an idea 到下一段的 and I had a brilliant thought,but the st

479、and was empty.可知正确答案时 D.47.What is the authors original opinion about the wooden stand?A.It has great value for the family.B.It needs to be replaced by a better one.C.It brings her back to her lonely childhood.D.It should be passed on to the next generation.47.B.根据第三段中 Im just amazed you still have

480、the same stand for holding the pad and pencil after all these year.可推断，作者认为 the wooden stand 该换成更好的了。48.The author feels embarrassed for .A.blaming her mother wrongly.B.giving her mother a lot of trouble.C.not making good use of time as her mother did.D.not making any breakthrough in her field.48.C.

481、细节理解题。最后一段中有 I feel embarrassed that I complain about not having enough child-free time to work.可知答案。49.What can be inferred from the last paragraph?A.The mother is successful in her career.B.The family members like traveling.C.The author had little time to play when young.D.The marks on the breadbo

482、ard have disappeared.49.A.推理判断题。根据最后一段的第一句 This storywhich happened before I was bornreminds me how extraordinary my mother was,and is also a gifted mathematician.推断。50.In the authors mind,her mother is .A.strange in behavior.B.keen on her research.C.fond of collecting old things.D.careless about he

483、r appearance.50.B.推理判断题。作者通过 a wooden stand（木架）with a small notepad（记事本）and a hole for a pencil 描写了一位母亲对事业的执着和热爱，由此可以推断 B 项正确。Passage 17(10浙江 A 篇)When you are little,the whole world feels like a big playground.I was living in Conyers,Georgia the summer it all happened.I was a second grader,but my be

484、st friend Stephanie was only in the first grade.Both of our parents were at work and most of the time they let us go our own way.It was a hot afternoon and we decided to have an adventure in Stephanies basement.As I opened the basement door,before us lay the biggest room,full of amazing things like

485、guns,dolls,and old clothes.I ran downstairs,and spotted red steel can.It was paint.I looked beyond it and there lay even more paint in bright colors like purple,orange,blue and green.“Stephanie,I just found us a project for the day.Get some paintbrushes.We are fixing to paint.”She screamed with exci

486、tement as I told her of my secret plans and immediately we got to work.We gathered all the brushes we could find and moved all of our materials to my yard.There on the road in front of my house,we painted bit stripes(条纹)of colors across the pavement(人行道).Stripe by stripe,our colors turned into a bea

487、utiful rainbow.It was fantastic!The sun was starting to sink.I saw a car in the distance and jumped up as I recognized the car.It was my mother.I couldnt wait to show her my masterpiece.The car pulled slowly into the driveway and from the look on my mothers face,I could tell that I was in deep troub

488、le.My mother shut the car door and walked towards me.Her eyes glaring,she shouted,“What in the world were you thinking?I understood when you made castles out of leaves,and climbed the neighbors trees,but this!Come inside right now!”I stood there glaring hack at her for a minute,angry because she had

489、 insulted(侮辱)my art.“Now go clean it up!”Mother and I began cleaning the road.Tears ran down my cheeks as I saw my beautiful rainbow turn into black cement.Though years have now passed,I still wonder where my rainbow has gone.I wonder if,maybe when I get older,I can find my rainbow and never have to

490、 brush it away.I guess we all need sort of rainbow to brighten our lives from time to time and to keep our hopes and dreams colorful.本篇文章是一篇记叙文。41.What did the writer want to do when his mother came home?A.To introduce Stephanie to her.B.To prevent her from seeing his painting.C.To put the materials

491、 back in the yard.D.To show his artwork to her.答案：D 解析：细节理解题。根据第四段“I saw a car in the distance and jumped up as I recognized the car.It was my mother.I couldnt wait to show her my masterpiece.”可知我当时是很高兴的想把我的杰作给母亲看。所以选择 D。42.In his mothers eyes,the writer_.A.was a born artist B.always caused trouble

492、C.was a problem solver D.worked very hard 答案：B 解析：推理判断题。根据第五、六段可以推断出，母亲特别反感作者的一些行为，所以很生气，认为她是一个麻烦制造者。43.The underlined word“rainbow”in the last paragraph refers to _.A.the rainbow in the sky B.the stripes on the pavement C.something imaginative and fun D.important lessons learned in childhood 答案：C 解

493、析：推理判断题。根据最后一段作者的感慨“to keep our hopes and dreams colorful”，可以推断此时作者提到的 rainbow 不是指自己曾经画过的街道上的彩虹，而是指自己的人生中的彩虹。44.It can be learned from the passage that parents should _.A.encourage children to paint B.value friendship among children C.discover the hidden talent in children D.protect rather than dest

494、roy childrens dreams 答案：D 解析：推理判断题。从整篇文章开头叙述作者的开心的画彩虹的过程，到后来被母亲要求把街道清洗干净，到最后的感慨，表明作者写作的最终想要表达的目的之一是：父母应该支持孩子的某些创造性的行为，而不是一味的否定。Passage 18(10浙江 E 篇)I needed to buy a digital camera,one that was simply good at taking good snaps(快照),maybe occasionally for magazines.Being the cautious type,I fancied a r

495、eliable brand.So I went on the net,spent 15 minutes reading product reviews on good websites,wrote down the names of three top recommendations and headed for my nearest big friendly camera store.There in the cupboard was one of the cameras on my list.And it was on special offer.Oh joy.I pointed at i

496、t and asked an assistant,“Can I have one of those?”He looked perturbed(不安).“Do you want to try it first?”he said.It didnt quite sound like a question.“Do I need to?”I replied,“There is nothing wrong with it？”This made him look a bit insulted and I started to feel bad.“No,no.But you should try it,”he

497、 said encouragingly.“Compare it with the others.”I looked across at the others:shelves of similar cameras placed along the wall,offering a wide range of slightly different prices and discounts,with each company selling a range of models based around the same basic box.With so many models to choose f

498、rom,it seemed that I would have to spend hours weighing X against Y,always trying to take Z and possibly H into account at the same time.But when I had finished,I would still have only the same two certainties that I had entered the store with:first,soon after I carried my new camera out of the shop

499、,it would be worth half what I paid for it;and second,my wonderful camera would very quickly be replaced by a new model.But something in the human soul whispers that you can beat these traps by making the right choice,the clever choice,the wise choice.In the end,I agreed to try the model I had chose

500、n.The assistant seemed a sincere man.So I let him take out of my chosen camera from cupboard,show how it took excellent pictures of my fellow shoppers and when he started to introduce the special features,I interrupted to ask whether I needed to buy a carry-case and a memory card as well.Why do we t

501、hink that new options(选择)still offer us anything new?Perhaps it is because they offer an opportunity to avoid facing the fact that our real choices in this culture are far more limited than we would like to imagine.本文是一篇夹叙夹议的文章。57.The shop assistant insisted that the writer should A.try the camera t

502、o see if there was anything wrong with it.B.compare the camera he had chosen with the others.C.get more information about different companies.D.trust him and stop asking questions.答案：B 解析：细节理解题。根据第一段作者与推销员之间的对话，可以了解到，推销员一直在劝说作者试一下机器，并且与其他的机器进行比较。故选择 B。58.What does the writer mean by“it would be wort

503、h half what I paid for it”(paragraph 2)A.He should get a 50%discount.B.The price of the camera was unreasonably high.C.The quality of the camera was not good.D.The camera would soon fall in value.答案：D 解析：推理判断题。第二段开头，作者分析了在卖场，自己将会被各种照相机的种类，弄的不知如何选择。但是“But when I had finished,I would still have only t

504、he same two certainties that I had entered the store with”，最终我还是必须选择一款，但是无论选择哪一款都会有两个必定的结果：（1）会立马贬值。(2)会很快有新的产品。所以选择 D。59.The writer decided to try the model he had chosen because he A.knew very little about it.B.didnt trust the shop assistant.C.wanted to make sure the one he chose would be the best

505、.D.had a special interest in taking pictures of his fellow shoppers.答案：C 解析：推理判断题。阅读第四段，可知作者经过内心的思量，明白最后还是得做决定，得买一款，所以还是需要作出明智的决定，就是试一下自己最初选择那一款，从而确定自己的选择。60.I t can be inferred from the passage that in the writers opinion,.A.people waste too much money on cameras B.cameras have become an important

506、part of our daily life C.we dont actually need so many choices when buying a product D.famous companies care more about profit than quality 答案：C 解析：推理判断题。最后一段作者分析了人们为什么老是喜欢新的事物，因为旧的事物我们了解了，有局限性，而新的事物会带给我们更多我们没想到的。根据作者在购物的过程中，最终选择了试用自己最初的照相机，所以得出作者的观点是：我们并不需要了解很多新的东西，只要达到自己的最初的要求就行。Passage 19(10重庆 A

507、篇)One morning more than thirty years ago,I entered the Track Kitchen,a restaurant where everyone from the humblest(卑微的)to the most powerful came for breakfast.I noticed an empty chair next to an elderly,unshaven man,who looked somewhat disheveled.He was wearing a worn-out hat and was alone.I asked i

508、f I might join him.He agreed quietly and I sat down to have my breakfast.We cautiously began a conversation and spoke about a wide rang of things.We never introduced ourselves.I was concerned that he might have no money and not be able to afford something to eat.So as I rose to go back to the counte

509、r and buy a second cup of coffee,I asked,“My I get you something?”“A coffee would be nice.”Then I bought him a cup of coffee,We talked more,and he accepted another cup of coffee,Finally,I rose to leave,wished him well,and headed for the exit.At the door I met one of my friends.He asked,“How did you

510、get to know Mr.Galbreath?”“Who?”“The man you were sitting with.He is chairman of the Board of Churchill Downs.”I could hardly believe it.I was buying,offering a free breakfast,and feeling pity for one of the worlds richest and most powerful men!My few minutes with Mr.Galbreath changed my life.Now I

511、try to treat everyone with respect,no matter who I think they are,and no matter another human being with kindness and sincerity.56.What does the underlined word“disheveled”mean?A.Unfriendly.B.Untidy.C.Gentle.D.Kind.57.The author bought coffee for the old man because A.he thought the old man was poor

512、 B.he wanted to start a conversation C.he intended to show his politeness D.he would like to thank the old man 58.How did the author probably feel after he talked with his friend?A.Proud.B.Pitiful.C.Surprised.D.Regretful 59.What is the message mainly expressed in the story?A.We should learn to be ge

513、nerous.B.It is honorable to help those in need.C.People in high positions are not like what we expect.D.We should avoid judging people by their appearances.【语篇解读】本文讲述了“我”在吃早点的时候遇到一个看起来穿着邋遢的老人，并且帮助他买了一杯咖啡，事后得知他是最富有的 Mr.Galbreath，旨在告诉我们不要以貌取人。56.答案 B【解析】猜测词义题。由上文中的 I noticed an empty chair next to an

514、elderly,unshaven man 何下文中的 He was wearing a worn-out hat and was alone.可知 disheveled 在这儿是指仪容不整，穿着邋遢的意思。所以答案选 B 项。57.答案 A【解析】细节理解题。根据文中 I was concerned that he might have no money and not be able to afford something to eat.可以判断选 A 项。58.答案 C【解析】推理判断题。根据 I could hardly believe it.I was buying,offering

515、a free breakfast,and feeling pity for one of the worlds richest and most powerful men!可知，作者在他朋友告诉他那个老人是 Mr.Galbreath 之后感到很吃惊。由此判断选 C 项。59.答案 D【解析】主旨大意题。根据文章最后一句 Now I try to treat everyone with respect,no matter who I think they are,and no matter another human being with kindness and sincerity.可知，作者

516、想要表达的是不要以貌取人。由此判断选 D 项。2009 年高考题 Passage 1(09上海 A 篇)Even at school there had been an unhealthy competition between George and Richard.“Ill be the first millionaire in Coleford!”Richard used to boast.“And youll be sorry you knew me,”George would reply“because Ill be the best lawyer in town!”George ne

517、ver did become a lawyer and Richard never made any money.Instead both men opened bookshops on opposite sides of Coleford High Street.It was hard to make money from books,which made the competition between them worse.Now with only one bookshop in town,business was better for George.But sometimes he s

518、at in his narrow,old kitchen and gazed out of the dirty window,thinking about his former rival（竞争对手）。Perhaps he missed him?George was very interested in old dictionaries,Hed recently found a collector in Australia who was selling a rare first edition.When the parcel arrived,the book was in perfect c

519、ondition and George was delighted.But while he was having lunch,George glanced at the photo in the newspaper that the book had been wrapped in.He was astonishedthe smiling face was older than he remembered but unmistakable!Trembling,George started reading.“Bookends have bought ten bookstores from th

520、eir rivals Dylans.The company,owned by multi-millionaire Richard Pike,is now the largest bookseller in Australia.”65.George and Rivhard were at school.A.roommates B.good friends C.competitors D.booksellers 66.How did George feel about Richard after his disappearance?A.He envied Richards marriage.B.H

521、e thought of Richard from time to time.C.He felt lucky with no rival in town.D.He was guilty of Richards death.67.George got information about Richard from .A.a dictionary collector in Australia B.the latters rivals Dylans C.a rare first edition of a dictionary D.the wrapping paper of a book 68.What

522、 happened to George and Richard in the end?A.Both George and Richard became millionaires.B.Both of them realized their original ambitions.C.George established a successful business white Richard was missing.D.Richard became a millionaire while George had no great success.答案 65.C 66.B 67.D 68.D Passa

523、ge 2(09北京 A 篇)How I Turned to Be Optimistic I began to grow up that winter night when my parents and I were returning from my aunts house,and my mother said that we might soon be leaving for America.We were on the bus then.I was crying,and some people on the bus were turning around to look at me.I r

524、emember that I could not bear the thought of never hearing again the radio program for school children to which I listened every morning.I do not remember myself crying for this reason again.In fact,I think I cried very little when I was saying goodbye to my friends and relatives.When we were leavin

525、g I thought about all the places I was going to seethe strange and magical places I had known only from books and pictures.The country I was leaving never to come back was hardly in my head then.The four years that followed taught me the importance of optimism,but the idea did not come to me at once

526、.For the first two years in New York I was really losthaving to study in three schools as a result of family moves.I did not quite know what I was or what I should be.Mother remarried,and things became even more complex for me.Some time passed before my stepfather and I got used to each other.I was

527、often sad,and saw no end to“the hard times.”My responsibilities in the family increased a lot since I knew English better than everyone else at home.I wrote letters,filled out forms,translated at interviews with Immigration officers,took my grandparents to the doctor and translated there,and even di

528、scussed telephone bills with company representatives.From my experiences I have learned one important rule:Almost all common troubles eventually go away!Something good is certain to happen in the end when you do not give up,and just wait a little!I believe that my life will turn out all right,even t

529、hough it will not be that easy.56.How did the author get to know America?A.From her relatives B.From her mother C.From Books and pictures D.From radio programs 57.Upon leaving for America the author felt .A.confused B.excited C.worried D.amazed 58.For the first two years in New York,the author .A.of

530、ten lost her way B.did not think about her future C.studied in three different schools D.got on well with her stepfather 59.What can we learn about the author from Paragraph 4?A.She worked as a translator B.She attended a lot of job interviews C.She paid telephone bills for her family D.She helped h

531、er family with her English 60.The author believes that .A.her future will be free from troubles B.it is difficult to learn to become patient C.there are more good things than bad things D.good things will happen if one keeps trying 答案 56.C 57.B 58.C 59.D 60.D Passage 3(09湖北 A 篇)My grandfather came f

532、rom Hungary and was the only one in his family who settled down in the United States.The rest of his family remained in Europe.When World War I broke out,he seemed to have become another man,downhearted.Such obvious change was not born out of his welfare,but out of fear:if his only son,my uncle,had

533、to go to war,it would be cousin fighting against cousin.One day in 1918,my Uncle Milton received his draft notice.My grandparents were very upset.But my mother,at the age of 10,felt on top of the world about her soldier brother going off to war.Realizing how he was regarded by his little sister and

534、all of her friends,my uncle bought them all service pins,which meant that they had a loved one in the service.All the little girls were delighted.The moment came when my uncle and the other soldiers,without any training but all in uniforms,boarded the train.The band played and the crowd cheered.Alth

535、ough no one noticed,Im sure my grandmother had a tear in her eye for the only son.The train slowly pulled out,but not about a thousand yards when it suddenly paused.Everyone stared in wonder as the train slowly returned to the station.There was a dead silence before the doors opened and the men star

536、ted to step out.Someone shouted,”The war is over.”For a moment,nobody moved,but then the people heard someone bark orders at the soldiers.The men lined up in two lines,walked down the steps,and with the band playing,marched down the street,as returning heroes,to be welcomed home.My mother said it wa

537、s great day,but she was just a little disappointed that it didnt last a tiny bit longer.51.What the grandfather was most worried about was .A.the spread of the world war B.the safety of his living two cousins C.a drop in his living standards D.his relatives killing each other 52.The underlined phras

538、e“draft notice”means“A.order for army service B.train ticket for Europe C.letter of rejection D.note of warning 53.What did the“service pins”（in Para.2）stand for in the dyes of the little girls?A.Strength.B.Courage.C.Victory.D.Honor.54.Which of the following words can best describe the ending of the

539、 story?A.Disappointing.B.Unexpected.C.Uncertain.D.Inspiring.答案 51.D 52.A 53.D 54.B Passage 4(09四川 B 篇)July 21st.2007 was a typical English summers day it rained for 24 hours!As usual,I rushed home from work at midday to check on the house.Nothing was amiss.By the time I left work at 5pm.However,the

540、road into our village was flooded.Our house had never been flooded but,as I opened the front door.a wave of waters greeted me.Thank God the kids werent wish me,because the house was 5 feet deep in water.We lost everything downstairs.And the plaster had to be torn off the walls ceilings pulled down.A

541、t first we tried to push on through.We didnt want to move the children out of home.so we camped upstairs.We put a sheet of plastic across the floor to protect us from the damp.But after three months,we felt very sick,so we move to a wooden house in a park.The house was small.but at first we were all

542、 just delighted to be in a new place.Unfortunately,things took longer than expected and we were there for 10 months.The life there was inconvenient.What surprised me most was how much I missed being part of a community（社区）.We had lived in a friendly village with good neighbors,and Id never thought h

543、ow much I，Id miss that.Although our situation was very bad,its difficult to feel too sorry for yourself when you look at whats happening elsewhere.I watched a news report about floods in Northern India and thought.“We didnt have a straw hut（茅草房）that was for Christmas.But I cant wait Im going to thro

544、w a party for our friends in the village to say thanks for their support.This year,I wont need any gifts living away from home for months has made me realize how little we actually need or miss all our possessions.Although we are replacing things,theres really no rush we have our home back.and thats

545、 the main thing.45.What does the underlined word“amiss”in the first paragraph mean？A.Wrong.B.Missing.C.Right.D.Found 46.It can be inferred from the text that the author .A.was sick of staying upstairs B.cared much about her children C.could not stand living in a wooden house Ddid not deal well with

546、her family affairs during the flood 47.Why does the author say that they were lucky in the third paragraph?A.Because her situation was not serious.B.Because many other paces were flooded.C.Because she had been to Northern India.D.Because some others suffered even more.48.What does the author mainly

547、want to express by telling her story?A.She valued human feelings more than before.B.She realized she almost didnt need possession.C.She found Christmas gifts no longer badly needed.D.She thought her own home was the most important.答案 45.A 46.B 47.D 48.A Passage 5(09浙江 A 篇)I was in a rush as always,b

548、ut this time it was for an important date I just couldnt be late for!I found myself at a checkout counter behind an elderly woman seemingly in no hurry as she paid for her groceries.A PhD student with not a lot of money,I had hurried into the store to pick up some flowers.I was in a huge rush,thinki

549、ng of my upcoming evening.I did not want to be late for this date.We were in Boston,a place not always known for small conversation between strangers.The woman stopped unloading her basket and looked up at me.She smiled.It was a nice smile warm and reassuring and I returned her gift by smiling back.

550、“Must be a special lady,whoever it is that will be getting those beautiful flowers,”she said.“Yes,shes special,”I said,and then to my embarrassment,the words kept coming out.“Its only our second date,but somehow I am just having the feeling shes the one.Jokingly,I added,“The only problem is that I c

551、ant figure out why shed want to date a guy like me.”“Well,I think shes very lucky to have a boyfriend who brings her such lovely flowers and who is obviously in love with her,”the woman said.”“My husband used to bring me flowers every week even when times were tough and we didnt have much money.Thos

552、e were incredible days;he was very romantic and of course I miss him since hes passed away.”I paid for my flowers as she was gathering up her groceries.There was no doubt in my mind as I walked up to her.I touched her on the shoulder and said,“You were right,you know.These flowers are indeed for a v

553、ery special lady.”I handed her the flowers and thanked her for such a nice conversation.It took her a moment to realize that I was giving her the flowers I had just purchased.“You have a wonderful evening,”I said.I left her with a big smile and my heart warmed as I saw her smelling the beautiful flo

554、wers.I remember being slightly late for my date that night and telling my girlfriend the above story.A couple of years later,when I finally worked up the courage to ask her to marry me,she told me that this story had helped to seal it for her that was the night that I won her heart.41Why was the wri

555、ter in a hurry that day?AHe was to meet his girlfriend.BHe had to go back to school soon.CHe was delayed by an elderly lady.DHe had to pick up some groceries.42What does the underlined phrase“her gift”(Paragraph 2)refer to?AHer words.BHer smile.CHer flowers.Dher politeness.43Why did the writer give

556、his flowers to the elderly lady?AShe told him a nice story.BShe allowed him to pay first.CShe gave him encouragement.DShe liked flowers very much.44What is the message conveyed in the story?AFlowers are important for a date.BSmall talk is helpful.CLove and kindness are rewarding.DElderly people dese

557、rve respecting.答案 41.A 42.B 43.C 44.C Passage 6(09重庆 A 篇)I was waiting for a phone call from my agent.He had left a message the night before,telling me that my show was to be cancelled.I called him several times,but each time his secretary told me that he was in a meeting and that he would call me l

558、ater.So I waited and waited,but there was still no call.Three hours passing by,I became more and more impatient.I was certain that my agent didnt care about my work,and he didnt care about me.I was overcome with that thought.I started to shout at the phone,“Let me wait,will you?Who do you think you

559、are?”At that time I didnt realize my wife was looking on.Without showing her surprise,she rushed in,seized the phone,tore off the wires,and shouted at the phone,“Yeah!Who do you think you are?Bad telephone!Bad telephone!”And she swept it into the wastebasket.I stood watching her,speechless.What on e

560、arth?She stepped to the doorway and shouted at the rest of the house,“Now hear this!All objects in this room-if you do anything to upset my husband,out you go!”Then she turned to me,kissed me,and said calmly,“Honey,you just have to learn how to take control.”With that,she left the room.After watchin

561、g a crazy woman rushing in and out,shouting at everything in sight,I noticed that something in my mood（情绪）had changed.I was laughing.How could I have trouble with that phone?Her antics helped me realize I had been driven crazy by small things.Twenty minutes later my agent did call.I was able to list

562、en to him and talk to him calmly.56.Why did the author shout at the telephone?A.He was mad at the telephone.B.He was angry with his agent.C.He was anxious about his wife.D.He was impatient with the secretary.57.What did the authors wife do after she heard his shouting?A.She said nothing.B.She shoute

563、d at him.C.She called the agent.D.She threw the phone away.58.What made the author laugh?A.His own behavior.B.His wifes suggestion.C.His changeable feelings.D.His wifes sweet kiss.59.What does the underlined word“antics”refer to?A.Smart words.B.Unusual actions.C.Surprising looks.D.Anxious feelings.答

564、案 56.B 57.D 58.A 59.B Passage 7(09广东 A 篇)Lisa was running late.Lisa，25，had a lot to do at work，plus visitors on the way:her parents were coming in for Thanksgiving from her hometown.But as she hurried down the subway stairs，she started to feel uncomfortably warn.By the time she got to the platform，L

565、isa felt weak and tired-maybe it hadnt been a good idea to give blood the night before，she thought.She rested herself against a post close to the tracks.Several yards away，Frank，43，and his girlfriend，Jennifer，found a spot close to where the front of the train would stop.They were deep in discussion

566、about a house they were thinking of buying.But when he heard the scream，followed by someone yelling，“Oh，my God，she fell in!”Frank didnt hesitate.He jumped down to the tracks and ran some 40 feet toward the body lying on the rails.“No!Not you!”his girlfriend screamed after him.She was right to be ala

567、rmed.By the time Frank reached Lisa，he could feel the tracks shaking and see the light coming.The train was about 20 seconds from the station.It was hard to lift her.She was just out.But he managed to raise her the four feet to the platform so that bystanders could hold her by the grins and drag her

568、 away from the edge.That was where Lisa briefly regained consciousness，felt herself being pulled along the ground，and saw someone else holding her purse.Lisa thought shed been robbed.A woman held her hand and a man gave his shirt to help stop the blood pouring from her head.And she tried to talk but

569、 she couldnt，and that was when she realized how much pain she was in.Police and fire officials soon arrived，and Frank told the story to an officer.Jennifer said her boyfriend was calm on their 40 一 minute train ride downtownjust as he had been seconds after the rescue，which made her think about her

570、reaction at the time.“I saw the train coming and 1 was thinking he was going to die，”she explained.41.What was the most probable cause for Lisas weakness?A.She had run a long way.B.She felt hot in the subway.C.She had done a 1ot of work.D.She had donated blood the night before.42.Why did Jennifer tr

571、y to stop her boyfriend?A.Because they would miss their train.B.Because he didnt see the train coming.C.Because she was sure Lisa was hard to lift.D.Because she was afraid the train would kill him.43.How did Frank save Lisa?A.By lifting her to the platform.B.By helping her rise to her feet.C.By pull

572、ing her along the ground.D.By dragging her away from the edge.44.When did Lisa become conscious again?A.When the train was leaving.B.After she was back on the platform.C.After the police and fire officials came.D.When a man was cleaning the blood from her head.45.The passage is intended to _ A.warn

573、us of the danger in the subway B.show US how to save people in the subway C.tell US about a subway rescue D.report a traffic accident 答案 41.D 42.D 43.A 44.B 45.C Passage 8(09广东 B 篇)We once had a poster competition in our fifth grade art class.“You could win prizes，our teacher told US as she wrote th

574、e poster information on the blackboard.She passed out sheets of construction paper while continuing，“The first prize is ten dollars.You just have to make sure that the words on the blackboard appear somewhere on your poster.”We studied the board critically.Some of US looked with one eye and held up

575、certain colors against the blackboard，rocking the sheets to the fight or left while we conjured up our designs.Others twisted their hair around their fingers or chewed their erasers while deep in thought.We had plans for that tendollar grand prize，each and every one of US.Im going to spend mine on c

576、andies，one hopeful would announce，while another practiced looking serious，wise and rich.Everyone in the class made a poster.Some of us used parts of those fancy paper napkins，while others used nothing but colored construction paper.Some of US used big designs，and some of us preferred to gather our a

577、rt tidily down in one comer of our poster and let the space draw the viewers attention to it.Some of US would wander past the good students desks and then return to our own projects with a growing sense of hopelessness.It was yet another grown-up trick of the soil they seemed especially fond of。maki

578、ng all of US believe we had a fair chance，and then alwaysalwaysrewarding the same old winners.I believe I drew a sailboat，but I cant say that with any certainty.I made it.I admired it.I determined it to be the very best of all of the posters I had seen，and then I turned it in.Minutes passed.No one c

579、ame along to give me the grand prize，and then someone distracted me，and I probably never would have thought about that poster again.I was still sitting at my desk，thinking，What poster?When the teacher gave me an envelope with a ten-dollar bill in it and everyone in the class applauded for me.46.What

580、 was the teachers requirement for the poster?A.It must appear in time.B.It must be done in class.C.It must be done on a construction sheet.D.It must include the words on the blackboard.47.The underlined phrase in paragraph 3 most probably means _.A.formed an idea for B.made an outline for C.made som

581、e space for D.chose some colors for 48.After the teachers words，all the students in the class _.A.1ooked very serious B.thought they would be rich C.began to think about their designs D.began to play games 49.After seeing the good students designs，some students _.A.1oved their own designs more B.tho

582、ught they had a fair chance C.put their own designs in a comer D.thought they would not win the prize 50.We can infer from the passage that the author _.A.enjoyed grown-up tricks very much B.1oved poster competitions very much C.felt surprised to win the competition D.became wise and rich after the

583、competition 答案 46.D 47.A 48.C 49.D 50.C Passage 9(09广东 C 篇)A few years ago I had an“aha!”moment regarding handwriting.I had in my hand a sheet of paper with handwritten instructions on it for some sort of editorial task.It occurred at first that I did not recognize the handwriting，and then I realize

584、d whose it must be.I finally became aware of the fact that I had been working with this colleague for at least a year，maybe two，and yet I did not recognize her handwriting at that point.It was a very important event in the computerization of lifea sign that the informal.Friendly communication of peo

585、ple working together in an office had changed from notes in pen to instant messages and emails.There was a time when our workdays were filled with little letters，and we recognized one anothers handwriting the way we knew voices or faces.As a child visiting my fathers office，1 was pleased to recogniz

586、e，in little notes on the desks of his staff，the same handwriting 1 would see at home in the notes he would leave on the fridgeexcept that those notes were signed“dad”instead of“RFW”.All this has been on my mind because of the talk about The Rise and Fall of Handwriting，a book by Florey.Sire shows in

587、 her book a deep concern about the fall of handwriting and the failure of schools to teach children to write well，but many others argue that people in a digital age cant be expected to learn to hold a pen.I dont buy it.I dont want to see anyone cut off from the expressive，personal associations that

588、a pen still promotes better than a digital keyboard does.For many a biographer，part of really getting to know their subjects is learning to read their handwriting.What some people advocate is teaching one of the many attractive handwritings based on the handwriting of 16th-century Italy.That may sou

589、nd impossibly grandas if they want kids to learn to draw by copying classical paintings.However，they have worked in many school systems.51.Why was the author surprised at not recognizing his colleagues handwriting?A.He had worked with his colleague long enough.B.His colleagues handwriting was SO bea

590、utiful.C.His colleagues handwriting was SO terrible.D.He still had a 1ot of Work to do.52.People working together in an office used to _.A.talk more about handwriting B.take more notes on workdays C.know better one anothers handwriting D.communicate better with one another 53.The authors father wrot

591、e notes in pen _.A.to both his family and his staff B.to his family in small letters C.to his family on the fridge D.to his staff on the desk 54.According to the author，handwritten notes _.A.are harder to teach in schools B.attract more attention C.are used only between friends D.carry more message

592、55.We can learn from the passage that the author _.A.thinks it impossible to teach handwriting B.does not want to lose handwriting C.puts the blame on the computer D.does not agree with Florey 答案 51.A 52.D 53.A 54.D 55.B Passage 10(09宁夏、海南 A 篇)I suddenly heard an elephant crying as though frightened

593、 Looking down I immediately recognized that something was wrong and ran down to the edge of the near bank There I saw Ma Shwe with her three-month-old calf struggling in the fast-rising water and it was a life-and-death struggle Her calf was floating and screaming with fear Ma Shwe was as near to th

594、e far bank as she could get,holding her whole body against the rushing water and keeping the calf pressed against her huge body.Every now and then the rushing water would sweep the calf a way.There was a sudden rise in the water and the calf was washed clean over the mothers body and was gone Ma Shw

595、e turned quickly to reach it and pressed the calf with her head and trunk（象鼻）against the rocky bank Then with a huge effort she picked it up in her trunk and tried until she was able to place it on a narrow shelf of rock Just at this moment she fell back into the river If she were carried down it wo

596、uld be certain death I knew as well as she did,that there was one spot（地点）where she could get up the bank but it was on the other side from where she had put her calf While I was wondering what I could do next I heard the sound of a mothers love Ma Shwe had crossed the river and got up the bank and

597、was making her way back as fast as she could roaring（吼叫）all the time but to her calf it was music.56The moment the author got down to the river bank he saw_.Athe calf was about to fall into the river BMa Shwe was placing the calf on the rock Cthe calf was washed away by the rising water DMa Shwe was

598、 holding the calf against the rushing water 57How did Ma Shwe manage to save her calf from the fast-flowing water?ABy putting it on a safe spot BBy pressing it against her body CBy taking it away with her DBy carrying it on her back 58How did the calf feel about the mother elephants roaring?AIt was

599、a great comfort BIt was a sign of danger CIt was a call for help DIt was a musical note 59What can be the best title for the text?AA Mothers Love BA Brave Act CA Deadly River DA Matter of Life and Death 答案 56.D 57.A 58.A 59.A Passage 11(09湖南 A 篇)Eddie McKay,a once-forgotten pilot,is a subject of gre

600、at interest to a group of history students in Canada.It all started when Graham Broad,a professor at the University of Western Ontario,found McKays name in a footnote in a book about university history.McKay was included in a list of university alumni（校友）who had served during the First World War,but

601、 his name was unfamiliar to Broad,a specialist in military history.Out of curiosity,Broad spent hours at the local archives（档案馆）in a fruitless search for information on McKay.Tired and discouraged,he finally gave up.On his way out,Broads glance happened to fall on an exhibiting case showing some old

602、 newspapers.His eye was drawn to an old picture of a young man in a rugby uniform.As he read the words beside the picture,he experienced a thrilling realization.“After looking for him all day,there he was,staring up at me out of the exhibiting case,”said Broad.Excited by the find,Broad asked his stu

603、dents to continue his search.They combed old newspapers and other materials for clues.Gradually,a picture came into view.Captain Alfred Edwin McKay joined the British Royal Flying Corps in 1916.He downed ten enemy planes,outlived his entire squadron（中队）as a WWI flyer,spent some time as a flying inst

604、ructor in England,then returned to the front,where he was eventually shot down over Belgium and killed in December 1917.But theres more to his story.“For a brief time in 1916 he was probably the most famous pilot in the world,”says Broad.“He was credited with downing Oswald Boelcke,the most famous G

605、erman pilot at the time.”Yet,in a letter home,McKay refused to take credit,saying that Boelcke had actually crashed into another German plane.McKays war records were destroyed during a World War II air bombing on London an explanation for why he was all but forgotten.But now,thanks to the efforts of

606、 Broad and his students,a marker in McKays memory was placed on the university grounds in November 2007.“I found my eyes filling with tears as I read the word deceased（阵亡）next to his name,”said Corey Everrett,a student who found a picture of Mckay in his uniform.“This was such a simple example of th

607、e fact that he had been a student just like us,but instead of finishing his time at Western,he chose to fight and die for his country.”56.What made Professor Broad continue his search for more information on McKay?A.A uniform of McKay.B.A footnote about McKay.C.A book on McKay.D.A picture of McKay.5

608、7.What did the students find out about McKay?A.He trained pilots for some time.B.He lived longer than other pilots.C.He died in the Second World War.D.He was downed by the pilot Boelcke.58.McKays flying documents were destroyed in .A.Belgium B.Germany C.Canada D.England 59.We can learn from the last

609、 paragraph that McKay .A.preferred fight to his study B.went to war before graduation C.left a picture for Corey Everrett D.set an example for his fellow students 60.What is the text mainly about?A.The research into war history.B.The finding of a forgotten hero.C.The pilots of the two world wars.D.T

610、he importance of military studies.答案 56.D 57.A 58.D 59.B 60.B Passage 12(09江苏 B 篇)It was the first mow of winter-an exciting day for every,child but not for most tether.Up until now,l had been able to dress myself for recess（课间休息）,but today I would need some help.Miss Finlayson,my kindergarten teach

611、er at Princess Elizabeth School near Hamilton,Ontario,had been through first snow days,tony times in her long career,but I think struggled still remember this one.I managed to get into my wool snow pants.But I straggled with my jacket because it didnt fit well.It was a hand-me-down from my brother,a

612、nd it made me wonder why I had to wear his ugly clothes.At least my hat and matching scarf were mine,and they were quite pretty.Finally it was time to have Miss Finlayson help me with my boots.In her calm,motherly voice she said,By the end of winter,you will be able to put on own boots.“I didnt real

613、ize at the time that this was more a statement of hope than of confidence.I handed her my boots and stuck out my foot.Like most children,I expected the adult to do an the work.After mush wiggling and pushing,she managed to get first one into place and then,with a sigh,worked the second one on too.I

614、announced，“Theyre on the wrong feet”With the grace that only experience can bring，she struggled to get the boots off and went through the joyless task of putting them on againThen I said，“These arent my bootsyou know”As she pulled the offending boots from my feet，she still managed to look both helpf

615、ul and interestedOnce they were offI said，“They are my brothers bootsMy mother makes me wear them，and I hate them!”Somehow，from long years of practice，she managed to act as though I wasnt an annoying little girlShe pushed and shovedless gently this time，and the boots were returned to their proper pl

616、ace on my feetWith a great sigh of relief，seeing the end of her struggle with me，she asked，“Now，where are your gloves?I looked into her eyes and said“I didnt want to lose themso I put them into the toes of my boots”60According to the passage，the little girl got from her brother Athe wool snow pants

617、and the jacket Bthe jacket and the boots Cthe jacket and the hat Dthe boots and the gloves 61What made it so hard for the teacher to help the little girl put her boots on?AThe gloves in the toes of the boots BThe slowness of the teacher CThe wrong size of the boots DThe unwillingness of the girl 62I

618、t can be inferred that before the little girl finally went out to enjoy the first snow of winter，the teacher had to help her put on her boots Aonce Btwice Cthree times Dfour times 63Which of the following sentences from the text BEST indicates that the teacher is very considerate?AIn her calm，mother

619、ly voice she said，“By the end of winter，”（Paragraph 2）BWith the grace that only experience can bring，she struggled to（Paragraph 4）Cshe still managed to look both helpful and interested（Paragraph 4）D，she managed to act as though I wasnt an annoying little girl.（Paragraph 4）答案 60.B 61.A 62.D 63.D Pass

620、age 13(09江西 A 篇)Outside her shabby cottage,old Mrs.Tailor was hanging out laundry on a wire line,unaware that some children lay hidden in the leaves of a nearby tree watching her every move.They were determined to find out if she really was a witch.They watched as she took a broomstick to clean the

621、dirt from her stone steps.But,much to their disappointment,she did not mount the broomstick and take flight.Suddenly,the old ladys work was interrupted by the cackling of her hena signal that an egg had been laid in the warm nest on top of the haystack.The old broomstick was put aside as she hobbled

622、 off towards the haystack followed by Sooty,a black cat she had rescued from a fox trap some time back.With only three legs,it was hard for Sooty to keep up with the old lady.The cat provided proofthe children were sure that only a witch could own a black cat with three legs.There,standing on a wood

623、en box,was Mrs.Tailor,stretching out to gather her precious egg.Taking the egg in one of her hands,she began to climb down when,without warning,the box broke and the old lady fell.“We have to got and help her,”whispered Amy.“What if it is a trick?”replied Ben.“Dont be silly,Ben.If she were a witch,s

624、he would have turned us into frogs already,”reasoned Meg.“Come on Amy,lets go.”The girls climbed down the tree and ran all the way to the haystack.Approaching carefully,they could see a wound on the old ladys face.She had knocked her head on a stone and her ankle was definitely broken.“Go and get Da

625、d,”Amy yelled to her brother.“Tell him about the accident.”The boys did not need another excuse to leave.They ran as fast as thy could for help,hoping that Mrs.Tailor would not wake and turn the girls into frogs.56.Were the children hiding in the tree?A.They wanted to watch Mrs.Tailor do her housewo

626、rk closely.B.They were playing a hide-and-seek game C.They wanted to find out if the rumors about Mrs.Tailor were true D.They were pretending to be spies 57.Mrs.Tailor stopped sweeping when_ A.her front steps were clean B.she noticed the children in the tree C.she was ready to take a flight D.she he

627、ard the hen cackling 58.Ben did not rush in help Mrs.Tailor because_ A.he thought that she could be necking them B.he knew that they could not have been in the tree C.he did not the old lady fall down D.he was afraid of the three-legged cat 59.Which of these old sayings best suits the storys lesson

628、for us?A.Make hay while the sun shines.B.Never judge a book by its cover.C.People in glasshouses should not the stones.D.A bird in the hands worth two in the bush.答案 56.C 57.D 58.A 59.B Passage 14(09山东 A 篇)A year ago August,Dave Fuss lost his job driving a truck for a small company in west Michigan.

629、His wife,Gerrie,was still working in the local school cafeteria,but work for Dave was scarce,and the price of everything was rising.The Fusses were at risk of joining the millions of Americans who have lost their homes in recent years.Then Dave and Gerrie received a timely gift7,000，a legacy（遗产）form

630、 their neighbors Ish and Arlene Hatch,who died in an accident.“It really made a difference when we were going under financially.”says Dave.But the Fusses werent the only folks in Alto and the neighboring town of Lowell to receive unexpected legacy from the Hatches.Doxens of other families were touch

631、ed by the Hatches generosity.In some cases,it was a few thousand dollars;in other,it was more than 100,000.It surprised nearly everyone that the Hatches had so much money,more than 3 millionthey were am elderly couple who lived in an old house on what was left of the family farm.Children of the Grea

632、t Depression,Ish and Arlene were known for their habit of saving,They thrived own（喜欢）comparison shopping and would routinely go from store to store,checking prices before making a new purchase.Through the years,the Hatches paid for local children to attend summer camp when their parents couldnt affo

633、rd it.“Ish and Arlene never asked you needed anything,”says their friend Sand Van Weelden,“They could see things they could do go make you happier,and they would do them.Even more extraordinary was that the Hatches had their farmland distributed.It was the Hatches wish that their legacya legacy of k

634、indness as much as one of dollars and cent should enrich the whole community（社区）and Ish and Arlene Hatchs story.Neighbors helping neighbors that was Ish and Arlene Hatchs story.56.According to the text,the Fusses A.were employed by a truck company B.were in financial difficulty C.worked in a school

635、cafeteria D.lost their home 57.Which of the following is true of the Hatches?A.They had their children during the Great Deoression B.They left the family farm to live in an old house C.They gave away their possessions to their neighbors D.They helped their neighbors to find jobs 58.Why would the Hat

636、ches routinely go from store?A.They decided to open a store B.They wanted to save money C.They couldnt afford expensive things D.They wanted to buy gifts for local kids 59.According to Sand Van Weelden,the Hatches were A.understanding B.optimistic C.childlike D.curious 60.What can we learn from the

637、text?A.The community of Alto was poor B.The summer camp was attractive to the parents C.Sandy Van Weelden got a legacy form the Hatches D.The Hatches would like the neighbors to follow their example 答案 56.B 57.C 58.B 59.A 60.D Passage 15(09陕西 A 篇)It was the first snow of winter an exciting day for e

638、very child but not for most teachers.Up until now,I had been old enough to dress myself,but today would need some help.Miss Finlayson,my kindergarten teacher,had been through brst snow days many times,but I think she may still remember this one.I managed to get into my wool snow trousers.But I strug

639、gled won my jacket because it didnt fit well.It was a hand-mc-down from my brother,and if made me wonder why I had to wear his ugly clothes,At least my hat and scarf were mine,and they were quite pretty.Finally it was time to have Miss Finlayson help me with my boots（靴子）.In her calm,motherly voice s

640、he said,“By the end of winter,you will all be able to put on your own boots.”I didnt realize at the at the time that this was more a statement of hope than of confidence（信心）.I handed her my boots and stuck out my foot.Like most children,I expected grown-ups to do all the work.After much pushing,she

641、managed to get first one into place and then,with a sigh,worked the second one on too.I announced,“Theyre on the wrong feet.”She struggled to get the boots off and went through the joyless task of putting them on again.“Theyre my brothers boots,you know,”I said.“I hate them”.Somehow,from long years

642、of practice,she managed to act as though I wasnt an annoying（烦人的）little girl,She struggle with me,she asked,“Now,where are your mittens（连指手套）？”I looked into her eyes and said,“I didnt want to lose them,so I hid them in the toes of my boots.41.The little girl was more satisfied with her_.A.trousers B

643、.jacket C.boots D.hat 42.Miss Finlayson had difficulty with the girls boots mainly because_.A.the girl got them from her brother B.the girl put something in them C.they were on the wrong feet D.they did not fit the girl well 43.Why does the author Miss Finlayson would remember that first snow day?A.

644、Because the little girl was in her brothers clothes.B.Because it was the most exciting day of the winter.C.Because the little girl played a trick on her.D.Because the little girl wore a pretty scarf.44.We can learn from the text that Miss Finlayson_.A.was losing confidence in the little girl.B.gradu

645、ally lost patience with the little girl.C.became disappointed with the little girl.D.was getting bored with the little girl.答案 41.D 42.B 43.C 44.B Passage 16(08宁夏、海南、全国A 篇)Last week my youngest son and I visited my father at his new home in Tucson,Arizona He moved there a few years ago,and I was eag

646、er to see his new place and meet his friends My earliest memories of my father are of a tall,handsome,successful man devoted to his work and family,but uncomfortable with his childrenAs a child I loved him;as a school girl and young adult I feared him and felt bitter about himHe seemed unhappy with

647、me unless I got straight As and unhappy with my boyfriends if their fathers were not as“successful”as he wasWhenever I went out with him on weekends,I used to struggle to think up things to say,feeling on guard On the first day of my visit,we went out with one of my fathers friends for lunch at an o

648、utdoor cafWe walked along that afternoon,did some shopping,ate on the street table,and laughed over my sons funny facial expressionsGone was my fathers critical(挑剔的)air and strict rulesWho was this person I knew as my father,who seemed so friendly and interesting to be around?What had held him back

649、before?The next day my dad pulled out his childhood pictures and told me quite a few stories about his own childhoodAlthough our times together became easier over the years,I never felt closer to him at that moment.After so many years,Im at last seeing another side of my fatherAnd in so doing,Im del

650、ighted with my new friend.My dad,in his new home in Arizona,is back to me from where he was 56Why did the author feel bitter about her father when she was a young adult?AHe was silent most of the time BHe was too proud of himself CHe did not love his children DHe expected too much of her 57When the

651、author went out with her father on weekends,she would feel Anervous Bsorry Ctired Dsafe 58What does the author think of her father after her visit to Tucson?AMore critical BMore talkative CGentle and friendly DStrict and hard-working 59The underlined words“my new friend”in the last paragraph refer t

652、o Athe authors son Bthe authors father Cthe friend of the authors father Dthe caf owner 答案 56.D 57.A 58.C 59.B Passage 17(08江苏 D 篇)It had been some time since Jack had seen the old man.College,career,and life itself got in the way.In fact,Jack moved clear across the country in pursuit of his dreams.

653、There,I n the rush of his busy life,Jack had little time to think about the past and often no time to spend with his wife and son.He was working on his future,and nothing could stop him.Over the phone,his mother told him,“Mr.Belser died last night.The funeral is Wednesday.”Memories flashed through h

654、is mind like an old newsreel as he sat quietly remembering his childhood days.“Jack,did you hear me?”“Oh,sorry,Mom.Yes,I heard you.Its been so long since I thought of him.Im sorry,but I honestly thought he died years ago,”Jack said.“Well,he didnt forget you.Every time I saw him hed ask how you were

655、doing.Hed reminisce(回忆)about the many days you spent over his side of the fence as he put it,”Mom told him.“I loved that old house he lived in,”Jack said.“You know,Jack,after your father died,Mr.Belser stepped in to make sure you had a mans influence in your life,”she said.“Hes the one who taught me

656、 carpentry.I wouldnt be in this business if it werent for him.He spent a lot of time teaching me things he thought were important.Mom,Ill be there for the funeral,”Jack said.Busy as he was,he kept his word.Jack caught the next flight to his hometown.Mr.Belsers funeral was small and uneventful.He had

657、 no children of his own,and most of his relatives had passed away.The night before he had to return home,Jack and his Mom stopped by to see the old house next door one more time,which was exactly as he remembered.Every step held memories.Every picture,every piece of furniture.Jack stopped suddenly.“

658、Whats wrong,Jack?”his Mom asked.“The box is gone,”he said.“What box?”Mom asked.“There was a small gold box that he kept locked on top of his desk.I must have asked him a thousand times what was inside.All hed ever tell me was the thing I value most,”Jack said.It was gone.Everything about the house w

659、as exactly how Jack remembered it,except for the box.He figured someone from the Belser family had taken it.“Now Ill never know what was so valuable to him,”Jack said sadly.Returning to his office the next day,he found a package on his desk.The return address caught his attention.“Mr.Harold Belser”i

660、t read.Jack tore open the package.There inside was the gold box and an envelope.Jacks hands shook as he read the note inside.“Upon my death,please forward this box and its contents to Jack Bennett.Its the thing I valued most in my life.”A small key was taped to the letter.His heart racing,and tears

661、filling his eyes,Jack carefully unlocked the box.There inside he found a beautiful gold pocket watch.Running his fingers slowly over the fine cover,he opened it.Inside he found these words carved:“Jack,thanks for your time!Harold Belser.”“Oh,my God!This is the thing he valued most.”Jack held the wat

662、ch for a few minutes,then called his assistant and cleared his appointments for the next two days.“Why?”his assistant asked.“I need some time to spend with my son,”he said.66.Why did Jack think Mr.Belser died years ago?A.College and career prevented him from remembering Mr.Belser.B.Jack was too busy

663、 with his business and family to think about Mr.Belser.C.Jack was too busy realizing his dreams to think about Mr.Belser.D.His present busy life washed away his childhood memories.67.Jacks mother told him on the phone about Mr.Belser EXCEPT that .A.Mr.Belser often asked how Jack was doing B.Mr.Belse

664、rs funeral would take place on Wednesday C.Mr.Belser had asked for Jacks mailing address D.Mr.Belser had pleasant memories of their time together 68.Why did Belser send Jack his gold watch?A.Because he was grateful for Jacks time with him.B.Because he had no children or relatives.C.Because he though

665、t he had to keep his word.D.Because Jack had always wanted it during his childhood.69.Why did Jack say he needed some time to spend with his son?A.He was very tired of his work and wanted to have a good rest.B.He had promised to spare more time to stay with his son.C.He had missed his son and his fa

666、mily for days.D.He came to realize the importance of the time with his family.70.Which of the following is the most suitable title for this passage?A.The Good Old Times B.What He Valued Most C.An Old Gold Watch D.The Lost Childhood Days 答案 66.C 67.C 68.A 69.D 70.B Passage 18(08北京 A 篇)Twenty years ag

667、o,I drove a taxi for a living.One night I went to pick up a passenger at 2:30 AM.When I arrived to collect,I found the building was dark except for a single light in a ground floor window.I walked to the door and knocked.“Just a minute,”answered a weak,elderly voice.After a long pause,the door opene

668、d.A small woman in her eighties stood before me.By her side was a small suitcase.I took the suitcase to the car,and then returned to help the woman.She took my arm and we walked slowly toward the car.She kept thanking me for my kindness.“Its nothing,”I told her.“I just try to treat my passengers the

669、 way I would want my mother treated.”“Oh,youre such a good man,”she said.When we got into the taxi,she gave me an address,and then asked,“Could you drive through downtown?”“Its not the shortest way,”I answered quickly.“Oh,Im in no hurry,”she said.“Im on my way to a hospice(临终医院).I dont have any fami

670、ly left.The doctor says I dont have very long.”I quietly reached over and shut off the meter(计价器).For the next two hours,we drove through the city.She showed me the building where she had once worked,the neighborhood where she had lived,and the furniture shop that had once been a ballroom where she

671、had gone dancing as a girl.Sometimes shed ask me to slow down in front of a particular building and would sit staring into the darkness,saying nothing.At dawn,she suddenly said,“Im tired.Lets go now.”We drove in silence to the address she had given me.“How much do I owe you?”she asked.“Nothing,”I sa

672、id.“You have to make a living,”she answered.“Oh,there are other passengers,”I answered.Almost without thinking,I bent and gave her a hug.She held onto me tightly.Our hug ended with her remark,“You gave an old woman a little moment of joy.”56.The old woman chose to ride through the city in order to _

673、.A.show she was familiar with the city B.see some places for the last time C.let the driver earn more money D.reach the destination on time 57.The taxi driver did not charge the old woman because he _.A.wanted to do her a favor B.shut off the meter by mistake C.had received her payment in advance D.

674、was in a hurry to take other passengers 58.What can we learn from the story?A.Giving is always a pleasure.B.People should respect each other.C.An act of kindness can bring people great joy.D.People should learn to appreciate others concern.答案 56.B 57.A 58.C Passage 19(08湖北 A 篇)Margaret,married with

675、two small children,has been working for the last seven years as a night cleaner,cleaning offices in a big building.She trained as a nurse,but had to give it up when her elder child became seriously ill.“I would have liked to go back to it,but the shifts（工作班次）are all wrong for me,as I have to be home

676、 to get the children up and off to school.”So she works as a cleaner instead,from 9 p.m.till 6 a.m.five nights a week for just 90,before tax and insurance.“Its better than it was last year,but I still think that people who work unsocial hours should get a bit extra.”The hours she s chosen to work me

677、an that she sees plenty of the children,but very little of her husband.However,she doesnt think that puts any pressure on their relationship.Her work isnt physically very hard,but its not exactly pleasant,either.“I do get angry with people who leave their offices like a place for raising pigs.If the

678、y realized people like me have to do it,perhaps theyd be a bit more careful.”The fact that shes working all night doesnt worry Margaret at all.Unlike some dark buildings at night,the building where she works is fully lit,and the women work in groups of three.“Since Ive got to be here,I try to enjoy

679、myselfand I usually do,because of the other girls.We all have a good laugh,so the time never drags.”Another challenge Margaret has to face is the reaction of other people when she tells them what she does for a living.“They think youre a cleaner because you dont know how to read and write,”said Marg

680、aret.“I used to think what my parents would say if they knew what Id been doing,but I dont think that way any more.I dont dislike the work though I cant say Im mad about it.”61.Margaret quit her job as a nurse because _.A.she wanted to earn more money to support her family B.she had suffered a lot o

681、f mental pressure C.she needed the right time to look after her children D.she felt tired of taking care of patients 62.Margaret gets angry with people who work in the office because _.A.they never clean their offices B.they look down upon cleaners C.they never do their work carefully D.they always

682、make a mess in their offices 63.When at work,Margaret feels _.A.light-hearted because of her fellow workers B.happy because the building is fully lit C.tired because of the heavy workload D.bored because time passes slowly 64.The underlined part in the last paragraph implies that Margarets parents w

683、ould _.A.help care for her children B.regret what they had said C.show sympathy for her D.feel disappointed in her 答案 61.C 62.D 63.A 64.D Passage 19(08湖北 B 篇)Kathy started at my nursery school at the age of three.She settled into the group easily,and would be first on the slide and highest up the cl

684、imbing frame.She could put on her coat without help and not only fasten her own buttons but other childrens too.She was a lovely child but unfortunately a scratcher.If anyone upset her or stood in her way,her right hand would flash out fast and scratch down the face of her playmates.Children twice h

685、er age would fly in fear from her.This must have been very rewarding for Kathy but obviously it had to be stopped.All the usual ways failed and then I remembered an account by G.Atkinson of Highfield School,of how fights in the playground had been stopped.No punishment had been given,but the attacke

686、r had been ignored and the victims rewarded.So I decided to try this out on Kathy.With a pocketful of Smarties I followed Kathy around.She was so quick that it was impossible to prevent her scratching,but I was determined to stay within arms length all afternoon.All was peaceful but then I saw Kathy

687、s hand moved and heard the scream.Gently I gathered up the little hurt one in my arms and said“Nice,nice sweetie”and I put a Smartie into her mouth.Kathy opened her mouth,expecting a Smartie and then looked puzzled when she got nothing.Soon came another scream,this time from John.While holding him i

688、n my arms,I said,“Look,Kathy,a nice Smartie for John”and put it into Johns mouth.A smile of understanding flashed across Kathys face.Minutes later,she came to me and said loudly,“Give me a Smartie!I have hurt my finger!”“No,”I replied,“youll get it if someone hurts you.”On purpose,she turned and scr

689、atched a nearby boy,Tom,and waited quietly while I mothered and rewarded him,then she walked away.She has never scratched a child since.Parents who find older children bullying younger brothers and sisters might do well to replace shouting and punishment by rewarding and giving more attention to the

690、 injured ones.Its certainly much easier and more effective.65.From the passage,we know that Kathy is _.A.sensitive but slow B.smart but a bit rude C.independent but selfish D.quick but sort of passive 66.Kathy scratched Tom because _.A.she was angry at Tom,who was in her way B.she wanted to get a Sm

691、artie from the teacher C.she was in the habit of scratching other children D.she wanted to know if the teacher meant what she had said 67.According to the passage,the underlined word“bullying”is closest in meaning to“_”.A.helping B.punishing C.hurting D.protecting 68.The writer of this passage aims

692、to recommend an approach to _.A.rewarding childrens good behavior B.correcting childrens bad behavior C.punishing badly-behaved children D.praising well-behaved children 答案 65.B 66.D 67.C 68.B Passage 20 (08湖北 C 篇)One August afternoon,Richard Allen dropped off his last passenger,Mrs.Carey.Lifting tw

693、o grocery bags,he followed her across the yard and stood on the step of her house.Glancing up,he saw a large wasps（黄蜂）nest under the roof.Allen had heard that wasps can become more likely to sting(sting,sting,stung 蜇)in summer.He mentioned this to Mrs.Carey,who had opened the door.“Oh,they dont both

694、er me,”she said lightly.“I go in and out all the time.”Anxiously,Allen looked at the nest again to see the wasps flying straight at him.“Hurry!”he shouted to Mrs.Carey.“Get in!”She stepped quickly inside.Allen ran for his minibus.Too late;they were upon him.Just as he jumped aboard,half a dozen red

695、spots showed on his arms,and he felt more on his back and shoulders.As he was driving down the road,Allen felt as if something was burning at the back of his neck,and the“fire”was spreading forward toward his face.An immediate anxiety took hold of him.Allen knew that stings could cause some persons

696、to die.But he had been stung the previous summer and the after-effects soon passed.However,what he didnt know was that the first sting had turned his body into a time bomb waiting for the next to set off an explosion.Miles from the nearest medical assistance,Allen began to feel his tongue thick and

697、heavy and his heartbeat louder.Most frightening,he felt his breathing more and more difficult.He reached for the radio mike(话筒),trying to call the minibus center,but his words were hardly understandable.Signals were also poor that far out.He knew a rescue team was on 24-hour duty at the Amherst Fire

698、 Departments north station.So his best chance was to make a run for it.Rushing down the mountain,Allen tried not to panic,focusing his mind on each sharp turn.He was almost through the last of them when he felt sure he was going into shock（休克）.Just then he reached for the radio mike again.“Call fire

699、 station,”he shouted,concentrating to form the words.“Emergency.Bee sting.Emergency.There in ten minutes.”“Five-ten,”the center replied.Hold on,Allen thought.Keep your eyes open.Breathe.Keep awake.At last he reached the station.Two firemen ran out.Allen felt their hands grasp him before he hit the g

700、round.You made it,he thought.69.It is mentioned in the passage that wasps are more likely to attack when _.A.there are huge noises B.strangers are approaching C.the air is filled with food smell D.the hottest season comes around 70.Allen didnt know that if stung by wasps again,he would _.A.have no a

701、fter-effects B.suffer from sharper pain C.surely lose his life D.become more sensitive 71.Allen failed at his first attempt to send his message to the minibus center because _.A.he was unable to speak clearly B.his radio equipment was poor C.he was in a state of shock D.no one was on duty 72.Which w

702、ould be the best title for the passage?A.Allen,A Helpless Driver B.Wasps,Bloody Killers C.A Race Against Death D.War Against Wasps 答案 69.D 70.C 71.A 72.C Passage 21(08陕西 A 篇)They say there are three ways to experience the Grand Canyon：on foot,on mules(骡子)or by air.We chose the first.Up early,my husb

703、and and I and our three children couldnt wait to get started.We decided to walk along a lovely path named Bright Angel Trail.As we set out,I was shocked at how narrow the path was.And I couldnt help noticing that the other tourists werent like us.They had heavy backpacks,water bottles,and hats.But a

704、s usual we were dressed.As the sun rose higher,Arizonas famous heat seemed to roast(烘烤)us.There was no shade and our legs were aching.We decided to go back,with the girl on my back and the boys far behind.By the time we finally got back,our legs were like jelly.The next day,after wed had a long rest

705、 and a good breakfast,we were ready for another view of the Canyonby air.After our last walk,this would be the easiest thing in the world.We called to each other excitedly as the plane took off and circled around the Canyon.But the smiles on our faces disappeared as the pilot tossed(翻转)the plane aro

706、und,pretending he was going to hit the ground.I shouted,“STOP,TAKE US BACK!”When we finally arrived back on land,once again our legs were like jelly.We hardly spoke as we drove back.As I said,there are three ways to view the Grand Canyon.We never tried the mules,but personally Id suggest a fourth:bu

707、y yourself a good magazine like National Geographic.That way,you can see the Canyon,without fear or tiredness.41.Which of the following is TRUE according to the second paragraph?A.They made a careful preparation before the trip.B.The children were more joyful than their parents.C.Bright Angel Trail

708、was not as lovely as they expected.D.The summer heat prevented them from enjoying the view.42.The underlined expression“our legs were like jelly”probably means .A.we were weak B.we were unhappy C.we were dissatisfied D.we were disappointed 43.Which of the following best describes their Canyon trip b

709、y air?A.It proved to be frightening.B.It was more comfortable.C.It turned out to be exciting.D.It made each of them tired.44.We can infer from the passage that .A.experiencing the Canyon on mules would be the best way B.one needs to dress less when visiting the Grand Canyon C.the writer was not seri

710、ous when she made the suggestion D.the whole family narrowly escaped from the air accident 答案 41.C 42.A 43.A 44.C Passage 22(08天津 E 篇)As kids,my friends and I spent a lot of time out in the woods.“The woods”was our part-time address,destination,purpose,and excuse.If I went to a friends house and fou

711、nd him not at home,his mother might say,“Oh,hes out in the woods,”with a tone(语气)of airy acceptance.Its similar to the tone people sometimes use nowadays to tell me that someone Im looking for is on the golf course or at the gym,or even“away from his desk.”For us ten-year-olds,“being out in the wood

712、s”was just an excuse to do whatever we feel like for a while.We sometimes told ourselves that what we were doing in the woods was exploring(探索).Exploring was a more popular idea back then than it is today.History seemed to be mostly about explorers.Our explorations,though,seemed to have less system

713、than the historic kind:something usually came up along the way.Say we stayed in the woods,throwing rocks,shooting frogs,picking blackberries,digging in what we were briefly persuaded was an Indian burial mound.Often we got“lost”and had to climb a tree to find out where we were.If you read a story in

714、 which someone does that successfully,be skeptical:the topmost branches are usually too skinny to hold weight,and we could never climb high enough to see anything except other trees.There were four or five trees that we visited regularlytall beeches,easy to climb and comfortable to sit in.It was in

715、a tree,too,that our days of fooling around in the woods came to an end.By then some of us had reached seventh grade and had begun the rough ride of adolescence(青春期).In March,the month when we usually took to the woods again after winter,two friends and I set out to go exploring.We climbed a tree,and

716、 all of a sudden it occurred to all three of us at the same time that we really were rather big to be up in a tree.Soon there would be the spring dances on Friday evenings in the high school cafeteria.52.The author and his friends were often out in the woods to _.A.spend their free time B.play golf

717、and other sports C.avoid doing their schoolwork D.keep away from their parents 53.What can we infer from Paragraph 2?A.The activities in the woods were well planned.B.Human history is not the result of exploration.C.Exploration should be a systematic activity.D.The author explored in the woods aimle

718、ssly.54.The underlined word“skeptical”in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _.A.calm B.doubtful C.serious D.optimistic 55.How does the author feel about his childhood?A.Happy but short.B.Lonely but memorable.C.Boring and meaningless.D.Long and unforgettable.答案 52.A 53.D 54.B 55.A Passage 23(08浙江 D

719、 篇)For a while,my neighborhood was taken over by an army of joggers(慢跑者).They were there all the time:early morning,noon,and evening.There were little old ladies in gray sweats,young couples in Adidas shoes,middle-aged men with red faces.“Come on!”My friend Alex encouraged me to join him as he jogge

720、d by my house every evening.“Youll feel great.”Well,I had nothing against feeling great and if Alex could jog every day,anyone could.So I took up jogging seriously and gave it a good two months of my life,and not a day more.Based on my experience,jogging is the most overvalued form of exercise aroun

721、d,and judging from the number of the people who left our neighborhood jogging army,Im not alone in my opinion.First of all,jogging is very hard on the body.Your legs and feet take a real pounding（重击）running down a road for two or three miles.I developed foot,leg,and back problems.Then I read about a

722、 nationally famous jogger who died of a heart attack while jogging,and I had something else to worry about.Jogging doesnt kill hundreds of people,but if you have any physical weaknesses,jogging will surely bring them out,as they did with me.Secondly,I got no enjoyment out of jogging.Putting one foot

723、 in front of the other for forty-five minutes isnt my idea of fun.Jogging is also a lonely pastime.Some joggers say,“I love being out there with just my thoughts.”Well,my thoughts began to bore me,and most of them were on how much my legs hurt.And how could I enjoy something that brought me pain?And

724、 that wasnt just the first week;it was practically every day for two months.I never got past the pain level,and pain isnt fun.What a cruel way to do it!So many other exercises,including walking,lead to almost the same results painlessly,so why jog?I dont jog any more,and I dont think I ever will.Im

725、walking two miles three times a week at a fast pace,and that feels good.I bicycle to work when the weather is good.Im getting exercise,and Im enjoying it at the same time.I could never say the same for jogging,and Ive found a lot of better ways to stay in shape.52.From the first paragraph,we learn t

726、hat in the writers neighborhood _.A.jogging became very popular B.people jogged only during the daytime C.Alex organized an army of joggers D.jogging provided a chance to get together 53.The underlined word“them”(Paragraph 3)most probably refers to _.A.heart attacks B.back problems C.famous joggers

727、D.physical weaknesses 54.What was the writers attitude towards jogging in the beginning?A.He felt it was worth a try.B.He was very fond of it.C.He was strongly against it.D.He thought it must be painful.55.Why did the writer give up jogging two months later?A.He disliked doing exercise outside.B.He

728、found it neither healthy nor interesting.C.He was afraid of having a heart attack.D.He was worried about being left alone.56.From the writers experience,we can conclude that_.A.not everyone enjoys jogging B.he is the only person who hates jogging C.nothing other than jogging can help people keep fit

729、 D.jogging makes people feel greater than any other sport 答案 53.D 54.A 55.B 56.A Passage 24(08全国A 篇)There was a story many years ago of a school teacherMrs.Thompson.She told the children on the first day that she loved them all the same.But that was a lie.There in the front row was a little boy name

730、d Teddy Stoddard.He didnt play well with the other children and he always needed a bath.She did not like him.Then Mrs.Thompson got to know that Teddy was actually a very good boy before the death of his mother.Mrs.Thompson was ashamed of herself.She felt even worse when,like all her other students,T

731、eddy brought her a Christmas present too.It was his mothers perfume(香水).Teddy said,“Mrs.Thompson,today you smell just like my Mom used to.”After the children left she cried for at least an hour.On that very day,she stopped teaching reading,writing and math.Instead,she began to teach children.Mrs.Tho

732、mpson paid particular attention to Teddy.The boys mind seemed to come alive.The more she encouraged him,the faster he improved.By the end of the sixth grade,Teddy had become one of the smartest children in the class.Six years went by before she got a note from Teddy.He wrote that he had finished hig

733、h school,third in his class,and she was still the best teacher he ever had in his whole life.He went to college.Mrs.Thompson got two more letters from him with the last one signed.Theodore F.Stoddard,M.D.(医学博士).The story doesnt end there.On his wedding day,Dr.Stoddard whispered in Mrs.Thompsons ear,

734、“Thank you,Mrs.Thompson,for believing in me.You made me feel important and showed me that I could make a difference.”Mrs.Thompson,with tears in her eyes,whispered back,“Teddy,you have it all wrong.You were the one who taught me that I could make a difference.I didnt know how to teach until I met you

735、.”41.What did Mrs.Thompson do on the first day of school?A.She made Teddy feel ashamed.B.She asked the children to play with Teddy.C.She changed Teddys seat to the front row.D.She told the class something untrue about herself.42.What did Mrs.Thompson find out about Teddy?A.He often told lies.B.He wa

736、s good at math.C.He needed motherly care.D.He enjoyed playing with others.43.In what way did Mrs.Thompson change?A.She taught fewer school subjects.B.She became stricter with her students.C.She no longer liked her job as a teacher.D.She cared more about educating students.44.Why did Teddy thank Mrs.

737、Thompson at his wedding?A.She had kept in touch with him.B.She had given him encouragement.C.She had sent him Christmas presents.D.She had taught him how to judge people.答案 41.D 42.C 43.D 44.B Passage 25(08上海 B 篇)Zoe Chambers was a successful PR(Public Relations)consultant and life was going wellshe

738、 had a great job,a beautiful flat and a busy social life in London.Then one evening in June last year,she received a text message telling her she was out of work.“The first two weeks were the most difficult to live through,”she said.“After everything Id done for the company,they dismissed me by text

739、!I was so angry and I just didnt feel like looking for another job.I hated everything about the city and my life.”Then,Zoe received an invitation from an old schoolfriend,Kathy,to come and stay.Kathy and her husband,Huw,had just bought a farm in northwest Wales.Zoe jumped at the chance to spend a we

740、ekend away from London,and now,ten months later,she is still on the farm.“The moment I arrived at Kathys farm,I loved it and I knew I wanted to stay,”said Zoe.“Everything about my past life suddenly seemed meaningless.”Zoe has been working on the farm since October of last year and says she has no r

741、egrets.“Its a hard life,physically very tiring,”she says.“In London I was stressed and often mentally exhausted.But this is a good,healthy tiredness.Here,all I need to put me in a good mood is a hot bath and one of Kathys wonderful dinners.”Zoe says she has never felt bored on the farm.Every day bri

742、ngs a new experience.Kathy has been teaching her how to ride a horse and she has learnt to drive a tractor.Since Christmas,she has been helping with the lambingwatching a lamb being born is unbelievable,she says,“Its one of the most moving experiences Ive ever had.I could never go back to city life

743、now.”68.When working as a PR consultant in London,Zoe thought she lived a life.A.satisfying B.tough C.meaningless D.boring 69.The most important reason why Zoe went to visit Kathys farm is that .A.Zoe lost her job as a PR consultant B.Kathy persuaded her to do so C.Zoe got tired of the city life D.Z

744、oe loved Wales more than London 70.How does Zoe feel about the country life according to the passage?A.Tiresome and troublesome.B.Romantic and peaceful.C.Mentally exhausting but healthy.D.Physically tiring but rewarding.71.Which of the following is closest to the main idea of the passage?A.A friend

745、in need is a friend indeed.B.Where there is a will,there is a way.C.A misfortune may turn out a blessing.D.Kill two birds with one stone.答案 68.A 69.A 70.D 71.C Passage 26(08重庆 A 篇)I arrived at my mothers home for our Monday family dinner.The smells of food flew over from the kitchen.Mother was pulli

746、ng out quilt(被子)after quilt from the boxes,proudly showing me their beauties.She was preparing for a quilt show at the Elmhurst Church.When we began to fold and put them back into the boxes,I noticed something at the bottom of one box.I pulled it out.“What is this?”I asked.“Oh?”Mom said,“Thats Mamas

747、 quilt.”I spread the quilt.It looked as if a group of school children had pieced it together;irregular designs,childish pictures,a crooked line on the right.“Grandmother made this?”I said,surprised.My grandmother was a master at making quilts.This certainly didnt look like any of the quilts she had

748、made.“Yes,right before she died.I brought it home with me last year and made some changes,”she said.“Im still working on it.See,this is what Ive done so far.”I looked at it more closely.She had made straight a crooked line.At the center of the quilt,she had stitched(缝)a piece of cloth with these wor

749、ds:“My mother made many quilts.She didnt get all lines straight.But I think this is beautiful.I want to see it finished.Her last quilt.”“Ooh,this is so nice,Mom,”I said.It occurred to me that by completing my grandmothers quilt,my mother was honoring her own mother.I realized,too,that I held in my h

750、ands a family treasure.It started with the loving hands of one woman,and continued with the loving hands of another.”56.Why did the author go to her mothers home?A.To see her mothers quilts.B.To help prepare for a show.C.To get together for the family dinner.D.To discuss her grandmothers life.57.The

751、 author was surprised because .A.the quilt looked very strange B.her grandmother liked the quilt C.the quilt was the best she had seen D.her mother had made some changes 58.The underlined word“crooked”in the passage most probably means .A.unfinished B.broken C.bent D.unusual 59.Which of the followin

752、g would be the best title for the passage?A.A Quilt Show B.Mothers Home C.A Monday Dinner D.Grandmothers Quilt 答案 56.C 57.A 58.C 59.D Passage 27 (08四川 E 篇)At a certain time in our lives we consider every place as the possible sites(地点)for a house.I have thus searched the country within a dozen miles

753、 of where I live.In imagination I have bought all the farms,one after another,and I knew their prices.The nearest thing that I came to actual ownership was when I bought the Hollowell place.But before the owner completed the sale with me,his wife changed her mind and wished to keep it,and he offered

754、 me additional dollars to return the farm to him.However,I let him keep the additional dollars and sold him the farm for just what I gave for it.The real attractions of the Hollowell farm to me were its position,being about two miles from the village,half a mile from the nearest neighbor,bounded(相邻)

755、on one side by the river,and separated from the highway by a wide field.The poor condition of the house and fences showed that it hadnt been used for some time.I remembered from my earliest trip up the river that the house used to be hidden behind a forest area,and I was in a hurry to buy it before

756、the owner finished getting out some rocks,cutting down the apple trees,and clearing away some young trees which had grown up in the fields.I wanted to buy it before the owner made any more improvements.But it turned out as I have said.I was not really troubled by the loss.I had always had a garden,b

757、ut I dont think I was ready for a large farm.I believe that as long as possible it is better to live free and uncommitted(无牵挂的).It makes but little difference whether you own a farm or not.51.What do we know about the author?A.He wanted to buy the oldest farm near where he lived.B.He made a study of

758、 many farms before buying.C.He made money by buying and selling farms.D.He had the money to buy the best farm in the country.52.Why did the author decide to buy the Hollowell place?A.It was of good market value.B.It was next to the highway.C.It was in a good position.D.It was behind a nice garden.53

759、.Why did the author want to buy the farm in a hurry?A.He was afraid the owner might change his mind.B.He hoped to enlarge the forest on the farm.C.He wanted to keep the farm as it was.D.He was eager to become a farm owner.54.The underlined words“the loss”in the last paragraph refer to .A.the money t

760、he author lost in buying the farm B.the sale of the garden in the Hollowell place C.the removal of the trees around the house D.the failure to possess the Hollowell place 55.What does the author believe as important in life?A.To own a farm.B.To satisfy his needs.C.To be free from worries.D.To live i

761、n the countryside.答案 51.B 52.C 53.C 54.D 55.C Passage 28(07山东 A 篇)A month after Hurricace Katrina,I returned home in New Orleans.There lay my house,reduced to waist-high rains,smelly and dirty.Before the trip,Id had my car fixed.When the office employee of the garage was writing up the bill,she noti

762、ced my Louisiana license plate.“You from New Orleans?”she asked.I said I was,“No charge.”She said,and firmly shock her head when I reached for my wallet.The next day I went for a haircut,and the same thing happened.As my wife was studying in Florida,we decided to move there and tried to find a renta

763、l house that we could afford while also paying off a mortgage（抵押贷款）on our ruined house.We looked at many places,but none was satisfactory.Wed began to accept that wed have to live in extremely reduced circumstances for a while,when I got a very curious e-mail from a James Kemmedy in California.Hed r

764、ead some pieces Id written about our sufferings for state,the online magazine and wanted to give us(“no conditions attached”)a new house across the lake from New Orleans.It sounded a good to her return,but I replied,thinking him for his exceptional generosity,then we to go back.Then the University o

765、f Florida offered to let him house to me.While he want to England on his one year,paid leave.The rent was rather reasonable.I mentioned the poets offer to James Kemdedy,and the next day he sent a check covering our entire rent for eight months.Throughout this painful experience,the kindness of stran

766、gers back my faith in humanity.Its almost worth losing you wordy possessions to be reminded that people really when given had a channel.56The garage employees attitude toward the author was that of _.Aunconcern Bsympathy Cdoubt Dtolerance 57What do we know about James Kemnedy?AHe was a written of an

767、 online magazine.BHe was a poet at the University of Florida CHe offered the author a new house free of charge.DHe learned about the authors sufferings.58It can be inferred from the text that _.Athe authors family was in financial difficulty Brents were comparatively reasonable despite the disaster

768、Chouses were difficult to find in the hurricane0stricken area Dthe mortgage on the ruined house was paid off by the bank 59The author learned from his experience that _.Aworldly possessions can be given up when necessary Bgenerosity should be encouraged in some cases Cpeople benefit from their sad s

769、tories Dhuman beings are kind after all.答案 56.B 57.C 58.A 59.D Passage 29(07全国A 篇)Growing up in Philadelphia,Lieberman started cooking with his stay-at-home dad when he was seven.His food-loving family had two kitchens,and he quickly learned what was the best way to bake his cakes.Lieberman improved

770、 his kitchen skills greatly during a year abroad before college,learning from a cook in Italy and studying local specialties（地方特色菜）in Germany,Spain and France.At Yale,he was known for throwing dinner parties,single-handedly frying and baking while mixing drinks for dozens of friends.Just for fun,he

771、and some friends decided to tape a show named Campus Cuisine about his cooking.Lieberman was a real college student showing his classmates how to do things like make drinks out of dining-hall fruit.That helped the show become very popular among the students.They would stop Lieberman after classes to

772、 ask for his advice on cooking.Tapes of the show were passed around,with which his name went beyond the school and finally to the Food Network.Food Network producer Flay hopes the young cook will find a place on the network television.He says Liebermans charisma is key.“Food TV isnt about food anymo

773、re,”says Flay.“Its about your personality（个性）and finding a way to keep peoples eyeballs on your show.”But Lieberman isnt putting all his eggs in one basket.After taping the first season of the new show,Lieberman was back in his own small kitchen preparing sandwiches.An airline company（航空公司）was looki

774、ng for someone to come up with a tasteful,inexpensive and easy-to-make menu to serve on its flights,Lieberman got the job.41.We can learn from the text that Liebermans family _.A.have relatives in Europe B.love cooking at home C.often hold parties D.own a restaurant 42.The Food Network got to know L

775、ieberman _.A.at one of his parties B.from his teachers C.through his taped show D.on a television program 43.What does the word“charisma”underlined in the text refer to?A.A natural ability to attract others.B.A way to show ones achievement.C.Liebermans after-class interest.D.Liebermans fine cooking

776、skill.44.Why did the airline company give Lieberman the job?A.He could prepare meals in a small kitchen.B.He was famous for his shows on Food TV.C.He was good at using eggs to make sandwiches.D.He could cook cheap,delicious and simple meals.45.What can we learn about Lieberman from the text?A.He is

777、clever but lonely.B.he is friendly and active.C.He enjoys traveling around.D.He often changes his menus.答案 41.B 42.C 43.A 44.D 45.B Passage 30(07全国C 篇)Odland remembers like it was yesterday working in an expensive French restaurant in Denver.The ice cream he was serving fell onto the white dress of

778、a rich and important woman.Thirty years have passed,but Odland cant get the memory out of his mind,nor the womans kind reaction（反应）.She was shocked,regained calmness and,in a kind voice,told the young Odland.“Its OK.It wasnt your fault.”When she left the restaurant,she also left the future Fortune 5

779、00 CEO（总裁）with a life lesson:You can tell a lot about a person by the way he or she treats the waiter.Odland isnt the only CEO to have made this discovery.Rather,it seems to be one of those few laws of the land that every CEO learns on the way up.Its hard to get a dozen CEOs to agree about anything,

780、but most agree with the Waiter Rule.They say how others treat the CEO says nothing.But how others treat the waiter is like a window into the soul.Watch out for anyone who pulls out the power card to say something like,“I could but this place and fire you,”or“I know the owner and I could have you fir

781、ed.”Those who say such things have shown more about their character（人品）than about their wealth and power.The CEO who came up with it,or at least first wrote it down,is Raytheon CEO Bill Swanson.He wrote a best-selling book called Swansons Unwritten Rules of Management.“A person who is nice to you bu

782、t rude to the waiter,or to others,is not a nice person,”Swanson says.“I will never offer a job to the person who is sweet to the boss but turns rude to someone cleaning the tables.”49.What happened after Odland dropped the ice cream onto the womans dress?A.He was fired.B.He was blamed.C.The woman co

783、mforted him.D.The woman left the restaurant at once.50.Odland leaned one of his life lessons from _.A.his experience as a waiter.B.the advice given by the CEOs C.an article in Fortune D.an interesting best-selling book 51.According to the text,most CEOs have the same opinion about _.A.Fortune 500 co

784、mpanies B.the Management Rules C.Swansons book D.the Waiter Rule 52.From the text we can learn that _.A.one should be nicer to important people B.CEOs often show their power before others C.one should respect others no matter who they are D.CEOs often have meals in expensive restaurants 答案 49.C 50.A

785、 51.D 52.C Passage 31(07北京 C 篇)Lying in the sun on a rock,the cougar(美洲豹)saw Jeb and his son,Tom before they saw it.Jeb put his bag down quickly and pulled his jacket open with both hands,making himself look big to the cougar,It worked.The cougar hesitated,ready to attack Jeb,but ready to forget the

786、 whole thing,too.Jeb let go of his kacked,grasped Tom and held him across his body,making a cross.Now the cougars enemy looked even bigger,and it rose up,ready to move away,but unfortunately Tom got scared and struggled free of Jeb.“Tom,no”shouted his father.But Tom brokd and ran and thats the last

787、thing you do with a cougar.The second Tom broke free,Jeb threw himself on the cougar,just as it jumped from the rock.They hit each other in mid-air and both fell,The cougar was on Jeb in a flash,fotgeiting about Tomm,which was what Jeb wanted.Cougars are not as big as most people think and a determi

788、ned manstands a chance,even with just his fists.As the cougars claws(爪子)got into his left shoulder,Jeb swung his fist at its eyes and hit hard.The animal howled（吼叫）and put its head back.Jeb followed up with his other fist.Then out of the corner of his eye.Jeb saw Tom.The boy was running back to help

789、 his father.“Knife,Tom,”shouted Jeb.The boy ran to his fathers bag,while Jeb strated shouting as well as hitting,to keep the cougars attention away from Tom.Tom got the knife and ran over to Jeb.The cougar was moving its head in and out,trying to find a way through the wall Jeb was making out of his

790、 arms.Tom swung with the knife,into the cougars back.It howled horribly and ran off into the mountains.The whole fight had taken about thirty seconds.63.Why did Jeb pull his jacket open when he saw the cougar?A.To get ready to fight B.To frighten it away C.To protect the boy D.To cool down 64.What d

791、o we know about cougars?A.They are afraid of noises B.They hesitate before they hit C.They are bigger than we think D.They like to attack running people 65.How didi Jeb try to hold the cougars attention?A.By keeping shouting and hitting B.By makding a wall out of his arms C.By throwing himself on th

792、e cougar D.By swinging his fists at the cougars eyes 66.Which of the following happened first?A.The cougar jumped from the rock B.Tom struggled free of his father C.Jeb asked Tom to get the knife D.Jeb held Tom across his body 答案 63.B 64.D 65.A 66.D Passage 32(07江苏 E 篇)Some people bring out the best

793、 in you in a way that you might never have fully realized on your own.My mom was one of those people.My father died when I was nine months old,making my mom a single mother at the age of eighteen.While I was growing up,we lived a very hard life.We had little money,but my mom gave me a lot of love.Ea

794、ch night,she sat me on her lap and spoke the words that would change my life,“Kemmons,you are certain to be a great man and you can do anything in life if you work hard enough to get it.”At fourteen,I was hit by a car and the doctors said I would never walk again.Every day,my mother spoke to me in h

795、er gentle,loving voice,telling me that no matter what those doctors said,I could walk again if I wanted to badly enough.She drove that message so deep into my heart that I finally believed her.A year later,I returned to school walking on my own!When the Great Depression(大萧条)hit,my mom lost her job.T

796、hen I left school to support the both of us.At that moment,I was determined never to be poor again.Over the years,I experienced various levels of business success.But the real turning point occurred on a vacation I took with my wife and five kids in 1951.I was dissatisfied with the second-class hote

797、ls available for families and was angry that they charged an extra$2 for each child.That was too expensive for the average American family.I told my wife that I was going to open a motel(汽车旅馆)for families that would never charge extra for children.There were plenty of doubters at that time.Not surpr

798、isingly,mom was one of my strongest supporters.She worked behind the desk and even designed the room style.As in any business,we experienced a lot of challenges.But with my mothers words deeply rooted in my soul,I never doubted we would succeed.Fifteen years later,we had the largest hotel system in

799、the world Holiday Inn.In 1979 my company had 1,759 inns in more than fifty countries with an income of$1 billion a year.You may not have started out life in the best situation.But if you can find a task in life worth working for and believe in yourself,nothing can stop you.71.What Kemmons mom often

800、told him during his childhood was _.A.caring B.moving C.encouraging D.interesting 72.According to the author,who played the most important role in making him walk back to school again?A.Doctors.B.Nurses.C.Friends.D.Mom.73.What caused Kemmons to start a motel by himself?A.His terrible experience in t

801、he hotel.B.His previous business success of various levels.C.His moms support.D.His wifes suggestion.74.Which of the following best describes Kemmons mother?A.Modest,helpful,and hard-working.B.Loving,supportive and strong-willed.C.Careful,helpful and beautiful.D.Strict,sensitive and supportive.75.Wh

802、ich of the following led to Kemmons success according to the passage?A.Self-confidence,hard work,higher education and a poor family.B.Moms encouragement,clear goals,self-confidence and hard work.C.Clear goals,moms encouragement,a poor family and higher education.D.Moms encouragement,a poor family,hi

803、gher education and opportunities.答案 71.C 72.D 73.A 74.B 75.B Passage 33(07重庆 A 篇)The very wealthy English Baron Fitzgerald had only one child,a son,who understandably was the apple of his eye.His wife died when the child was in his early teens.So Fitzgerald devoted himself to fathering the kid.Unfor

804、tunately the son died in his late teens.Meanwhile,Fitzgeralds wealth greatly increased.He spent a lot on art works of the masters.Later Fitzgerald himself became seriously ill.Before his death,he had carefully prepared his will as to how his wealth would be settled-to sell his entire collection at a

805、n auction(拍卖）.Because of the large quantity and high quality of his collection,a huge crowd of possible buyers gathered for the auction.Many of them were museum directors and private collectors eager to bid（出价）.Before the auction,the art works were shown,among which was a painting of Fitzgeralds son

806、 by an unknown artist.Because of its poor quality,it received little attention.When it was time for the auction,the auctioneer gaveled（敲槌）the crowd to attention.First the lawyer read from Fitzgeralds will that the first art work to be auctioned was the painting of his son.The poor-quality painting d

807、idnt receive any bidders.except one-the old servant who had served the son and loved him,and who for emotional reasons offered the only bid.As soon as the servant bought the painting for less than one English pound,the auctioneer stopped the bidding and asked the lawyer to read again from the will.T

808、he crowd became quiet,and the lawyer read from the will:“Whoever buys the painting of my son gets all my collection.”Then the auction was over.56.The English Baron Fitzgerald was _.A.a museum director B.a master of art C.an art collector D.an art dealer 57.Why did the old servant bid for the paintin

809、g of Fitzgeralds son?A.He was devoted to the family.B.He saw that no one bid for it.C.He knew the content of the will.D.He found it cheap for him to buy.58.Fitzgeralds will showed _.A.his desire to fool the bidders B.his invaluable love for his son C.his sadness at the death of his son D.his regret

810、of having no children to take over his wealth 答案 56.C 57.A 58.B Passage 34(07辽宁 D 篇)All her life,my mother wanted busy children.It was very important that her house should remain at all times clean and tidy.You could turn your hack for a moment in my mother s house,leave a half-written letter on the

811、 dining room table,a magazine open on the chair,and turn around to find that my mother had put it back where it belonged,”as she explained.My wife,on one of her first visits to my mother s house,placed a packet of biscuits on an end table and went to the kitchen to fetch a drink.When she returned,sh

812、e found the packet had been removed.Confused(疑惑的),she set down her drink and went back to the kitchen for more biscuits,only to return to find that her drink had disappeared.Up to then she had guessed that everyone in my family held onto their drinks,so as not to make water rings on the end tables.N

813、ow she knows better.These disappearances had a confusing effect on our family.We were all inclined to(有的倾向)forgetfulness.And it was common for one of us,upon returning from the bathroom,to find that every sigh of his work in progress had disappeared suddenly.“Do you remember what I was doing was a q

814、uestion frequently asked,but rarely answered.Now my sister has developed a second-hand love of clean windows,and my brother does the cleaning in his house,perhaps to avoid having to be the one to hit his feet.I try not to think about it too much,but I have at this later time started to dust the furn

815、iture once a week 68.Which of the following is TRUE about my mother?A.She enjoyed removing others drinks.B.She became more and more forgetful.C.She preferred to do everything by herself.D.She wanted to keep her house in good order.69.Sly wife could not find her biscuits and drink in my mother a hous

816、e because A.she had already finished them B.my mother had taken them away C.she forgot where she had left them D.someone in my family was holding them 70.The underlined part in the fifth paragraph suggests that my sister _ A.is happy to clean windows B.loves to dean used windows C.is fond of clean u

817、sed windows D.likes clean windows as my mother did 71.This passage mainly tells us that _ A.my mother often made us confused B.my family members had a poor memory C.my mother helped us to form a good habit D.my wife was surprised when she visited my mother.答案 68.D 69.B 70.D 71.C Passage 35(07浙江 E 篇)

818、I began working in journalism(新闻工作)when I was eight.It was my mothers idea.She wanted me to“make something”of myself,and decided I had better start young if I was to have any chance of keeping up with the competition.With my load of magazines I headed toward Belleville Avenue.The crowds were there.T

819、here were two gas stations on the corner of Belleville and Union.For several hours I made myself highly visible,making sure everyone could see me and the heavy black letters on the bag that said THE SATURDAY EVENING POST.When it was suppertime,I walked back home.“How many did you sell,my boy?”my mot

820、her asked.“None.”“Where did you go?”“The corner of Belleville and Union Avenues.”“What did you do?”“Stood on the corner waiting for somebody to buy a Saturday Evening Post.”“You just stood there?”“Didnt sell a single one.”“My God,Russell!”Uncle Allen put in,“Well,Ive decided to take the Post.”I hand

821、ed him a copy and he paid me a nickle(五分镍币).It was the first nickle I earned.Afterwards my mother taught me how to be a salesman.I would have to ring doorbells,address adults with self-confidence(自信),and persuade them by saying that no one,no matter how poor,could afford to be without the Saturday E

822、vening Post in the home.One day,I told my mother Id changed my mind.I didnt want to make a success in the magazine business.“If you think you can change your mind like this,”she replied,“youll become a good-for-nothing.”She insisted that,as soon as school was over,I should start ringing doorbells,se

823、lling magazines.Whenever I said no,she would scold me.My mother and I had fought this battle almost as long as I could remember.My mother,dissatisfied with my fathers plain workmans life,determined that I would not grow up like him and his people.But never did she expect that,forty years later,such

824、a successful journalist as me would go back to her husbands people for true life and love.56.Why did the boy start his job young?A.He wanted to be famous in the future.B.The job was quite easy for him.C.His mother had high hopes for him.D.The competiton for the job was fierce.57.From the dialogue be

825、tween the boy and his mother,we learn that the mother was _.A.excited B.interested C.ashamed D.disappointed 58.What did the mother do when the boy wanted to give up?A.She forced him to continue.B.She punished him.C.She gave him some money.D.She changed her plan.59.What does the underlined phrase“thi

826、s battle”(last paragraph)refer to?A.The war between the boys parents.B.The arguing between the boy and his mother.C.The quarrel between the boy and his customers.D.The fight between the boy and his father.60.What is the text mainly about?A.The early life of a journalist.B.The early success of a jour

827、nalist.C.The happy childhood of the writer.D.The important role of the writer in his family.答案 56.C 57.D 58.A 59.B 60.A Passage 36(07湖北 A 篇)Karen,grown up in a very traditional family in the western United States,maintained high moral(道德的)standars throughout her youth.In 1984,at the age of 23,she ma

828、rried Bill.They were blessed with two children,a boy and a girl.By 1991 their love had deepened,and they were happy.Later that year,Bill developed a white spot on his tongue.He visited a doctor.One day shortly after that,Bill called Karen to sit beside him.He said with tears in his eyes that he love

829、d her and wanted to live forever with her.The doctor suspected that he had been infected with HIV,the virus that leads to AIDS.The family was tested.Bill and Karens results were positive.Bill had become infected before he met Katen;then he passed the virns on to Karen.The childrens results were nega

830、tive.Within three years,Bill was dead.“I dont know how to express what it is like to watch the once handsome man you love and intend to live with forever dying slowly.I cried many nights.He died three months short of ten years of our marriage,”says Karen.Though a doctor told Karen that she would soo

831、n follow her husband into death,she is still alive.The infection has progressed to the early stages of AIDS.Karen is but one of about 30 million people now living with HIV/AIDS,a figure larger than the combined populations of Australia.Ireland and Paraguay.According to one UN report,Africa has 21 mi

832、llion of these victims.By the turn of the century that number could reach 40 million and the disease will bring on the greatest disaster in human history.Of the wolds sexually active adults aged 15 to 49,1 in 100 has already been infected with HIV.Of these,only 1 in 10 realizes that he or she is inf

833、ected.In some parts of Africa,25 percent of the adults are infected.Since the beginning of the spread of AIDS in 1981,about 11.7 million people have died of it.It is roughly calculated that in 1997 alone,about 2,3 million people died of it.Nevertheless,there are fresh reasons for optimism in the bat

834、tle against AIDS.During the past few years,there has been a drop in new AIDS cases in wealthy nations.In addition,promising drugs hold out hope of better health and longer life.61.By telling the story of Karen,the author intends to .A.were people against high risk behaviors B.stress the importance o

835、f medical tests C.express sympathy for AIDS victims D.show the consequences of AIDS 62.The underlined part in Paragraph 1 most probably means“”.A.were lucky in having B.were asked to adopt C.regretted having D.gave birth to 63.Bill was suspected of being infected with HIV after .A.he got married to

836、Karen B.the family members were tested C.Karen persuaded him to see the doctor D.he found something wrong with his tongue 64.It can be concluded from the passage that .A.promising drugs will soon stop AIDS B.the spread of AIDS could be controlled C.it is hopeless to win the battle against AIDS D.the

837、 death rate of AIDS patients has been reduced 答案 61.D 62.A 63.D 64.B Passage 37(07江西 A 篇)I first went to Harrow in the summer term.The school had the biggest swimming pool I had ever seen.It was a good joke to come up behind a naked boy,and push him into the pool.I made quite a habit of this with bo

838、ys of my own size or less.One day I saw a boy wrapped in a towel on the side of the pool.He was no bigger than I was,so I thought him a fair game.Coming secretly behind,I pushed him in,holding on to his towel so that it would not get wet,I was surprised to see an angry face come out from the water,a

839、nd a being of great strength masking its way by face strokes(猛力地划)to the shore.I fled,but in vain.He overtok me,seized me violently,and threw me into the deepest part of ther pool.I soon climbed out on the other side,and found myself surrounded by a crowd of younger boys.“Do you know what you have d

840、one?”they said,“Its Amery;he is in Grade Six.He is champion at gym,he has got his football honor.”I was frightened and felt ashamed.How could I tell his position when be was wrapped in a bath towel and so small.”He didnt seem pleased at all,so I added in a most brilliant word,“My father,who is a gre

841、at man,is also small.”At this be laughed,and after some general words about my rude behavior and how I had better be careful in the future,signified the incident was closed.56.The writer thought Amery“a fair game”because the boy .A.looked like an animal B.was fond of games C.was of similar size D.wa

842、s good at sports 57.The writer felt“ashamed”because .A.he was laughted at by other boys B.Amery turned out to be in the same grade C.he pushed Amery hard and hurt him D.he played a joke on an outstanding athlete 58.By saying“My father,who is a great man,is also small”,the write .A.tried to please Am

843、ery B.challenged Amery C.threatened Amery D.admired his father 59.Which of the following is TRUE?A.The writer could run faster than Amery.B.The writer liked playing on boys of all sizes.C.Amery was a student in Grade Four.D.Amery forgave the writer for his rude behavior.答案 56.C 57.D 58.A 59.D Passag

844、e 38(07四川 B 篇)Jim suffered heart problems.In conversation he expressed little joy and it seemed that his life was drawing to a close.When his heart problems led to operation,Jim went through it successfully,and a full recovery was expected.Within days,however,his heart was not beating properly.Jim w

845、as rushed back to operation,but nothing was found to explain the cause of his illness.He died on the operating table on the day before his 48th birthday.Dr.Bruce Smoller,a psychologist(心理学家),had had many conversations with him,and the more he learned,the stranger he realized Jims case was.When Jim w

846、as a child,his father,a teacher,suffered a heart attack and stayed home to recover.One morning Jim asked his father to look over his homework,promising to come home from school at noon to pick it up.His father agreed,but when Jim returned his father had died.Jims father was 48.I think all his life J

847、im believed he killed his father,Dr.Smoller says.He felt that if he had not asked him to look at his homework,his father would have lived.Jim had been troubled by the idea.The operation was the trial(判决)he had expected for forty years.Smoller believes that Jim willed himself not to live to the age o

848、f 48.Jims case shows the powerful role that attitude(态度)plays in physical health,and that childhood experiences produce far-reaching effect on the health of grown-ups.Although most cases are less direct than Jims,studies show that childhood events,besides genes,may well cause such midlife diseases a

849、s cancer,heart disease and mental illness.59.Jim was sent back to operation because _.A.his heart didnt work well B.he expected a full recovery C.his life was drawing to a close D.the first one wasnt well performed 60.What made Dr.Smoller feel strange about Jims case?A.Jim died at a young age.B.Jim

850、died on the operating table.C.Both Jim and his father died of the same disease.D.Jims death is closely connected with his fathers.61.From Smollers words,we can infer that _.A.Jims father cared little about his study B.Smoller agreed that Jim did kill his father C.Jim thought he would be punished som

851、e day D.Smoller believed Jim wouldnt live to the age of 48 答案 59.A 60.D 61.C Passage 39(07四川 E 篇)I entered high school having read hundreds of books.But I was not a good reader.Merely bookish,I lacked a point of view when I read.Rather,I read in order to get a point of view.I searched books for good

852、 expressions and sayings,pieces of information,ideas,themesanything to enrich my thought and make me feel educated.When one of my teachers suggested to his sleepy tenth-grade English class that a person could not have a complicated(复杂的)idea until he had read at least two thousand books,I heard the w

853、ords without recognizing either its irony(嘲讽)or its very complicated truth.I merely determined to make a list of all the books I had ever read.Strict with myself,I included only once a title I might have read several times.(How,after all,could one read a book more than once?)And I included only thos

854、e books over a hundred pages in length.(Could anything shorter be a book?)There was yet another high school list I made.One day I came across a newspaper article about an English professor at a nearby state college.The article had a list of the hundred most important books of Western Civilization.Mo

855、re than anything else in my life,the professor told the reporter with finality,these books have made me all that I am.That was the kind of words I couldnt ignore(忽视).I kept the list for the several months it took me to read all of the titles.Most books,of course,I hardly understood.While reading Pla

856、tos The Republic,for example,I needed to keep looking at the introduction of the book to remind myself what the text was about.However,with the special patience and superstition(迷信)of a schoolboy,I looked at every word of the text.And by me time I reached the last word,pleased,I persuaded myself tha

857、t I had read The Republic,and seriously crossed Plato off my list.71.On heating the teachers suggestion of reading,the writer thought_.A.one must read as many books as possible B.a student should not have a complicated idea C.it was impossible for one to read two thousand books D.students ought to m

858、ake a list of the books they had read 72.While at high school,the writer_.A.had plans for reading B.learned to educate himself C.only read books over 100 pages D.read only one book several times 73.The underlined phrase with finality probably means A.firmly B.clearly C.proudly D.pleasantly 74.The wr

859、iters purpose in mentioning The Republic is to_.A.explain why it was included in the list B.describe why he seriously crossed it off the list C.show that he read the books blindly though they were hard to understand D.prove that he understood most of it because he had looked at every word 75.The wri

860、ter provides two book lists to _.A.show how he developed his point of view B.tell his reading experience at high school C.introduce the two persons reading methods D.explain that he read many books at high school 答案 71.A 72.A 73.A 74.C 75.B Passage 40(06全国B 篇)Many years ago,when I was fresh out of s

861、chool and working in Denver,I was driving to my parents home in Missouri for Christmas.I stopped at a gas station(加油站)about 50 miles from Oklahoma City,where I was planning to stop and visit a friend.While I was standing in line at the cash register(收款台),I said hello to an older couple who were also

862、 paying for gas.I took off,but had gone only a few miles when black smoke poured from the back of my car.I stopped and wondered what I should do.A car pulled up behind me.It was the couple I had spoken to at the gas station.They said they would take me to my friends.We chatted on the way into the ci

863、ty,and when I got out of the car,the husband gave me his business card.I wrote him and his wife a thank-you note for helping me.Soon afterward,I received a Christ-mas present from them.Their note that came with it said that helping me had made their holidays meaningful.Years later,I drove to a meeti

864、ng in a nearby town in the morning.In late afternoon I returned to my car and found that Id left the lights on all day,and the battery(电池)was dead.Then I noticed that the Friendly Ford dealershipa shop selling carswas right next door.I walked over and found two salesmen in the showroom.“Just how fri

865、endly is Friendly Ford?”I asked and explained my trouble.They quickly drove a pickup truck to my car and started it.They would accept no payment,so when I got home,I wrote them a note to say thanks.I received a letter back from one of the salesmen.No one had ever taken the time to write him and say

866、thank you,and it meant a lot,he said.“Thank you”two powerful words.Theyre easy to say and mean so much.60The author planned to stop at Oklahoma City _.Ato visit a friend Bto see his parents Cto pay or the cash register Dto have more gas for his car 61The words“took off”underlined in Paragraph 2 mean

867、“_”.Aturned off Bmoved off Cput up Dset up 62What happened when the author found smoke coming out of his car?AHe had it pulled back to the gas station.BThe couple sent him a business card.CThe couple offered to help him.DHe called his friend for help.63The battery of the authors car was dead because

868、 _.Asomething went wrong with the lights Bthe meeting lasted a whole day Che forgot to turn off the lights Dhe drove too long a distance 64By telling his own experiences,the author tries to show _.Ahow to write a thank-you letter Bhow to deal with car problems Cthe kind-heartedness of older people D

869、the importance of expressing thanks 答案 60.A 61.B 62.C 63.C 64.D Passage 41(06全国A 篇)My friend,Emma Daniels,spent the summer of 1974 traveling in Israel.During her month-long stay in Jerusalem she often went to a caf called Chocolate Soup.It was run by two men,one of whomAlexused to live in Montreal.O

870、ne morning when Emma went in for coffee,while chatting with her new friend Alex,she mentioned that she had just finished the book she was reading and had nothing else to read.Alex said he had a wonderful book she might like,and that hed be happy to lend it to her.As he lived just above the caf,he qu

871、ickly ran up to get it.The book he handed to Emma just minutes later was Markings,a book by a former SecretaryGeneral of the United Nations(UN).Emma had never read it,nor had she ever bought a copy.But,when she opened it up,she was floored to see her own name and address inside the cover in her own

872、handwriting(笔迹).It turned out that the summer before,at a concert back in Montreal,Emma had met a Californian who was in town visiting friends.They decided to exchange(交换)addresses,but neither of them had any paper.The man opened up a book he was carrying in his backpack(背包)and asked Emma to write h

873、er name and address inside.When he returned to California,he left the book behind in Montreal,and his friend Alex kept it.When Alex later moved to Jerusalem,he took the book along.41Alex lent Emma the book,Markings,.Ato show his friendliness to her Bto show his interest in reading Cto tell her about

874、 the importance of the UN Dto let her write her name and address inside 42How did Emma feel the moment she opened the book?APleased.BSatisfied.CWorried.DSurprised.43We can learn from the text that the Californian .Amet Emma at a concert Binvited Emma to a concert Cintroduced Emma to his friend Dleft

875、 Emma his backpack 44Who was supposed to be the first owner of the book?AAn official of the UN.BA coffee shop owner.CA friend of the authors.DAlexs friend from California.答案 41.A 42.D 43.A 44.D Passage 42(06全国C 篇)When I learned that my 71-year-old mother was playing Scrabble a word game against hers

876、elf,I knew I had to do something.My husband suggested we give her a computer to play against.I wasnt sure my mother was ready for it After all,it had taken 15 years to persuade her to buy an electric cooker.Even so,we packed up our old computer and delivered it to my parents home.And so began my mot

877、hers adventure in the world of computers.It also marked the beginning of an unusual teaching task for me.Ive taught people of all ages,but I never thought I would be teaching my mother how to do anything.She has been the one teach-ing me all my life:to cook and sew:to enjoy the good times and put up

878、 with the bad.Now it was my turn to give something back.It wasnt easy at the beginning.There was so much to explain and to introduce.Slowly but surely,my mother caught on,making notes in a little notebook.After a few months of Scrabble and other games,I decided it was time to introduce her to word p

879、rocessing（文字处理）This proved to be a bigger challenge（挑战）to her,so I gave her some homework I asked her to write me a letter,using different letter types,colors and spaces.“Are you this demanding with your kindergarten pupils?”she asked.“No,of course not,”I said.“They already know how to use a compute

880、r.”My mother isnt the only one experiencing a fast personal growth period.Thanks to the computer,my father has finally got over his phone allergy（过敏反应）.For as long as I can remember,any time I called,my mother would answer.Dad and I have had more phone conversations in the last two months than weve

881、had in the past 20 years.49What does the author do?AShe is a cook.BShe is a teacher.CShe is a housewife.DShe is a computer engineer.50The author decided to give her mother a computer .Ato let her have more chances to write letters Bto support her in doing her homework Cto help her through the bad ti

882、mes Dto make her life more enjoyable 51The author asked her mother to write her a letter .Abecause her mother had stopped using the telephone Bbecause she wanted to keep in touch with her mother Cso that her mother could practice what she had learned Dso that her mother could be free from housework

883、52After the computer was brought home,the authors father .Alost interest in cooking Btook more phone calls Cplayed more games Dbegan to use it 答案 49.B 50.D 51.C 52.B Passage 43(06北京 B 篇)I was 9 years old when I found out my father was ill.It was 1994,but I can remember my mothers words as if it were

884、 yesterday:“Kerrel,I dont want you to take food from your father,because he has AIDS.Be very careful when you are around him.”AIDS wasnt something we talked about in my country when I was growing up.From then on,I knew that this would be a family secret.My parents were not together anymore,and my da

885、d lived alone.For a while,he could take care of himself.But when I was 12,his condition worsened.My fathers other children lived far away,so it fell to me to look after him.We couldnt afford all the necessary medication for him,and because Dad was unable to work,I had no money for school supplies an

886、d often couldnt even buy food for dinner.I would sit in class feeling completely lost,the teachers words muffled as I tried to figure out how I was going to manage.I did not share my burden(负担)with anyone.I had seen how people reacted to AIDS.Kids laughed at classmates who had parents with the disea

887、se.And even adults could be cruel.When my father was moved to the hospital,the nurses would leave his food on the bedside table even though he was too weak to feed himself.I had known that he was going to die,but after so many years of keeping his condition a secret.I was completely unprepared when

888、he reached his final days.Sad and hopeless,I called a woman at the nonprofit National AIDS Support.That day,she kept me on the phone for hours.I was so lucky to find someone who cared.She saved my life.I was 15 when my father died.He took his secret away with him,having never spoken about AIDS to an

889、yone,even me.He didnt want to call attention to AIDS.I do.60.What does Kerrel tell us about her father?A.He had stayed in the hospital since he fell ill.B.He depended on the nurses in his final days.C.He worked hard to pay for his medication.D.He told no one about his disease.61.What can we learn fr

890、om the underlined sentence?A.Kerrel couldnt understand her teacher.B.Kerrel had special difficulty in hearing.C.Kerrel was too troubled to focus on the lesson.D.Kerrel was too tired to bear her teachers words.62.Why did Kerrel keep her fathers disease a secret?A.She was afraid of being looked down u

891、pon.B.She thought it was shameful to have AIDS.C.She found no one willing to listen to her.D.She wanted to obey her mother.63.Why did Kerrel write the passage?A.To tell people about the sufferings of her father.B.To show how little people knew about AIDS.C.To draw peoples attention to AIDS.D.To reme

892、mbered her father.答案 60.D 61.C 62.A 63.C Passage 44(06广东 A 篇)Scientific experiments can sometimes go wrong and when they do the results may range from the disastrous to the troubling.One such experiment took place in South America about fifty years ago.Whether its final consequences will cause serio

893、us damage or nothing more than a small trouble still remains to be seen.The story began in 1956 when an American scientist working in Brazil decided to solve the problem of increasing the productivity of that countrys bees.He imported a very active type of African bee from Tanzania and mated (交配)it

894、with the more easy-going native variety to produce a new kind of bees.The new bees worked harder and produced twice as much honey.It seemed that Professor Kerr,for that was the scientists name,had a total success on his hands.Then things began to go wrong.For some reason as yet unseen,but perhaps as

895、 a result of something in their environment,the new bees began to develop extremely attacking personalities.They became bad-tempered and easy to be angry,attacked the native bees and drove them from their living places.But worse was to follow.Having taken over the countryside,the new bees,with their

896、 dangerous stings(叮),began to attack its neighbours-cats,dogs,horses,chickens and finally man himself.A long period of terror began that has so far killed a great number of animals and about 150 human beings.This would have been bad enough if the bees had stayed in Brazil.But now they are on the mov

897、e,heading northwards in countless millions towards Central and North America,and moving at the alarming speed of 200 miles a year.The countries that lie in their path are naturally worried because it looks as if nothing can be done to stop them.56.The results of the South American experiment .A.have

898、 caused a serious trouble B.have proved to be wrong C.are not yet certain D.are not important 57.The experiment mentioned in this passage was designed to .A.increase the amount of honey in Brazil B.make Brazilian bees more easy-going C.increase the number of bees in Brazil D.make African bees less a

899、ctive 58.Which of the following may be the cause of the new bees attacking personalities?A.Their production of honey.B.Their hard work.C.Their living environment.D.Their bad temper.59.The last paragraph implies that .A.the bees have been driven to Central and North America B.the bees may bring about

900、 trouble in more countries C.the bees must be stopped from moving north D.the bees prefer to live in Brazil 答案 56.C 57.A 58.C 59.B Passage 45(06广东 B 篇)Hes an old cobbler (修鞋匠)with a shop in the Marais,a historic area in Paris.When I took him my shoes,he at first told me:“I havent time.Take them to t

901、he other fellow on the main street;hell fix them for you right away.”But Id had my eye on his shop for a long time.Just looking at his bench loaded with tools and pieces of leather,I knew he was a skilled craftsman (手艺人).“No,”I replied,“the other fellow cant do it well.”“The other fellow”was one of

902、those shopkeepers who fix shoes and make keys“while-U-wait”-without knowing much about mending shoes or making keys.They work carelessly,andwhen they have finished sewing back a sandal strap(鞋带)you might as well just throw away the pair.My man saw I wouldnt give in,and he smiled.He wiped his hands o

903、n his blue apron(围裙),looked at my shoes,had me write my name on one shoe with a piece of chalk and said,“Come back in a week.”I was about to leave when he took a pair of soft leather boots off a shelf.“See what I can do?”he said with pride.“Only three of us in Paris can do this kind of work.”When I

904、got back out into the street,the world seemed brand-new to me.He was something out of an ancient legend,this old craftsman with his way of speaking familiarly,his very strange,dusty felt hat,his funny accent from who-knows-where and,above all,his pride in his craft.These are times when nothing is im

905、portant but the bottom line,when you can do things any old,way as long as it“pays”,when,in short,people look on work as a path to ever-increasing consumption (消费)rather than a way to realize their own abilities.In such a period it is a rare comfort to find a cobbler who gets his greatest satisfactio

906、n from pride in a job well done.60.Which of the following is true about the old cobbler.?A.He was equipped with the best repairing tools.B.He was the only cobbler in the Marais.C.He was proud of his skills.D.He was a native Parisian.61.The sentence“He was something out of an ancient legend.”(paragra

907、ph 7)implies that A.nowadays you can hardly find anyone like him B.it was difficult to communicate with this man C.the man was very strange D.the man was too old 62.According to the author,many people work just to .A.realize their abilities B.gain happiness C.make money D.gain respect 63.This story

908、wants to tell us that .A.craftsmen make a lot of money B.whatever you do,do it well C.craftsmen need self-respect D.people are born equal 答案 60.C 61.A 62.C 63.B Passage 46(06重庆 A 篇)When I was in the third grade,I was picked to be the princess(公主)in the school play.For weeks my mother had helped me p

909、ractice my lines.But once onstage,every word disappeared from my head.Then my teacher told me she had written a narrators(解说者的)part for the play,and asked me to change roles.Though I didnt tell my mother what had happened that day,she sensed my unhappiness and asked if I wanted to take a walk in the

910、 yard.It was a lovely spring day.We could see dandelions(蒲公英)popping through the grass in bunches,as if a painter had touched our landscape with bits of gold.I watched my mother carelessly bend down by one of the bunches.“I think I am going to dig up all these weeds,”she said.“From now on,well have

911、only roses in this garden.”“But I like dandelions,”I protested.“All flowers are beautifuleven dandelions!”My mother looked at me seriously.“Yes,every flower gives pleasure in its own way,doesnt it?”she asked thoughtfully.I nodded.“And that is true of people,too,”she added.When I realized that she ha

912、d guessed my pain,I started to cry and told her the truth.“But you will be a beautiful narrator,”she said,reminding me of how much I loved to read stories aloud to her.Over the next few weeks,with her continuous encouragement,I learned to take pride in the role.The big day finally came.A few minutes

913、 before the play,my teacher came over to me.“Your mother asked me to give this to you,”she said,handing me a dandelion.After the play,I took home the flower,laughing that I was perhaps the only person who would keep such a weed.56The girl did not play the role of the princess mainly because .Ashe fe

914、lt nervous on the stage Bshe lost her interest in that role Cshe preferred the role of the narrator Dshe had difficulty memorizing her words 57Why did the mother suggest a walk in the garden?ATo remove the dandelions BTo enjoy the garden scene.CTo have a talk with her daughter.DTo help her daughter

915、with the play.58What is the main idea of the story?AEverybody can find his or her own way to success.BEverybody has his or her own value in the world.CEverybody should learn to play different roles.DEverybody has some unforgettable memory.答案 56.A 57.C 58.B Passage 47(06江苏 A 篇)The Marches were a happ

916、y family.Poverty,hard work,and even the fact that Father March was away with the Union armies could not down the spirits of Meg,Jo,Beth,Amy,and Marmee,as the March girls called their mother.The March sisters tried to be good but had their share of faults.Pretty Meg was often displeased with the scho

917、olchildren she taught;boyish Jo was easy to become angry;golden-haired schoolgirl Amy liked to show up;but Beth,who kept the house,was loving and gentle always.The happy days passed and darkness came when a telegram arrived for Mrs.March.“Your husband is very ill,”it said,“come at once.”The girls tr

918、ied to be brave when their mother left for the front.They waited and prayed.Little Beth got scarlet fever(猩红热)when she was taking care of a sick neighbor.She became very ill but began to recover by the time Marnee was back.When Father came home from the front and at that joyful Christmas dinner they

919、 were once more all together.Three years later the March girls had grown into young womanhood.Meg became Mrs.Brooke,and after a few family troubles got used to her new state happily.Jo had found pleasure in her literary efforts.Amy had grown into a young lady with a talent for design and an even gre

920、ater one for society.But Beth had never fully regained her health,and her family watched her with love and anxiety.Amy was asked to go and stay in Europe with a relative of the Mareches.Jo went to New York and became successful in her writing and had the satisfaction of seeing her work published the

921、re.But at home the bitterest blow was yet to fall.Beth had known for some time that she couldnt live much longer to be with her family,and in the springtime she died.News came from Europe that Amy and Laurie,the grandson of a wealthy neighbor,had planned to be married soon.Now Jo became ever more su

922、ccessful in her writing and got married to Professor Bhaer,and soon afterwards founded a school for boys.And so the little women had grown up and lived happily with their children,enjoying the harvest of love and goodness that they had devoted all their lives to.56The members of the March family wer

923、e Father March,Mrs,March and their .Afour daughters Bfive daughters Cson and four daughters Dson and five daughters 57Who was the most successful in career(事业)among the March girls?AJo.BBeth.CAmy.DMeg.58Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?AThe March Family.BThe March Paren

924、ts.CThe March Girls.DThe March Relatives.59It can be inferred from the passage that the March family had .Aboth happiness and sadness Bwealthy neighbors Cmore girls than boys Da lot of rich relatives 答案 56.A 57.A 58.C 59.A Passage 48(06江西 A 篇)The incident took place on Sunday，the 25th Of JuneOn that

925、 particular day，a south wind had been gusting(劲吹)on and off all morningIt was not strong enough to cause us any concern，so we carried on our daily work not suspecdng what was about to happon The storm gaveus very little warnningBlack clouds loomed over the distant horizon(地平线)so suddenly that we wer

926、e taken by surpriseEven then，we were not really worried，as the clouds seemed to be moving over our house and towards the distant moountainsThen，just as the clouds had moved inland，the wind suddenly swung around in a full circle and we were facing a major storm Instantly，we were busily preaparing for

927、 the worst The whole family had experienced such a storm before and evelyone remembered the damage it had caused to stock and cropsThere was very little we could do about tbe corps.But we needcd to protect the animals in case the river flooded againMy older brother called his sheep-dog and began dri

928、ving our small flock of sheep to higher ground above riverIf the river flooded，they should be safe there In the meantime，my father was mending a shed roof that had partly fallen down after many years of fine serviceIf the tin flew off，it could damage the house My younger brother began hurriedly carr

929、ying firewood under the shelterMy job was to help Mum board up the windowsIf the storm developde into a cyclone(旋风)，the boalds would protect the glass.Thc storm raged for four hours，pouring more rain on us than we had seen in the last five yearsAs expectcd the river borke its banks and came slowly u

930、p towards the house and the stock Then，jnst as we were beginning to lose hope，the storm stopped as suddenly as it had begunThe animals were safe，and the roof was still nailed on “All，s weU that ends well,Said my mother.56When the black clouds appeared suddenly in the distance.Athe family were surpri

931、sed Bthey were extremely worried C.they were preparing fOr the worst Dthey faced the storm bravely 57“There was very little we could do about the crops indicates that Alittle damage would be done to the crops Bthey had everything ready for the crops Cthey felt unablet to protect the crops Dthe crops

932、 should be safe enough there 58The underlined wordstock in the third paragraph refers to A.money owned by the family Bgoods for sale Csuppplies for family use Dfarm animals 59It can be inferred from what the mother said that Athey had no damage at all Beverything went beyond their expectation C.ever

933、ything was under control Dthe family could have suffered a greater loss 答案 56.A 57.C 58.D 59.D Passage 49(06江西 B 篇)Buster Brown waw a thief-and a good one，too，he thought Hed never been caught by the police because he never took chances He was always Prepared for any unforeseen event or emergency.Con

934、fidently，he stood outside the house Of his intended victim(受害者)and read the sign On the front gate of the house“Dont worry about the dogbe aware of the owner!”it saidBuster smiled and found his way in The house looked quite normal outside，but inside it was very exotic with fascinatig objects on disp

935、layAs he began putting them into his bag，a dog came into the roomIt stopped when it saw Buster，then wagged its tail madly adn went over to him，licking his outstretched hand Good boy，”Buater whispered “What a great guard dog you aretrying to lick me to death.”Satisifed hed made friends with the dog，B

936、luster bggan tO wander round the house，choosing items to put in his bagHis skilled eye picked out only the best antiques(古董)：a pair of silver candleholders，a silver tea-and-coffee ervice，etcHis new friend，the dog，sat and watched，as if wondering what was happening “Well，boy，”Buster whispered，finally“

937、That might doAny more and I wont be able to carry it!”He swung the heavy bag onto his shoulders,just as the lights came on,nearly blinding him.He shielded his eyes with his hand.Youre a very silly person,the figure in the doorway said,his voice dry em dust.As the man came closer,Buster could see he

938、was well dressed.His face seemed familiar,but Buster couldnt quite place where he had seen him hafore.You should have taken more notice of the sign outside,the man rasped.I knew about this attempted robbery last week and I also know you will end up behind bars for 20 years.Fancy trying to rob the ho

939、use of the worlds greatest fortune-teller!60.Why was Buster so confident?A.He was not afraid of dogs.B.He knew the owner of the house lived alone C.He had never been caught by the police.D.The house had no security alarm.61.Which of the definitions is closest in me&ting to the word exotic in the thi

940、rd paragraph?A.Messy and untidy.B.Rich and expensive.C.Comfortable and calming.D.Foreign and unusual.62.How did Buster decide which objects tff take7 A.He took those that were easy to carry in his bag.B.He took only the best antiques.C.He took those that he knew he could sell easily.D.He looked for

941、silver objects.63.What punishment waits for Buster Brown?A.A prison sentence with hard labour.B.A long prison sentence.C.A heavy fine.D.Community service for 20 years.答案 60.C 61.D 62.B 63.B Passage 50(06湖北 C 篇)The young boy saw me,or rather,he saw the car and quickly ran up to me,eager to sell his b

942、unches(串)of bananas and bags of peanuts.Though he appeared to be about twelve,he seemed to have already known the bitterness of life.Banana 300 naira.Peanuts 200 naira He said in a low voice.I bargained him down to 200 total for the fruit and nuts.When he agreed,I handed him a 500 naira bill He didn

943、t have change,so I told him not to worry.He.said thanks and smiled a row of perfect teeth.When,two weeks later,I saw the boy again,I was more aware of my position in a society where its not that uncommon to see a little boy who should be in school standing on the comer selling fruit in the burning s

944、un.My parents had raised me to be aware of the advantage we had been afforded and the responsibility it brought to us.I pulled over and rolled down my window.He had a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts ready.I waved them away.“Whats up”.I asked him.“I.I dont have money to buy books for school.”I

945、reached into my pocket and handed him two fresh 500 naira bills.Will this help?”I asked.He looked around nervously before taking the money.One thousand naira was a lot of money to someone whose family probably made about 5,000 naira or less each year.Thank you,sir,he said.Thank you very much.”When d

946、riving home,I wondered if my little friend actually used the money for school-books.What if hes a cheat(骗子)?And then I wondered why I did it Did I do it to make myself feel better?Was I using him?Later,I realized that I didnt know his name or the least bit about him,nor did I think to ask.Over the n

947、ext six months,I was busy working in a news agency in northern Nigeria.Sometime after I returned,I went out for a drive When I was about to pull over,the boy suddenly appeared by my window with a big smile ready on his face oh,gosh!Long time.Are you in school now?”I asked.He nodded.Thats good,I said

948、.A silence fell as we looked at each other,and then I realized what he wanted.Here,I held out a 500 naira bill.Take this.”He shook his head and stepped back as if hurt.Whats wrong?”I asked.Its a gift He shook his head again and brought his hand from behind his back.HIS face shone with sweat(汗水)。He d

949、ropped a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts in the front seat before he said,Ive been waiting to give these to you.64.What was the authors first impression of the boy?A.He seemed to be poor and greedy.B.He seemed to have suffered a lot C.He seemed younger than his age.D.He seemed good at bargaini

950、ng 65.The second time the author met the boy,the boy_.A.told him his purpose of selling fruit and nuts B.wanted to express his thanks C.asked him for money for his schoolbooks D.tried to take advantage of him 66.Why did the author give his money to the boy?A.Because he had enough money to do that.B.

951、Because he had learnt to help others since childhood.C.Because he held a higher position in the society.D.Because he had been asked by the news agency to do so.67.Which of the following best describes the boy?A.Brave and polite.B.Kind and smart C.Honest and thankful.D.Shy and nervous.答案 64.B 65.A 66

952、.B 67.C Passage 51(06四川 A 篇)I was the middle child of three,but there was a gap of five years on either side,and I hardly saw my father before I was eight.For this and other reasons I was somewhat lonely.I had the onely childs habit of making up stories and holding conversations with imaginary perso

953、ns,and I think from the very start my literary ambitions（文学志向）were mixed up with the feeling of being isolated（孤独）and undervalued.I knew that I had a natural ability with words and a power of facing unpleasant facts,and I felt that this created a sort of private world in which I could get my own bac

954、k for my failure in everyday life.However,the quantity of serious writing which I produced all through my childhood would not add up to half a dozen pages.I wrote my first poem at the age of four or five,my mother taking it down to dictation.I cannot remember anything about it except that it was abo

955、ut a tiger and the tiger had“chair-like teeth”-a good enough expression.At eleven,when the war of 1914-18 broke out,I wrote a poem which was printed in the local(地方的)newspaper,as was another,two years later,on the death of Kitchener.From time to time,when I was a bit older,I wrote bad and usually un

956、finished“nature poems”.I also,about twice,attempted a short story which was a failure.That was the total of the would-be serious work that I actually set down on paper during all those years.56.The underlined word“it”in paragraph 2 refers to .A.the quantity of serious writing B.the writers first poe

957、m C.the writers childhood D.the tiger in the poem 57.From the text,we learn that as a little boy the writer .A.had no playmates B.showed his gift for writing C.put out lots of poems and stories D.got his first poem published in 1916 58.What can be inferred about the writer?A.He was least favoured in

958、 his family.B.He had much difficulty in talking with others.C.He had an unhappy childhood for lack of care.D.His loneliness resulted in his interest in writing.答案 56.B 57.B 58.D Passage 52(06陕西 B 篇)LONDON Thursday Just ReadEddy missed his girlfriend so made he flew back to Britain from Austrahe to p

959、ropose(求婚)to her.The pooblem is she did the same in the opposite diffion.He and Anna crea manaed to miss each other when the the same airporr waiting room in Singaoore at he same time to wait for connecting mghrs.Anna,heartbrok,when she arrived at Eddys Sydney flat lind he had flow to London,told ti

960、mes,“It was as though someone was playing a cruel joke on.”“He is the most romantic person I have ever known.I think our problem is that we are both quite impulsive(冲动的)people.We are always trying to surprise each other.”After an 11,000-mile flight across gome,she wa greeted by Eddys astonished room

961、mate asking what she was doing.Eddy,a 27-year-old enginee taken year off to travel round Austr be he was missing Anna,a 26-year sece,so much he got a job on a Syd (工地)and started savir for a surprase.He then flew bome no and went to her flat armed with engegerment(订婚)ring,wine and thougens.“I really

962、 miseed Anna and Id been thinking about her all the come I was so excited when she phoned me flom Ausrralia,”he said.Eddy then asked Anna to marry him on tbe phone.“I didnt know whether to laugh or cry but I accepted,”she said.Anna was given a tour of Sydney by Eddys friends before going back home.E

963、ddy and to stav in Britain for two weeks beean a could not change his ticket.45.What does the last sentence of the first paragraph tell us?A.Anna flew to Britain from Australia to marry him.B.Anna flew to Australia from Britain to marry him.C.Anna flew to Britain from Australia to propose to him.D.A

964、nna flew to Australia from Britain to propose to him.46.The underlined word“miss”in paragraph 2 most probably means_.A.escape from B.fail to understand C.fail to meet D.long to see 47.Eddy got a job on a Sydney building site because he_.A.wanted to travel round Australia B.needed monev to pay his da

965、ily cost C.was an engineer at this building site D.hoped to make money from this job 48.Which of the following is TRUE about Eddy and Anna according to the text?A.Eddy proposed to Anna on the phone and Anna accepted.B.Anna stayed in Australia waiting for Eddys arrival.C.Anna bad a good time touring

966、Sydney with Dddy.D.Eddy met Anna in the airport waiting room by chance.答案 45.C 46.A 47.B 48.A Passage 53(05全国E 篇)“Soon,youre going to have to move out!”cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind,or at least known i:exactly;tab-stops:105.0pt 189.0pt 273.0pn my neighborhoo

967、d.One tiny 9-inch plant,bought for$1.25 in the spring,has already taken over much of my rose bed,covering much of other plants,and is well on its way to the front door.Roses require a good deal of care,and if it werent for the pleasure they give,it wouldnt be worth the work.As it is,I have a garden

968、full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year.bushes must be pruned(剪枝)in early spring,leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later.It was the space available(可用的)in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant.A big mistake.Soil conditions made

969、 just perfect for roses turn out to be even more perfect for tomatoes.The daily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing(施肥)have turned the little plant into a tall bush.The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.Now the task I face

970、in harvesting the fruit is twofold;First,I have to find the red ones among the leaves,which means I almost have to stand on my head,and once found I have to reach down and under,pick the tomatoes and withdraw(缩回)my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won.I found two full-blown white roses

971、 completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June,but they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.Here I am faced with a painful small decision:To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to sev

972、eral expensive and treasured roses.Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind,Ill think about th painful at tomorrow.71.What ate the requirements for the healthy growth of roses?A.A lot of care and the right soil.B.Frequent pruning and fertilizing.C.Tomato plants grown alongside.D.Cages placed around the r

973、oots.72.The writer planted the tomato because _.A.it cost only$1.25 B.the soil was just right for it C.there was room for it in the garden D.the roses branches needed to be covered 73.This year the writers roses were _.A.removed from the rose bed B.picked along with the tomatoes C.mostly damaged by

974、too much sunlight D.largely hidden under the tomato plant 74.By saying“the prize so dearly won”in paragraph 5,the writer wants to _.A.show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes B.show the hardship of growing the roses C.express her liking for the roses D.express her care for the tomatoes 75.In the

975、situation described in the text,one good thing is that _.A.the roses cost the writer little money B.the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes C.someone will help the writer make the decision D.the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes 答案 71.A 72.C 73.D 74.A 75.B Passage 54(05全国A 篇)Every

976、year on my birthday,from the time I turned 12,a white gardenia was delivered to my house.No card came with it Calls to the flower-shop were not helpful at all.After a while I stopped trying to discover the senders name and just delighted in the beautiful white flower in soft pink paper.But I never s

977、topped imagining who the giver might be.Some of my happiest moments were spent daydreaming about the sender.My mother encouraged these imaginings.Shed ask me if there was someone for whom I had done special kindness.Perhaps it was the old man across the street whose mail Id delivered during the wint

978、er.As a girl,though,I had more fun imagining that it might be a boy I had run into.One month before my graduation,my father died.I felt so sad that I became completely uninterested in my upcoming graduation dance,and I didnt care if I had a new dress or not.But my mother,in her own sadness,would not

979、 let me miss any of those things.She wanted her children to feel loved and lovable.In truth,my mother wanted her children to see themselves much like the gar-denia-lovely,strong and perfect with perhaps a bit of mystery(神秘)My mother died ten days after I was married.I was 22.That was the year the ga

980、rdenia stopped coming.41 Which of the following would be the best title for the text?AA childhood Dream.BA Mothers Love.CA Graduation Party.DA Special Birthday.42The mother insisted that her daughter go to the graduation dance because _.Ashe could take care of things herself Bshe hoped she would fin

981、d a boyfriend Cshe wanted her to be happy and strong Dshe thought education was most important 43Who was the sender of the flower?AA boy the writer had run into.BOne of the writers neighbors.COne of the writers classmates.DThe writers mother.答案 41.A 42.B 43.C Passage 55(05全国C 篇)Taiwan police cannot

982、decide whether to treat it as an extremely eleven act of stealing or an even elev-ecer cheat(诈骗).Either way,it could be the perfect crime(犯罪),because the criminals are birdshorning pigeons!The crime begins with a telephone message to the owner of a stolen car:if you want the car back,pay up then,the

983、 car owner is directed to a park,told where to find a bird cage and how to attach money to the neck of the pigeon inside.Carrying the money in a tiny bag,the pigeon flies off.There have been at least four such pigeon pick-ups in Changwa.What at first seemed like the work of a clever stay-at-home car

984、 thief,however,may in fact be the work of an even lazier and more inventive criminal mindone that avoid(避免)not only collecting money but going out to steal the car in the first place.Police officer Chen says that the criminal probably has pulled a double trick:he gets money for things he cannot poss

985、ibly return.Instead of stealing cars,he lets someone else do it and then waits for the car-owner to place an ad(启事)in the newspaper asking for help.The theory is supported by the fact that,so far,none of the stolen cars have been returned.Also,the amount of money demanded-under 3,000 Taiwanese dolla

986、rs seems too little for a car worth many times more.Demands for pigeon-delivered money stopped as soon as the press reported the story.And even if they start again,Chen holds little hope of catching the criminal.“We have more important things to do,”he said.49After the car owner received a phone cal

987、l.He Awent to a certain pigeon and put some money in the bag it carried Bgave the money to the thief and had his car back in a park Csent some money to the thief by mail Dtold the press about it 50The“lazier and more inventive”criminal refers to .Athe car thief who stays at home Bone of those who pu

988、t the ads in the paper Cone of the policemen in Changwa Dthe owner of the pigeons 51The writer mentions the fact that“none of the stolen cars have been returned”to show .Ahow easily people get fooled by criminals Bwhat Chen thinks might be correct Cthe thief is extremely clever Dthe money paid is to

989、o little 52The underlined word“they”in the last paragraph refers to .Acriminals Bpigeons Cthe stolen cars Ddemands for money 53We may infer from the text that the criminal knows how to reach the car owners because .Ahe reads the ads in the newspaper Bhe lives in the same neighborhood Che has seen th

990、e car owners in the park Dhe has trained the pigeons to follow them 答案 49.D 50.C 51.A 52.C 53.D Passage 56(05北京 A 篇)Chances I really love my job because I enjoy working with small children and like the challenges and awards from the job.I also think my work is important.There was a time when I thoug

991、ht I would never have that sort of career（职业）.I wasnt an excellent student because I didnt do much schoolwork.In my final term I started thinking what I might do and found I didnt have much to offer.I just accepted that I wasnt the type to have a career.I then found myself a job.Looking after two li

992、ttle girls,It wasnt too bad at first.But the problems began when I agreed to live in,so that I would be there if my boss had to go out for business in the evening.We agreed that if I had to work extra hours one week,shed give me time off the next.But unfortunately,it didnt often work out.I was getti

993、ng extremely tired and fed up,because I had too many late nights and early mornings with the children.One Sunday,I was in the park with the children,and met Megan who used to go to school with me,I told her about my situation.She suggested that I should do a course and get a qualification（资格证书）if I

994、wanted to work with children.I didnt think I would be accepted because I didnt take many exams in school.She persuaded me to phone the local college and they were really helpful.My experience counted for a lot and I got on a part time course.I had to leave my job with the family,and got work helping

995、 out at a kindergarten.Now Ive got a full time job there.I shall always be thankful to Megan.I wish I had known earlier that you could have a career,even if you arent top of the class at school.56What is the authors present job?AWorking part time in a college.BTaking care of children for a family.CH

996、elping children with their schoolwork.DLooking after children at a kindergarten.57When staying with the two girls family,the author .Awas paid for extra work Boften worked long hours Cgot much help from her boss Dtook a day off every other week 58Why did the author leave her first job?AShe found a f

997、ull time job.BShe was fed up with children.CShe decided to attend a part time course.DShe needed a rest after working extra hours.59What has the author learned from her own experiences?ALess successful students can still have a career.BQualifications are necessary for a career.CHard work makes an ex

998、cellent student.DOne must choose the job she likes.答案 56.D 57.B 58.C 59.A Passage 57(05天津 C 篇)The house was quiet at 5 am and Tim s mother was asleep.Only the sound of the big freezer broke the quiet.He d dreamt of the cave last night.The purring(轻微颤动声)of the freezer had been the sea.Tim pulled on a

999、 sweater and put some apples into his schoolbag.It was too early for breakfast.He d eat after he d been through the cave,sitting on the rocks and staring at the sea.He wished he had a proper pack.His schoolbag would have to do.What else?Sandwiches-but his mother might wake up if he started pulling o

1000、ut bread for sandwiches,she d want to know why he had to leave so early.He settled for some biscuits,and left a note stuck to the table:Gone to Michael s.Back tonight,Tim.The sky was high and soft and light outside,though the sun still wasnt up.Even the highway up the hill was quiet as he made his w

1001、ay down the street.The wind from the sea was fresh and sweet.The sand hills still breathed heat from yesterday s sun,though the top of the sand was cool.He ran down to the beach impatiently,but there was no one,just dry sand dancing in the early wind and seabirds marching up and down watching the wa

1002、ves.The light changed suddenly.The first rays of sunlight stretched(延伸)across the sea.The sun was pushing its way over the edge of the world.Over the first rocks,along to the point.Tim glanced back.The beach was still empty.The sun sailed higher in the sky.He could see the cave now,even darker in th

1003、e morning light.The sand turned silver then dark gold as the water flowed away from it.He had to force himself to go closer.Why was it so much more mysterious(神秘的)now?But it would be silly to go back now after so much trouble.He neednt go in all the way.43.What did Tim do at the beginning of the sto

1004、ry?A.He left the house quietly.B.He had breakfast at home.C.He left a note on the freezer.D.He put a sweater in his schoolbag.44.He settled for some biscuits”(in Paragraph 3)means that Tim_.A.had to leave the biscuits on the table B.liked biscuits better than sandwiches C.had to take biscuits instea

1005、d of sandwiches D.could only find some biscuits in the kitchen 45.What made it possible for Tim to see the entry to the cave?A.The height of the first rocks.B.The ups and downs of the waves.C.The change in the position of the sun.D.The vast stretch of the sunlit beach.46.Which of the following state

1006、ments is TRUE according to the story?A.The sea looked like a piece of gold.B.Seabirds flew away when Tim arrived.C.Tim was the only person on the beach.D.The sky got dark as Tim reached the cave.47.In the story,Tim s mood(心情)changed from_.A.loneliness to craziness B.anxiousness to excitement C.helpl

1007、essness to happiness D.eagerness to nervousness 答案 43.A 44.C 45.C 46.C 47.D Passage 58(05上海 B 篇)“Come in,Kim.Have a seat,please,”said Bill Williams,the manager.“this was Kims first experience with an assessment.After only six months he was due for a raise if this assessment was satisfactory.“Kim,”be

1008、gan Bill Williams,“I am very pleased with the quality of your work.I have nothing but praise for your devotion and your hard work.My only concern is that you are not active enough in putting forward your suggestions.”“But,”replied Kim,“I have always completed every assignment you have given me.Mr.Wi

1009、lliams.”“I know that,Kim.And please,call me Bill.But what I expect is for you to think independently and introduce new ideas.I need more input from youmore feedback on how things are going.I dont need a“yes man”.You never tell me what you think.You just smile as though everything is fine.”“But,”said

1010、 Kim,“I feel that since you are my superior,it would be presumptuous of me to tell you what to do.”“Im not asking you to tell me what to do,but what you think we could do.To make suggestions,I employed you because I respect your experience in this field,but you are not communicating your thoughts to

1011、 me.”“Yes.I see.Im not accustomed to this,but I will try to do as you sayBill.”“Good,then,I expect to hear more from you at staff meetings or at any other time you want to discuss an idea with me.”“Yes,of course.Thank you,Mr.WillBill.”69.Kim is the sort of employee who_.A.does not speak out his own

1012、ideas B.is not devoted to the job C.laughs too much over work D.can not finish his work on time 70.The word“presumptuous”in the middle of the passage is closest in meaning to“_”.A.full of respect B.too confident and rude C.lacking in experience D.too shy and quiet 答案 69.A 70.B Passage 59(05重庆 A 篇)My

1013、 parents were in a huge argument,and 1 was really upset about it.I didnt know who I should talk with about how I was feeling.So I asked Mom to allow me to stay the night at my best friends house.Though I knew I wouldnt tell her about my parents situation,I was looking forward to gelling out of the h

1014、ouse.I was in the middle of packing up my things when suddenly the power went out in the neighborhood.Mom came to tell me that I should stay with my grandpa until the power came back on.I was really disappointed because I felt that we did not have much to talk about.But I knew he would be frightened

1015、 alone in the dark.I went to his room and told him that Id stay with him until the power was restored.He was quite happy and said,Great opportunity.What is?I asked.To talk,you and I”he said.To hold a private little meeting about what were going to do with your mom and dad,and what were going to do w

1016、ith ourselves now that were in the situation we are in.But we cant do anything about it.Grandpa,I said,surprised that here was someone with whom I could share my feelings and someone who was in the same boat as I was.And thats how the most unbelievable friendship between my grandfather and me starte

1017、d.Sitting Acre in the dark,we talked about our feelings and fears of life from how fast things change,to how they sometimes dont change fast enough.That night,because the power went out,I found a new friend,with whom I could safely talk about all my fears and pains,whatever they may be-Suddenly,the

1018、lights all came back on.Well,he said,I guess that means youll want to go now.I really like our talk.I hope the power will go out every few nights!56.1 wished to get out of the house because _ A.I was angry about my parents quarrel B.I found nobody to share my feelings with C.I wanted to escape from

1019、the dark house D.I planned to tell my friend about my trouble 57.Grandpa was happy to see me because _.A.he could discuss the problem with me B.he had not seen me for a long lime C.he was afraid of darkness D.he felt quite lonely 58.What can be inferred from the passage?A.The grandchild was eager to

1020、 leave.B.They would have more chats.C.The lights would go out again.D.It would no longer be dark.答案 56.A 57.A 58.B Passage 60(05浙江 A 篇)Compassion is a desire within us to help others.With effort,we can translate compassion into actions.An experience last weekend showed me this is true.I work part-ti

1021、me in a supermarket across from a building for the elderly.These old people are out main customers,and its not hard to lose patience over their slowness.But last Sunday,one aged gentleman appeared to teach me a valuable lesson.This untidy man walked up to my register（收款机）with a box of biscuits.He sa

1022、id he was out of cash(现金),had just moved into his room,and had nothing in his cupboards.He asked if we could let him have the food on trust.He promised to repay me the next day.I couldnt help staring at him.I wondered what kind of person he had been ten or twenty years before,and what he would be li

1023、ke if luck had gone his way.I had a hurt in my heart for this kind of human soul,all alone in the world.I told him that I was sorry,but store rules didnt allow me to do so.I felt stupid and unkind saying this,but I valued my job.Just then,another man,standing behind the first,spoke up.If anything,he

1024、 looked more pitiable.“Change it to me,”was all he said.What I had been feeling was pity.Pity is soft and safe and easy.Compassion,on the other hand,is caring in action.I thanked the second man but told him that was not allowed either.Then I reached into my pocket and paid for the biscuits myself.I

1025、reached into my pocket because these two men had reached into my heart and taught me compassion.41.The aged gentleman who wanted to buy the biscuits_.Apromised to obey the store rules Bforgot to take any money with him Choped to have the food first and pay later Dcould not afford anything more expen

1026、sive 42.Which of the following best describes the old gentleman?Akind and lucky Bpoor and lonely Cfriendly and helpful Dhurt and disappointed 43.The writer acted upon the store rules because_.Ahe wanted to keep his present job Bhe felt no pity for the old gentleman Che considered the old man dishone

1027、st Dhe expected someone else to pay for the old man 44.What does the writer learn from his experience?AWealth is more important than anything else BHelping others is easier said than done CExperience is better gained through practice DObeying the rules means more than compassion.答案 41.C 42.B 43.A 44

1028、.B Passage 61(05浙江 C 篇)In the course of working my way through school,I took many jobs I would rather forget.But none of these jobs was as dreadful as my job in an apple plant.The work was hard;the pay was poor;and,most of all,the working conditions were terrible.First of all,the job made huge deman

1029、ds on my strength.For then hours a night,I took boxes that rolled down a metal track and piled them onto a truck.Each box contained twelve heavy bottles of apple juice.I once figured out that I was lifting an average of twelve tons of apple juice every night.I would not have minded the difficulty of

1030、 the work so much if the pay had not been so poor.I was paid the lowest wage of that timetwo dollars an hour.Because of the low pay,I felt eager to get as much as possible.I usually worked twelve hours a night but did not take home much more than$100 a week.But even more than the low pay,what made m

1031、e unhappy was the working conditions.During work I was limited to two ten-minute breaks and an unpaid half hour for lunch.Most of my time was spent outside loading trucks with those heavy boxes in near-zero-degree temperatures.The steel floors of the trucks were like ice,which made my feet feel like

1032、 stone.And after the production line shut down at night and most people left,I had to spend two hours alone cleaning the floor.I stayed on the job for five months,all the while hating the difficulty of the work,the poor money,and the conditions under which I worked.By the time I left,I was determine

1033、d never to go back there again.49.Why did the writer have to take many jobs at that time?ATo pay for his schooling BTo save for his future CTo support his family DTo gain some experience 50.The following facts describe the terrible working conditions of the plant EXCEPT_.Aloading boxes in the freezi

1034、ng cold Bhaving limited time for breaks Cworking and studying at the same time Dgetting no pay for lunch time 51.What is the subject discussed in the text?AThe writers unhappy school life BThe writers eagerness to earn money CThe writers experience as a full-time worker DThe writers hard work in an

1035、apple plant 52.How is the text organized?ATopicArgumentExplanation BOpinionDiscussion-Description CMain ideaComparisonSupporting examples DIntroductionSupporting examplesConclusion 答案 49.A 50.C 51.D 52.D Passage 62(05福建 B 篇)Three months after the government stopped issuing（发放）or renewing permits for

1036、 Internet cafes because of security（安全）concerns,some cafe owners are having financial（经济的）concerns of their own.The permits were stopped suddenly three months ago by the government until new safeguards could be put in place to prevent misuse of the information superhighway,but for cafe owners its a

1037、business breakdown with no fix in sight.“I handed in a request to open up an Internet caf and received the conditions,”said the businessman Obeidallah.“I rented a place in the Sharafiah district at SR45,000 and prepared the place with equipment that cost me more than SR100,000.When I went to the loc

1038、al government after finishing everything,I was surprised to find that theyd stopped issuing permits for Internet cafes.”Having an Internet cafe without Internet is much like having a coffee shop without coffee.“Im avoiding closing the place,but its been more than three months with the situation ongo

1039、ing as it is.”Obeidallah said.“Who will bear the losses caused by the permit issue?”The decision took many cafe owners by surprise.“I asked to open an Internet caf,and I was handed a list of all the things that were needed to follow through,such as a sign for the place,filling out forms,”said Hassan

1040、 Al-Harbi.“I did all that was asked and rented a place.And after the Haj vacation I went to the local government and they surprised me,saying that there are new rules that forbid the issuing of any more Internet cafe permits and that one cant even renew his permit.Ive lost more than SR80,000,”Al-har

1041、bi added.As for the government,officials say a method to deal with it is on the way.But security concerns come before profit（盈利）.60The government stopped issuing or renewing permits for Internet cafes .Ato prevent misuse of new safeguards in Internet cafes Bto make cafe owners earn less profit from

1042、their business Cto stop the use of the information superhighway on Internet Dto make sure of the proper use of the information superhighway 61The governments decision led to the fact that many cafe owners .Asuffered heavy financial losses Basked to open up Internet cafes Ccontinued to operate Intern

1043、et cafes Dasked the government for payment 62The underlined phrase in the last paragraph“on the way”means .Ato be studied Bto be put into practice Cto be changed Dto be improved 63The cafe owners found the governments decision .Asurprising and unacceptable Bunderstandable and acceptable Creasonable

1044、but surprising Dsurprising but acceptable 答案 60.D 61.B 62.C 63.D Passage 63(05江西 A 篇)He wishes the holiday season would end already.His back aches,his red suit feels like a spacesuit,his cheeks have gone tight from smiling for 12 hours and still the kids keep coming and coming,like ants at a picnic.

1045、As Christmas becomes more commercialized(商业化)across the U.S.and Canada,so must Santas.As the holiday begins earlier each year,so must its spokesmen .The questions from children these days are harder than ever.Now,with thousands of children expecting a father or mother serving in Iraq or Afghanistan,

1046、the questions are as heart-breaking as they are unanswerable.For example,“Can you please bring Daddy home from the war in time for Christmas morning?”Santas also have a pretty good chance of getting sued(指控).A professional Santa Claus in Canada told a story:A Santa had a girl on his knee,and he comm

1047、ented,“You have nice eyes and nice hair.”The girl later said it was sexual harassment(骚扰).When a Santa feels anxious,he often shows it in the same ways ordinary people do:The Santas were always seen to hang around at the dinner table when the show ended.Many of them just sleep in bed for several day

1048、s and dont see other children again.56In the first paragraph,“spokesmen”refers to .Abusinessmen Bpolitical leaders Corganisers of the activities DSanta Clauses 57The passage implies that the job of Santa Claus is .Awell-paid Bvery hard Cworth doing Ddangerous 58According to the third paragraph,Santa

1049、s may sometimes be blamed for .Adoing something against the law Bhanging around the dinner table Cbeing lazy and sleeping in bed for days Dnot playing their roles as expected 59What would be the best title for the passage?AChristmas:Not a Good Festival for Santas BIs Santa Claus Really Alive?CA Chri

1050、stmas Story DWhat Does Santa Claus Do for Children?答案 56.D 57.B 58.A 59.A Passage 64(05湖北 B 篇)At one time no one could travel on an English road faster than four miles an hour.That was the law until 1896.A man had to walk in front of a car which could not go faster than the man.At night the man had

1051、to carry a red lamp.Once Charles Rolls brought a car from France to England,but he wanted to drive faster than four miles an hour.In order to have no trouble with the police,he had a talk with some of the police officers,who ordered their policemen to look the other way when the car came along the r

1052、oad.This was a good plan in the country,but not so easy to follow in the busy streets of London.One night Rolls and some friends started from London on their journey to Cambridge.One of the men walked in front with the red lamp,but he walked as fast as he could.The police became very interested in w

1053、alls and shop-fronts when they heard the car,and not one of them saw it.They reached a hill;but what a waste of time it was to drive down the hill at four miles an hour!Rolls was getting ready to jump into the car;but then he noticed a policeman who was not looking the other way.The slow car reached

1054、 him.“Good evening,”said the policeman,looking at the car.“Good evening,”said Rolls,holding the lamp.“One of these horseless things,”said the policeman,looking at it with interest.“Yes,”said Rolls,and waited.“Ive often wanted a ride in one;but of course policemen cant buy things like that.”He turned

1055、 and looked hopefully in Rollss face.“Jump in,”said Rolls.“Thanks,”said the policeman,and did so.“Now,”he said,sitting down,“you can let it go just as you like down this hill.There isnt another policeman on this road for a mile and a half.”60The policemen were told“to look the other way”(the underli

1056、ned part in Paragraph 2)so that .Athey could watch the car coming from the other direction Bthe car could go faster than four miles an hour Cthey could make sure no one was in the way Dthe car would not hit them on the road 61In what way did the policemen carry out the order from their officers?AThe

1057、y greeted Rolls when the car came along.BThey walked in front of the car with a red lamp.CThey pretended to be attracted by something else.DThey stood on duty every 1.5 miles along the road.62The policeman who said“Good evening”to Rolls wanted to .Ateach Rolls a lesson Btake a free ride home Chave a

1058、 talk with Rolls Dhave a car ride experience 63After the policeman jumped into the car,Rolls .Adared not drive the car faster than he was allowed to Bcould drive as fast as he wished within a certain distance Ccould drive on any road he liked for the rest of the journey Ddrove his car as fast as he

1059、could down the hill to Cambridge 答案 60.B 61.C 62.D 63.B Passage 65(05湖南 A 篇)We were on tour a few summers ago,driving through Chicago,when right outside of the city,we got pulled over.A middle-aged policeman came up to the car and was really being troublesome at first.Lecturing us,he said,You were s

1060、peeding.Where are you going in such a hurry?Our guitarist,Tim,told him that we were on our way to Wisconsin to play a show.His way towards us totally changed.He asked,Oh,so you boys are in a band(乐队)?We told him that we were.He then asked all the usual broad questions about the type of music we play

1061、ed,and how long we had been at it.Suddenly,he stopped and said,Tim,you want to get out of this ticket,dont you?Tim said,Yes.So the officer asked him to step out of the car.The rest of us,inside the car,didnt know what to think as we watched the policeman talk to Tim.Next thing we knew,the policeman

1062、was putting Tim in the back of the police car he had parked in front of us.With that,he threw the car into reverse(倒车),stopping a few feet in back of our car.Now we suddenly felt frightened.We didnt know if we were all going to prison,or if the policeman was going to sell Tim on the black market or

1063、something.All of a sudden,the pollens voice came over in a loudspeaker.He said,Ladies and gentlemen,for the first time ever,we have Tim here singing on Route 90.”Turns out,the policeman had told Tim that the only way he was getting out of the ticket was if he sang part of one of our songs over the l

1064、oudspeaker in the police car.Seconds later,Tim started screaming into the receiver.The policeman enjoyed the performance,and sent us on our way without a ticket.56.The policeman stopped the boys to _.A.put them into prison B.give them a ticket C.enjoy their performance D.ask some band questions 57.T

1065、he policeman became friendly to the boys when ha knew they _ A.had long been at the band B.played the music he loved C.were driving for a show D.promised into a performance 58.The boys probably felt _ when they drove off.A,joyful B.calm C.nervous D.frightened 答案 56.B 57.C 58.A 【2004广东卷】A I fell in l

1066、ove with England because it was quaint(古雅)all those little houses,looking terribly old-fashioned but nice,like dolls houses.I loved the countryside and the pubs,and I loved London.Ive slightly changed my mind after seventeen years because I think its an ugly town now.Things have changed.For everybod

1067、y,England meant gentlemen,fair play,and good manners.The fair play is going,unfortunately,and so are the gentlemanly attitudes and good man-nerspeople shut doors heavily in your face and politeness is disappearing.I regret that there are so few comfortable meeting places.Youre forced to live indoors

1068、.In Paris I go out much more,to restaurants and nightclubs.To meet friends here it usually has to be in a pub,and it can be difficult to go there alone as a woman.The cafes are not terribly nice.As a woman,I feel unsafe here.I spend a bomb on taxis because I will not take public trans-port after 10

1069、p.m.I used to use it,but now Im afraid.The idea of family seems to be more or less non-existent in England.My family is well united and thats typically French.In Middlesex I had a neighbour who is 82 now.His family only lived two miles away,but I took him to France for Christmas once because he was

1070、always alone.56.The writer doesnt like London because she _.A.is not used to the life there now B.has lived there for seventeen years C.prefers to live in an old-fashioned house D.has to be polite to everyone she meets there 57.Where do people usually meet their friends in England?A.In a cafe.B.In a

1071、 restaurant.C.In a nightclub.D.In a pub.58.The underlined part“it”(in Para.4)refers to_.A.a taxi B.the money C.a bomb D.public transport 59.The writer took her neighbour to France for Christmas because he _.A.felt lonely in England B.had never been to France C.was from a typical French family D.didn

1072、t like the British idea of family【答案】55C 56A 57D 58D 59A【2004 湖南卷】E One of Britains bravest women told yesterday how she helped to catch suspected(可疑的)police killer David Bieber-and was thanked with flowers by the police.It was also said that she could be in line for a share of up to 30,000 reward m

1073、oney.Vicki Brown,30,played a very important role in ending the nationwide manhunt.Vicki,who has worked at the Royal Hotel for four years,told of her terrible experience when she had to steal into Biebers bedroom and to watch him secretly.Then she waited alone for three hours while armed police prepa

1074、red to storm the building.She said:I was very nervous.But when I opened the hotel door and saw 20 armed policemen lined up in the car park I was so glad they were there.”The alarm had been raised because Vicki became suspicious(怀疑)of the guest who checked in at 3 pm the day before New Years Eve with

1075、 little luggage and wearing sunglasses and a hat pulled down over his face.She said:He didnt seem to want to talk too much and make any eye contact(接触).Vicki,the only employee on duty,called her bosses Margaret,64,and husband Stan McKale,65,who phoned the police at 11 pm.Officers from Northumbria Po

1076、lice called Vicki at the hotel in Dunston,Gateshead,at about 11:30 pm to make sure that this was the wanted man.Then they kept in touch by phoning Vicki every 15 minutes.It was about ten past two in the morning when the phone went again and a policeman said Would you go and make yourself known to th

1077、e armed officers outside?.My heart missed a beat.Vicki quietly showed eight armed officers through passages and staircases to the top floor room and handed over the key.I realized that my bedroom window overlooks that part of the hotel,so I went to watch.I could not see into the mans room,but I coul

1078、d see the passage.The police kept shouting at the man to come out with his hands showing.Then suddenly he must have come out because they shouted for him to lie down while he was handcuffed(带上手铐)。71.The underlined phrase be in line for(paragraph 1)means _ A.get B.be paid C.ask for D.own 72.Vicki bec

1079、ame suspicious of David Bieber because _.A.the police called her B.he looked very strange C.he came to the hotel with little luggage D.he came to the hotel the day before New Years Eve 73.Vickis heart missed a beat because _.A.the phone went again B.she would be famous C.the policemen had already ar

1080、rived D.she saw 20 policemen in the car park 74.David Bieber was most probably handcuffed in _.A.the passage B.the mans room C.Vickis bedroom D.the top floor room 75.The whole event probably lasted about _ hours from the moment Bieber came to the hotel to the arrival of some armed officers.A.6 B.8 C

1081、.11 D.14【答案】71-75 ABCAC【2004 上海卷】(A)For almost two months Dominic York,a 23-year-old hairdresser,wandered about hospitals all night,wearing a white coat and pretending he was a doctor.Yesterday he proudly claimed in court that despite his complete lack of medical experience or qualifications,he had

1082、saved several peoples lives.He had even been allowed to assist a surgeon during an emergency operation on a patient who was about to die on something she had swallowed.“I watched one of those TV dramas about a hospital and suddenly I felt like playing one of the roles myself.So I put on a white jack

1083、et and a stethoscope(听诊器)and walked around one of the biggest hospital in London.At first I just watched.Once you learn how doctors talk to patients,nurses and others doctors,its easy to take people in,”he said.One of the patients he treated was Laura Kennan.She had been knocked down by a car and fa

1084、inted.When she came to in hospital,York was standing over her.“He looked very professional.He told me his name was Doctor Simon.Then he gave me some sort of injection,”she said.And then he suddenly cleared off when a nurse asked who he was.She didnt think there was anything wrong.“I would never have

1085、 realized he was a fake if a policewoman hadnt showed me his photograph a week later.When the policewoman told me who he really was,I could hardly believe my cars.”Judge Raymond Adams told York that he was.“shocked and horrified”that he got away with his deceiving for so long,and then sentenced him

1086、to eighteen months in a special prison for criminal with mental disorders.“I can only hope that this will not lead to further problems.After all,you will have considerable opportunity to study the behaviour of the psychiatrists(精神科医生)who will look after you while you are there.If you try to persuade

1087、 people that you yourself are a psychiatrist after you are set free,I shall make sure that you are given a much longer sentence.”Judge Adams warned York.75.York was proud of the fact that _.A.a surgeon let him watch an operation.B.he could perform some duties of a doctor C.he had cheated doctors for

1088、 so long D.people thought he could become a real doctor 76.York learned how to behave like a doctor by _.A.watching other doctors work B.talking to doctors and nurses C.getting some training and experience D.observing doctors while he was a patient 77.Why was Laura Kennan in hospital?A.She had swall

1089、owed something and almost died.B.She had to have and emergency operation.C.She had been injured in a road accident.D.She had lost consciousness while driving.78.The judges remark implied that York would be more severely punished if he _.A.pretended to be a psychiatrist B.tried to get away from priso

1090、n C.was proud of what he had done D.studied the behaviour of the psychiatrist 【答案】7578 BACA【2004 江苏卷】A He was the baby with no name.Found and taken from the north Atlantic 6 days after the sinking of the Titanic in 1912,his tiny body so moved the salvage(救援)workers that they called him“our baby.”In

1091、their home port of Halifax,Nova Scotia,people collected money for a headstone in front of the babys grave(墓),carved with the words:“To the memory of an unknown child.”He has rested there ever since.But history has a way of uncovering its secrets.On Nov.5,this year,three members of a family from Finl

1092、and arrived at Halifax and laid fresh flowers at the grave.“This is our baby,”says Magda Schleifer,68,a banker.She grew up hearing stories about a great-aunt named Maria Panula,42,who had sailed on the Titanic for America to be reunited with her husband.According to the information Mrs.Schleifer had

1093、 gathered,Panula gave up her seat on a lifeboat to search for her five children-including a 13-month-old boy named Eino from whom she had become separated during the final minutes of the crossing.We thought they were all lost in the sea,says Schleifer.Now,using teeth and bone pieces taken from the b

1094、abys grave,scientists have compared the DNA from the Unknown Child with those collected from members of five families who lost relatives on the Titanic and never recovered the bodies.The result of the test points only to one possible person:young Eino.Now,the family sees:no need for a new grave.He b

1095、elongs to the people of Halifax,says Schleifer.Theyve taken care of him for 90 years.Adapted from People,November 25,2002 56.The baby travelled on the Titanic with his_.A.mother B.parents C.aunt D.relatives 57.What is probably the boys last name?A.Schleiferi B.Eino.C.Magda.D.Panula.58.Some members o

1096、f the family went to Halifax and put flowers at the childs grave on Nov.5_.A.1912 B.1954 C.2002 D.2004 59.This text is mainly about how_.A.the unknown babys body was taken from the north Atlantic B.the unknown baby was buried in Halifax,Nova Scotia C.people found out who the unknown baby was D.peopl

1097、e took care of the unknown baby for 90 years【答案】56A 57D 58C 59C 【2004 全国卷】A My teenage son Karl became withdrawn after his father died.As a single parent.I tried to do my best to talk to him.But the more I tried,the more he pulled away.When his report card arrived during his junior year,it said that

1098、 he had been absent 95 times from classes and had six falling grades for the year.At this rate he would never graduate.I sent him to the school adviser,and I even begged him.Nothing worked.One night I felt so powerless that I got down on my knees and pleaded for help.“Please God,I cant do anything m

1099、ore for my son.Im at the end of my rope.Im giving the whole thing up to you.”I was at work when I got a phone call.A man introduced himself as the headmaster.“I want to talk to you about Karls absences.”Before he could say another word,I choked up and all my disappointment and sadness over Karl came

1100、 pouring out into the ears of this stranger.“I love my son but I just dont know what to do.Ive tried everything to get Karl to go back to school and nothing has worked.Its out of my hands.“For a moment there was silence on the other end of the line.The headmaster seriously said,“Thank you for your t

1101、ime”,and hung up.Karls next report card showed a marked improvement in his grades.Finally,he even made the honor roll.In his fourth year,I attended a parent-teacher meeting with Karl.I noticed that his teachers were astonished at the way he had turned himself around.On our way home,he said,“Mum,reme

1102、mber that call from the headmaster last year?”I nodded.“That was me.I thought Id play a joke but when I heard what you said,it really hit me how much I was hurting you.Thats when I knew I had to make you proud.”56By saying“Karl became withdrawn”,the author means that the boy changed entirely and .Ap

1103、referred to stay alone at home Blost interest in his studies Crefused to talk to others Dbegan to dislike his mother 57There was silence on the other end of the line because .Athe speaker was too moved to say anything to the mother Bthe speaker waited for the mother to finish speaking Cthe speaker d

1104、idnt want the mother to recognize his voice Dthe speaker was unable to interrupt the mother 58The sentence“he even made the honor roll”means that“”.Ahe was even on the list to be praised at the parent-teacher meeting Bhe was even on the list of students who made progress in grades Che was even on th

1105、e list of students who had turned themselves around Dhe was even on the list of the best students at school 59What is the main idea of this passage?AChildren in single-parent families often have mental problems.BMothers love plays an important role in teenagers life.CBeing understood by parents is v

1106、ery important to teenagers.DSchool education doesnt work without full support from parents.【答案】5659CADB【2003 上海卷】(B)Martha had been working for Miller Laboratories for two years,but she was not happy there.Nothing significant had happened in the way of promotions or salary increases.Martha felt that

1107、 her supervisor,a younger and less experienced person than she,did not like her.In fact,the supervisor often said unpleasant things to her.One day,while talking with her friend Maria,she mentioned how discouraged she was.Maria gave her the name of a cousin of hers who was director of Human Resources

1108、 Department for a large chemical company.Martha called him the next day and set up an interview on her lunch hour.During the interview.Mr.Petri said,“Youre just the kind of person we need here.Youre being wasted in your other job.Give me a call in a day or two.Im sure we can find a place for you in

1109、our organization.”Martha was so happy she almost danced out of the building.That afternoon,Ruth Kenny,her supervisor,saw that Martha had come in ten minutes late from her lunch hour and she said.“Oh,so you finally decided to come back to work today?”This was the last straw.She could not take another

1110、 insult.Besides,Mr.Petri was right:she was being wasted in this job.“Look,”she said angrily,“if you dont like the way I work,I dont need to stay here,Ill go where Im appreciated!Good-bye!”She took up her things and stormed out of the office.That night she called Maria and told her what had happened

1111、and then asked Maria,“What do you think?”“Well,”said Maria carefully,“are you sure about the other job?”“Well,not exactly,but”Maria continued,“Will you be able to get a recommendation from Ms.Kenny if you need one?”“A recommendation?from Ms.Kenny?”hesitated Martha,in a worried tone.“Martha,I hope yo

1112、u didnt burn your bridges,”Maria said.“I think I would have handled it differently.”78Martha is unhappy in her job because_.Ashe has not advanced Bthe work in not significant Cher supervisor is younger than she Dthere is too much work with little payment 79Which of the following statements is NOT tr

1113、ue?AAt her supervisors criticism,Martha lost her temper.BMr.Petri felt Martha was not valued in her present job.CMarthas interview with the director was on her lunch hour.DMartha got the name of the director through her cousin.80The phrase“the last straw”in the middle of the passage probably refers

1114、to_.Athe last opportunity Bthe straw that saves Marthas life Cthe last reminder Dthe final unpleasant thing 81What does Maria think of Marthas decision?AMartha has handled the matter properly.BMartha shouldnt have set the bridge on fire.CMartha should have found a new job before leaving.DMartha shou

1115、ldnt have lost her temper with her supervisor.【答案】78.A 79.D 80.D 81.C 【2003 北京春卷】A Last summer I went through a training program and became a literacy volunteer（扫盲志愿者）.The training I received,though excellent,did not tell me how it was to work with a real student,however.When I began to discover wha

1116、t other peoples lives were like because they could not read,I realized the true importance of reading.My first student Marie was a 44-year-old single mother of three.In the first lesson,I found out she walked two miles to the nearest supermarket twice a week because she didns know which bus to take.

1117、When I told her I would get her a bus schedule（时刻表）,she told me it would not help because she could not read it.She said she also had difficulty once she got to the supermarket because she couldnt always remember what she needed.Since she did not know words,she could not write out a shopping list.Al

1118、so,she could only recognize items by sight,so if the product had a different label(标识),she would not recognize it as the product she wanted.As we worked together,learning how to read built Maries self-confidence(自信心),which encouraged her to continue in her studies.She began to make rapid progress an

1119、d was even able to take the bus to the supermarket.After this successful trip,she reported how self-confident she felt.At the end of the program,she began helping her youngest son,Tony,a shy first grader,with his reading.She sat with him before he went to sleep and together they would read bedtime s

1120、tories.When his eyes became wide with excitement as she read,pride was written all over her face,and she began to see how her own hard work in learning to read paid off.As she described this experience,I was proud of myself as well.I found that helping Marie to build her selfconfidence was more rewa

1121、rding than anything I had ever done before.As a literacy volunteer,I learned a great deal about teaching and helping others.In fact,I may have learned more from the experience than Marie did.56What did the author do last summer?AShe worked in the supermarket.BShe helped someone to learn to read.CShe

1122、 gave single mothers the help they needed.DShe went to a training program to help a literacy volunteer.57Why didnt Marie go to the supermarket by bus at first?ABecause she liked to walk to the supermarket.BBecause she lived far away from the bus stop.CBecause she couldnt afford the bus ticket.DBecau

1123、se she couldnt find the right bus.58How did Marie use to find the goods she wanted in the supermarket?AShe knew where the goods were in the supermarket.BShe asked others to take her to the right place.CShe managed to find the goods by their looks.DShe remembered the names of the goods.59Which of the

1124、 following statements is true about Marie?AMarie could do things she had not been able to do before.BMarie was able to read stories with the help of her son.CMarie decided to continue her studies in school DMarie paid for her own lessons.【答案】56B 57D 58C 59A 6 年模拟【2007-2012】英语汇编：阅读理解之故事类 2012 年模拟题【20

1125、12 四川德阳高中高三一诊】The singer,Mick Jagger,of the Rolling Stones sings a song that tells people they cant always get what they want but if we try sometimes we can get what we need.The past years in my life my parents have told me this saying many times.Ive always complained about the quote(引语).Although ov

1126、er time I have told myself to learn from it.This year my girlfriend flew off to college in West Palm,Florida.This has been a killer for me because I havent been able to see her and she is having a rough time in school.The last two months have been hard but we are working through it.I have been tryin

1127、g to get my dad to buy me a plane ticket to go down there.My dad told me if I brought him some money he would help me pay for the ticket.I started to complain to him because I had no way of getting any money to give him.I spent several days and nights thinking of ways to earn money to go see my girl

1128、friend.I finally came to the conclusion that I would get a job and work hard to earn some money to give to my dad.I applied to Safeway and I ended up getting the job.I have been working at Safeway for about a month now and work hard to earn money to go see my girlfriend.The other day my mom had surp

1129、rised me and told me that she asked her boss if she could use their business miles(旅费)to buy me a ticket down to Florida for two weeks.I was very thankful and told her I would help pay for anything that I have to.The thought of me working hard and getting a job showed my mom that I really cared and

1130、was trying my best to be a successful person.I believe that you cant always get what you want but if you try sometimes,you get what you need.1The authors parents often told him the saying quoted from the song because .AHe liked to complain to them about his life BThey expected him to learn from the

1131、singer CHe always wanted to get everything he wanted DThey tried to educate him to do things for himself 2What does the world“killer”underlined in the second paragraph refer to?ASomething that is quite troublesome.BSomething that is very difficult.CA person who kills purposely.DA person who treats w

1132、omen very badly.3What can we infer from the passage?AThe author was lazy and unwilling to work hard.BThe authors father was too mean to give him money.CThe authors actual action won support from his mother.DThe author was unable to tear himself away from his girl friend.4By writing the passage,the a

1133、uthor tries to show .Awe can do nothing without money Bfathers are strict while mothers are kind Cits hard for parents to bring up their children Dwe should try to rely on ourselves for everything 文章大意 作者的父亲总是引用歌词教育作者，凡事要靠自己的努力，作者就只凭借自己的努力满足了打动父母，如愿以偿的拿到了去看女朋友的票。1.D 推理判断题。由作者在第一段最后的“Ive always compl

1134、ained about the quote(引语).Although over time I have told myself to learn from it.”尽管作者总是抱怨，但自己也承认学从中学到了东西，这正是父母引用的目的所在。2.A 考查词义猜测。由下文的解释“because I havent been able to see her and she is having a rough time in school.”可以看出，女朋友离开去上大学了，自己感觉很孤独，再加上女友在学校“having a rough time”，由此可以看出，这正是上文所说的 killer，一些使人烦恼

1135、的事情。3.C 推理判断题。当作者提出让父母出钱买票去看女友的时候，父亲的答复是：作者得出钱，即：“if I brought him some money he would help me pay for the ticket.”后来作者找了份工作(ended up getting the job），并努力赚钱买票(work hard to earn money to go see my girlfriend.），正是作者的实际行动感动了作者的妈妈，从而“asked her boss if she could use their business miles(旅费)to buy me a ti

1136、cket down to Florida for two weeks.”4.D 主旨大意题。作者用开篇用一句歌词引出了主题，只要：只要努力就能得到自己所需要的。中间用自己的一次经历进行了论证，最后一段在回扣：trying my best to be a successful person.，I believe that you cant always get what you want but if you try sometimes,you get what you need.，也就是：we should try to rely on ourselves for everything。【20

1137、12上海春招】For six hours we shot through the landscape of the Karoo desert in South Africa.Just rocks and sand and baking sun.Knowing our journey was ending,Daniel and I just wanted to remember all we had seen and done.He used a camera.I used words.I had already finished three notebooks and was into the

1138、 fourth,a beautiful leather notebook Id bought in a market in Mozambique.Southern Africa was full of stories.And visions.We were almost drunk on sensations.The roaring of the water at Victoria Falls,the impossible silence of the Okavango Delta in Botswana.And then the other things:dogs in the street

1139、s,whole families in Soweto living in one room,a kilometre from clean water.As we drove towards the setting sun,a quietness fell over us.The road was empty-we hadnt seen another car for hours.And as I drove,something caught my eye,something moving next to me.I glanced in the mirror of the car;I glanc

1140、ed sideways to the right,and that was when I saw them.Next to us,by the side of the road,thirty,forty wild horses were racing the car,a cloud of dust rising behind them-brown,muscular horses almost close enough to touch them,to smell their hot breath.I didnt know how long they had been there next to

1141、 us.I shouted to Dan:Look!,but he was in a deep sleep,his camera lying useless by his feet.They raced the car for a few seconds,then disappeared far behind us,a memory of heroic forms in the red landscape.When Daniel woke up an hour later I told him what had happened.Wild horses?he said.Why didnt yo

1142、u wake me up?I tried.But they were gone after a few seconds.Are you sure you didnt dream it?You were the one who was sleeping!Typical,he said.The best photos are the ones we never take.We checked into a dusty hotel and slept the sleep of the dead.1.During their journey in Africa,the two travelers_ A

1143、.made friends with local residents B.complained about the poor living conditions C.enjoyed the sunset in the Karoo desert most D.recorded their experiences in different ways 2.What does the phrase heroic forms in Paragraph 4 refer to?A.Racing cars.B.Wild horses.C.Eye-catching locals.D.Running dogs.3

1144、.What did Daniel think when he woke up and was told what had happened?A.He always missed out on the best thing.B.He had already taken beautiful pictures.C.A sound sleep was more important.D.The next trip would be better.4.What is the passage mainly about?A.How to view wildlife in Africa.B.Running in

1145、to wildlife in Africa.C.Tourist attractions in southern Africa.D.Possible dangers of travelling in the desert.1.D 考查细节理解。根据 Daniel and I just wanted to remember all we had seen and done.He used a camera.I used words.可知 D 正确。2.B 考查猜测词义。根据句意内容应该指追汽车的野马。3.A 考查细节理解。根据 The best photos are the ones we nev

1146、er take.可知 A 正确。4.B 考查主旨要义。文章主要叙述了我们在晚上被一群野马追逐的景观，所以文章的大意是 Running into wildlife in Africa.。【2012潍坊期末】When Boris left school，he could not find a jobHe tried hard and pestered(纠缠)his relatives，but they had problems of their Own。He answered advertisements until he could not afford to buy any more stam

1147、ps.Boris grew annoyed，then depressed，then a little hardenedStill he went on trying and still he failedHe began to think that he had no future at all.“Why dont you start your own business?”one of his uncles told him“The world is a money-locker。Youd better find a way of opening it.”“But what can I do?

1148、”“Get out and have a look round,”advised his uncle in a vague sort of way“See what people want；then give it to them，and they will pay for it.”Boris began to cycle around the town and found a suitable piece of a waste ground in the end.Then he set up his business as a cycle repairerHe worked hard，mad

1149、e friends with his customers and gradually managed to build up his goodwill and profitA few months later,he found that he had more work than he could deal with by himselfHe found a number of empty shops but they were all no good：in the wrong position，too expensive or with some other snag(障碍).But at

1150、long last，he managed to find an empty shop on a new estate where there were plenty of customers but no competition.Boris and his assistant taught themselves how to repair scooters and motor-cyclesSlowly but surely the profits increased and the business developed.At last，Boris had managed to open the

1151、 money-locker and found bank notes and gold Coins inside 1.Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?A.Goodwill is the key to success B.The world is a money-locker CNo education,no future D.Difficulty of starting a small business 2.Which of the following best describes Borisjob

1152、hunting experience?A.Surprising B.Encouraging C.Boring D.Disappointing 3.Boris start his career by .A.cycling around the town B.developing a waste ground C.repairing cycles D.buying empty shops 4.Boris finally chose an empty shop on a new estate because .A.it was not so expensive B.he had a lot of o

1153、ld customers there C.he could make good use of his skills there D.there were good opportunities there 5.We can infer from the last paragraph that Boris .A.still couldnt make good profits B.set off in a successful career C.found a lot of gold coins by accident D.had great difficulty running his busin

1154、ess【答案与解析】主人公 Boris 毕业后，在寻找工作的过程中屡屡受挫，失望之至，在叔叔的建议下，从修理自行车开始，逐渐走向了成功。1.B 标题判断题。纵观全文可以看出，文章通过主人公求职屡遭拒绝，最后经过调整思路赚得第一桶金，然后把自己的生意越做做大，从而打开了世界这把锁钱的锁的故事，由此可知，B 项最能概括全文。2.D 推理判断题。第一段中描述了 Boris 求职接连失败的感受：Boris grew annoyed，then depressed，then a little hardened，因此，四个选项中只有 disappointing【失望的），符合语境。3.C 细节理解题。由倒数

1155、第二段的“Then he set up his business as a cycle repairer”可知答案。4.D 推理判断题。由倒数第二段的“But at long last，he managed to find an empty shop on a new estate where there were plenty of customers but no competition.”可以看出，那里顾客较多、没有竞争，也就是说那里机会好，所以选 D。5.B 推理判断题。最后一段前半部分告诉我们他的生意越来越大，利润越来越客观，最后一句对此作了总结，由此可以看出，他的事业取得了成功。【

1156、2012西安一次质检】Wherever she goes,Molly leaves her mark.Without saying a word,she speaks to people with her kind eyes.Even when she walks away,she leaves an impressionMollys mark is a smile,stamped into the ground by the horseshoe at the bottom of her false leg A few years ago,Molly was badly attacked by

1157、 a dogThe dog bit all four or Mollys legs and left large cuts in her face.Mollys owner,Kate Harris,took her to an animal hospitalDoctors there were able to save Mollys life,but soon one of her legs became very infected(感染).At first,doctors thought Molly would have to be put to sleepBut Molly changed

1158、 their minds.This pony,doctors noticed,shifted her weight,and rested her good leg from time to time.Doctors knew t hat Molly had amazing intelligence,and that she wanted to live.Several doctors operated on Molly,and removed her infected leg.A false leg was made for her.The leg was a hollow cast with

1159、 a pole at the bottom for balance.Doctors gave Molly a special horseshoe at the bottom of the leg.This horseshoe she had had a stamp of a smile face in it!After the operation,Molly walked around on all four legs,as if nothing had ever happened to her!Now,with every step she takes,she stamps a smile

1160、in the dirtBut she leaves her m ark in other ways,too.Kaye Harris took Molly to the false leg center.There were children there who,like Molly,had artificial arms or legs.They were amazed to see a pony with a false leg.Molly made them smile and gave them hope.Soon,Molly began to visit schools,nursing

1161、 homes,army bases and hospitals.A book was even written about Molly!1Molly is the name of a .Adog Bhorse Cparent Dchild 2Which of the following is true according to the text?AMolly can speak to people in kind words.BKay Harris took Molly to a childrens hospital after the attack.CIn the beginning,doc

1162、tors had planned to end Mollys life.DMolly sometimes leaves smiling marks on peoples faces.3What is unique about Molly?AMolly has a false leg with a horseshoe shaped like a smiling face.BMolly ran a race and won the first prize.CMolly often visits places such as schools and parks.DMolly has become a

1163、 symbol of hope for people of all ages.4Which is the best title for the passage?AA Book on Molly BA False Leg CA successful Operation DLeaving her Mark【答案与解析】文章介绍了一个名叫 Molly 的小型马在很小的时候不幸受伤，依靠安装假肢顽强生活下去的故事，给了那些在逆境中的人们以极大的精神鼓舞，引导人们在逆境中保持乐观，看到希望。1.B 细节理解题。由倒数第三段的“Doctors gave Molly a special horseshoe

1164、at the bottom of the leg”可以看出：医生在 Molly 腿的底部安装了一个特殊的马蹄铁，可知 Molly 是一匹马。2.C 细节判断题。由第三段的“At first,doctors thought Molly would have to be put to sleep”可以看出：起初，医生认为 Molly 会毫无疑问的被以人道方法结束生命。由此可以看出：项“In the beginning,doctors had planned to end Mollys life.”正确。注意选项所说的“end Mollys life”对应原文的“Molly would have t

1165、o be put to sleep”。3.A 细节理解题。由文章第一段的“Molly has a false leg with a horseshoe shaped like a smiling face.”(Molly 装有一个镶有笑脸形状马蹄铁的假肢）这是因伤致残 Molly 和他的同类相比特有的东西。故选。4.D 标题判断题。纵观全文可以看出，文章开篇点题，也就是说，第一句话“Wherever she goes,Molly leaves her mark”就是文章的主题句。下文对此进行了进一步的阐述：Mollys mark is a smile,stamped into the grou

1166、nd by the horseshoe at the bottom of her false leg然后详细解释了这个假肢的由来，故项最能概括全文。其他各项都是文章的细节，不能概括全文。【2012九江一模】Like any good mother;when Karen found out that another baby was on the way,she did whatshe could to help her 3-year-old son,Michael,prepare for a new babyThey find out that the new baby is going to

1167、 be a girl,and day after day,night after night,Michael sings to his sister in Mommys stomach Finally,Michaels little sister is bornBut she is in serious conditionWith alarm in the night,the ambulance rushes the infant to the neonatal(初生的)intensive care unit at StMarys Hospital,Knoxville,TennesseeThe

1168、 days go byThe little girl gets worseThe pediatric(儿科的)specialist tells the parents,“There is very little hopeBe prepared for the worst”Karen and her husband contact a local cemetery about a burial plotThey have fixed up a special room in their home for the new baby,but now they plan a funeralMichae

1169、l,keeps begging his parents to let him see his sister,I want to sing to her,he says Karen makes up her mindShe will take Michael whether they like it or notIf he doesnt see his sister now,he may never see her alive She dresses him in an oversized suit and marches him into ICUHe looks like a walking

1170、laundry basket,but the head nurse recognizes him as a child and shouts,Get that kid out of here now!No children are allowedNever disturb patients hereThe mother rises up strongly and said?He is not leaving until he sings to his sister!Karen leads Michael to his sisters bedsideHe gazes at the tiny in

1171、fant losing the battle to live And he begins to singIn die pure hearted voice of a 3-year-old,Michael sings:You are my sunshine,my only sunshine,you make me happy when skies are gray Instantly the baby girl respondsThe pulse rate becomes calm and steady The next day,the very next day,the little girl

1172、 is well enough to go home!Womans Day magazine called it the miracle of a brothers song The medical staff just called it a miracleKaren called it a miracle of Gods love!Never give up on die people you love 1What may the underlined words the infant refer to?AThe baby BKaren CMary DMichael 2What do we

1173、 know about the little sister after she was born?AShe was driven to StMarys shop BA doctor came to see her in her house CShe was very thin and couldnt speak DShe was in great danger 3Why did Karen firmly let little Michael see his sister in ICU?ABecause he could make his sister alive BBecause his si

1174、ster would be sent to a far hospital CBecause his sister was going to die soon DBecause his father wanted to take him away 4What do we know about the head nurse?AThe head nurse was careful BThe head nurse was rude CThe head nurse was responsible D The head nurse had no sympathy 5What is the general

1175、idea of the text?AA boy s singing saved his sister s life BThe little girl is well enough to go home CMichaels little sister is born with a serious disease DNo children are allowed to enter the intensive care unit【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了三岁的男孩 Michael 的妹妹生下来情况非常糟糕，面临着生命危险，在医院的重症监护室里，是 Michael 的歌声拯救了妹妹的

1176、生命，创造了生命的奇迹。.【答案】A【解析】考查词义猜测题。从本段中 Michaels little sister is bornBut she is in serious condition和 the neonatal(初生的)intensive care unit at StMarys Hospital 看出是“新生儿”。故选 A 项。2.【答案】D【解析】考查细节理解题。从文章第二段的 Michaels little sister is bornBut she is in serious condition 和 The days go byThe little girl gets wor

1177、seThe pediatric（儿科的）specialist tells the parents,“There is very little hopeBe prepared for the worst看出答案。3.【答案】C【解析】考查细节理解题。从文章第四段的 If he doesnt see his sister now,he may never see her alive 看出答案。4.【答案】C【解析】考查推理题。从文章第五段的 Get that kid out of here now!No children are allowedNever disturb patients here

1178、 推出答案。5.【答案】A【解析】考查主旨大意题。从全文看出答案。文章是写三岁的男孩 Michael 的妹妹生下来情况非常糟糕，面临着生命危险，在医院的重症监护室里，是 Michael 的歌声拯救了妹妹的生命，创造了生命的奇迹。【2012潍坊期末】A cancer-stricken British teenage said Thursday she had been moved by messages of support from around the world after writing an online“Bucket List”of things she wanted to do b

1179、efore dying.Alice Pyne，l5，created an internet blog in which she described her fight against a cancer of the white blood cells.“Ive been fighting cancer for almost four years and now I know that the cancer is gaining on me and it doesnt look like Im going to win this one,”she wrote.For her list，at th

1180、e site ,she has included making everyone sign up to be a bone marrow donor(骨髓捐赠者)，swimming with sharks,meeting boy band Take That and getting a purple iPad computer.Messages of support and offers of help quickly flooded her webpage and it became one of the most talked about subjects on Twitter “Oh,d

1181、ear and I thought that I was just doing a little blog for a few friends!”she wrote after her site attracted huge attention“Thank you so much for all your lovely messages to me。”Pyne，who lives with her family in the northwest English town of Ulverston,revealed(透露)the management of Take That had arran

1182、ged for her to see the band after reading her blog.A group of local lawmakers have also joined forces with the Anthony blood cancer charity to encourage people to join its stem cell register.1What happened after Alice Pyne wrote her“Bucket List”?APeople around the world sent messages to support her.

1183、B.People sent gifts to her from all over the world.C.A lot of people offered to donate bone marrow to her.D.The media called on people to help her 3Alice Pyne wrote her“Bucket List”to .A.catch peoples attention B.say goodbye to a few friends C.give comfort to two terminally ill men D.express her las

1184、t few wishes 4It can be inferred from the second paragraph that Alice Pyne .A.is unaware of her own conditions B.is very sad to know that she will die C.is calm to know that death is approaching D.is still quite confident in fighting against cancer 4Which of the following is NOT on Alice Pynes“Bucke

1185、t List”?ATo ask people to donate bone marrow.B.To get a cool computer C.To swim with shark.DTo meet a boy。5.Take That will arrange to .Ameet Pyne in person B.help Pyne in any possible way C.donate money to Pyne D.invite Pyne to join the band【答案与解析】身患癌症的英国少女 Alice Pyne 把自己的临终遗愿张贴在网上以后，引起了社会各界的普遍关注，再次

1186、阐述了“只要人人都献出一点爱，世界将变成美好的人间”的真谛。1.A 细节理解题。由倒数第三段的“Messages of support and offers of help quickly flooded her webpage and it became one of the most talked about subjects on Twitter”可以看出帖子发布后，收到了世界各地的支持他的信息。2.D 细节理解题。由第一段的“after writing an online“Bucket List”of things she wanted to do before dying.”可以看出

1187、，“Bucket List”表达的就是他最后的愿望。3.C 推理判断题。由该段的“I know that the cancer is gaining on me and it doesnt look like Im going to win this one”对自己的病情和结果进行了平静的叙述，由此可知，C 项符合语境。4.D 细节判断题。第四段介绍了“Bucket List”所有的内容，前三项都在里面，但是里面的“boy band Take That”是一个乐队，而不是想见某一个男孩，所以应该排除 D。5.A 细节理解题。由倒数第二段的“revealed(透露)the management

1188、of Take That had arranged for her”可以看出，她想见的那家乐队已经安排亲自见她了。故选 A。【2012潍坊三县联考】I am a strong believer that if a child is raised with approval,he learns to love himself and will be successful in his own way.Several weeks ago，I was doing homework with my son in the third grade and he kept standing up from

1189、his chair to go over the math linesI kept asking him to sit down,telling him that he would concentrate better.He sat but seconds later,as if he didnt even notice he was doing it,he got up againI was getting frustrated,but then it hit meI started noticing his answers were much quicker and accurate wh

1190、en he stood upCould he be more intent while standing up？This made me start questioning myself and what I had been raised to believe.I was raised to believe that a quiet,calm child was a sure way to successThis child would have the discipline to study hard,get good grades and become someone important

1191、 in life Now those same people perhaps come to realize that their kids are born with their own sets of DNA and personality traits，and all you can do is loving and accepting themAs parents，throughout their growing years and beyond that,we need to be our kids best cheerleaders，guiding them and helping

1192、 them find their way.I have stopped asking my son to sit down and concentrateObviously,he is concentrating just in his own way and not mineWe need to learn to accept our kids ways of doing thingsSome way may have worked for me but doesnt mean we need to carry it through generationsThere is nothing s

1193、weeter than being individual and uniqueIt makes us free and happy and thats just the way I want my kids to live their own life 1.At the beginning,the author tried to keep his son seated in order to make him_.A.pay more attention to his study B.keep silent in the room C.finish his homework on time D.

1194、get right answers 2.Inspired by the case of his son，the author began to doubt_.Athe importance of parents Bthe old form of education Cthe relationship between kids and their parents Dthe good grades of some kids 3.According to the passage,which of the following statements is right?A.We should help k

1195、ids correct their wrong ways.B.Parents should study their kids DNA.C.Kids should be taught to behave themselves.D.Parents should love and accept their kids.4.The author has stopped asking his son to sit down because _.A.he has changed his traditional ideas B.his son wants to be unique C.his son does

1196、nt follow his advice D.his sons DNAis different 5.Which of the following would be the best title of the passage?A.Study hard and youll be successful B.Be friendly to your children C.Childrens success in their own style D.Parents help with their childrens study【答案与解析】作者通过辅导孩子写作业的经历意识到用传统的教育方式约束孩子已不再适

1197、用，父母应该引导和帮助孩子找到适合他们自身的学习方法，培养独特的个性，进而获得成功。1.A细节理解题。根据第一段的“I kept asking him to sit down，telling him that he would concentrate better”可知作者让他儿子坐下来是想让他更专心地学习。2.B 推理判断题。结合第三段前两句中的内容可推断作者开始怀疑传统教育。3.D 正误判断题。根据第四段的“and all you can do is loving and accepting them”可知父母应该关爱并接受他们的孩子。4.A 推理判断题。第三段是对传统教育的质疑，第四段指

1198、出父母应该引导并帮助孩子发现适合他们自己的学习方式，最后一段提到作者不再要求孩子坐下专心学习，由此可推断作者改变了他的传统教育观念。5.C 主旨大意题。文章第一段开门见山地提出了本文的主题，如果孩子得到了认同，就能学会自爱并用自己的方式取得成功，所以 C 项最能概括文章大意。【2012九江一模】Yao Ming landed in the USin the summer of 2002,7-feet,6-inches worth of fancy footwork(花式步伐),armed with a soft shooting touchHe was the top player selec

1199、ted by the Houston Rockets,whose new activities place would soon be promoted by ToyotaThe Japanese carmaker had just opened a new plant in China,and the company expects that Yao fans would soon become Corolla fans For many Americans,Yao was their understanding to the Chinese economic engineHe was a

1200、government project,brought up from a young age in order to show the new China to the worldChina fulfilled its promise;since those unforgettable days of 2002,through the Beijing Olympics and beyond,the country has stayed on its path towards superpower figureYao,sadly,fell short According to an early

1201、report from Yahoo!Sports,which was confirmed by several other news organizations,Yao is going to retireHe just couldnt conquer the injuriesA broken bone in his left foot absenced Yao after just five games last seasonA broken foot forced him to miss all of the 2009-2010 seasonIn fact,due to foot and

1202、knee injuries,Yao played in more than 55 games just once over the past six seasons Prior to Yao,players over 74 were usually one-skill personManute Bol,at 77,blocked shots and,during one stretch,acted as a shamed three-pointerShawn Bradley,76,had skills,but was far too gentle to be a starYao,however

1203、,could do it allAt his top,in 2006-2007,he averaged 25 points per gameHis turnaround jumper was unstoppableHis post-passes were usually on the money（It helps when you can see over everyone）Yao,who played in just eight seasons,finished his career averaging 190 points,and 92 rebounds,per gameHis Rocke

1204、ts never advanced further than the second round of the playoffs(季后赛)Whatever on-court milestones Yaos body never allowed him to achieve,he more than made up for off the courtYao was so much more than a basketball playerTo the Chinese public who admired him,he was a symbol of his home countrys possib

1205、ilityYao carried the Chinese flag at the Olympic opening ceremonies,soaking in the love of his country 1Toyota s purpose of supporting Yao is to _ Alet Yaoming make money Badvertise their cars widely Corganize their basketball team D let Yaoming drive their cars to games 2When did China keep on its

1206、development to some large countries?ASince 2000 BIn 2006 CIn 2007 DIn 2010 3What can I know in the fourth paragraph?AManute Bol has integrated skills B Yaoming has integrated skills CShawn Bradley has integrated skills DShawn Bradley acted as a shamed three pointer.4What can we infer from the fifth

1207、paragraph?AYaoming didnt achieve any life goals B Yaoming is only a good basketball player CPeople see the strength of China from Yao DYaoming always holds flags in the game 5Which one of the following stating orders is right?aThe Japanese carmaker supported Yaoming bYao missed many games due to foo

1208、t and knee injuries,cYao held the Chinese flag at the Olympic opening dYao Ming went to the USfor the first time Ac,a,b,d Bd,b,c,a Cc,b,d,a Dd,a,c,b【答案与解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了姚明的职业生涯以和他在篮球方面的成就以及对中国经济在世界上地位的提高，都做出了巨大的贡献。1.B 考查细节理解题。从第一段的 He was the top player selected by the Houston Rockets,whose new act

1209、ivities place would soon be promoted by ToyotaThe Japanese carmaker had just opened a new plant in China,and the company expects that Yao fans would soon become Corolla fans看出答案。2.A 考查细节理解题。从第二段的 China fulfilled its promise;since those unforgettable days of 2002,through the Beijing Olympics and beyo

1210、nd,the country has stayed on its path towards superpower figure 看出答案。3.B 考查推理题。从第四段的 Yao,however,could do it allAt his top,in 2006-2007,he averaged 25 points per gameHis turnaround jumper was unstoppableHis post-passes were usually on the money(It helps when you can see over everyone)Yao,who played

1211、in just eight seasons,finished his career averaging 190 points,and 92 rebounds,per gameHis Rockets never advanced further than the second round of the playoffs（季后赛）可推出答案。4.C 考查推理题。从第五段的 To the Chinese public who admired him,he was a symbol of his home countrys possibilityYao carried the Chinese flag

1212、 at the Olympic opening ceremonies,soaking in the love of his country 可推出答案。5.D 考查细节理解题。文章第一段写到了 Yao Ming went to the USfor the first time和 The Japanese carmaker supported Yaoming，第二段写到了through the Beijing Olympics；第三段写到了 In fact,due to foot and knee injuries,Yao played in more than 55 games just on

1213、ce over the past six seasons。故选 D 项。【2012顺义素质展示】The first time I went for a walk around my father-in-laws neighborhood was garbage day,and I was shocked to see what people were throwing out.It was back in 1981,and I saw many people gathered in someones front yard.As I went nearer to see what was hap

1214、pening I got my first introduction to yard sales.For the few dollars I had in my wallet,I was able to buy a seven-inch black-and-white portable TV.I also bought a flashlight.The following weekend,at another yard sale,I saw a 14-inch color TV being sold for almost nothing.I felt I could not miss the

1215、offer and bought it.Now I had two sets and couldnt wait to see what else I could afford the next weekend.Spring ended,and by then I had accumulated almost every type of electronic equipment I had always wished to have back home.Then this new idea came to mind.I had heard about a man who traveled bac

1216、k home every few months.He drove a truck filled with boxes of new and used stuff that people were sending to relatives.So I told my father that I would send as many types of items as I could so that he could start his resale business.Every few months I would gather several boxes of American“junk”tel

1217、evisions,toasters,fans,hair dryers,etc.and send them home.As word got out about my fathers“trash”market,people all came to buy these things.Three years later,when I visited my family for the first time since leaving home,I learned that many of the families in our neighborhood had a piece of“trash”.I

1218、t proved that I had the responsibility to keep people back home up to date with the latest technology you no longer need.1.According to the text,a yard sale is a place where people _.A.sell their front yards at a low price B.sell unwanted things in their own yards C.gather in someones yard to enjoy

1219、things D.throw away their trash in someones yard 2.The author felt he could not miss the offer because _.A.the second TV set was bigger B.the second TV set was color TV C.the second TV set was very cheap D.he wanted two TV sets very much 3.What did the author think of the“junk”he bought?A.He thought

1220、 they were valuable.B.He thought they were worth buying.C.He was not surprised to see them thrown away.D.He thought he could sell them for a good price.4.From the passage we can infer that _.A.The author comes from a poor country B.The author often goes home to sell the“junk”C.The author buys the“ju

1221、nk”only to make profits D.The“junk”is not welcomed in the authors home country【答案与解析】作者自接触到庭院销售后，一发而不可收拾。别人弃之不用的东西，却被作者当成宝贝送回了家乡。1B 推理判断题。作者在第二段提到当时首次接触庭院销售，仅用几美元就买了一台电视机和一个手电筒，由此可推测是人们在他们自家的院子里出售不想要的东西的地方。2C 细节理解题。结合第三段前两句的内容可知作者感觉到不能错过这次机会的原因是这台彩电非常便宜，几乎不用花钱。3A 作者态度题。第四段中提到作者搜集了几乎各种类型的电子设备并一直希望把它们

1222、带回家，下文中提到运回家的这些“垃圾”深受父老乡亲的喜欢，再结合最后一段最后一句的内容可知作者认为自己购买的这些东西是有用的。4A 推理判断题。作者购买的是庭院销售的廉价物品，运回自己的家乡后深受欢迎，文章最后提到自己有责任让家乡的人跟上最新技术的步伐，由此可推测作者来自一个贫穷的地方。【2012 安徽省皖南高三联合测评】I learnt about the Pygmalion effect(皮格玛丽翁效应)when I was 7 years old at Riverdale School in Palmerston North and I copied Melissa Crawfords

1223、answers in a spelling test.Before that I was average at school but after that,because Melissa Crawford was smart,and I got all the right answers,I got put in all the smart kids groups.From then I did really well at school because it was believed by the teachers that I would and I also got grouped wi

1224、th the smart kids.This experience that occurred at my primary school shows just how important the Pygmalion effect is in terms of being around mentors(导师)that expect that you re going to do well and also being around people who are smart.The Pygmalion effect is one principle you want to use if you w

1225、ant to make money fast.Have mentors that expect you will make money fast and as an extra boost hang around,copy and learn from other people who are also making money fast.Yesterday this site had over 5000 unique visitors and the traffic to it is increasing all the time.A year ago I contacted a group

1226、 of people who got lots of traffic m their sites and I learnt from them.Truthfully I dont know if they expected me to start getting decent traffic to websites but 1 imagined they did so they might as well have.So there you have it the Pygmalion effect.P.S.My grammar and spelling are not that great n

1227、owadays but thats actually completely irrelevant(不相关的)when it comes to getting lots of visitors to your site.1.When did the author learn about the Pygmalion effect?A.Before he took the spelling test.B.After he cheated in the spelling test.C.When he did badly in exams.D.After he finished primary scho

1228、ol.2.The author got grouped with the smart kids because _.A.he was an average pupil at school B.he did better than expected C.Melissa Crawford was smart D.he did better than all the others at school 3.What does the underlined word“contacted”mean in the passage?A.lost touch with B.made friends with C

1229、.got in touch with D.was concerned about 4.From the passage we can infer that _.A.the author was busy-meeting visitors every day B.there was lots of traffic in his city C.the author opened a website himself D.the authors grammar was poor at school 【答案与解析】文章通过自己的经历告诉我们皮革马利翁的神奇力量。1.B 细节理解题。根据 I copied

1230、 Melissa Crawfords answers in a spelling test 判断，是在他考试作弊以后。2.B 细节理解题。作者原先学习平平，由于考试作弊，成绩出色，所以老师把他列为聪明的学生之中。3.C 词义猜测题。根据 learn from them 判断，该词的意思是“取得联系”。4.C 推理判断题。从 when it comes to getting lots of visitors to your site 看，作者有自己的网站。【永州市 2012 年高考一模】Before she appeared on the reality show(真人秀)Britains Go

1231、t Talent,Susan Boyle was just an ordinary middle-aged British woman.Now all this is going to change.She lives in a house with her cat Pebbles in a tiny Scottish town.Because of learning difficulties,she doesnt have much education.But what she does have is a very good voice.As a kid,she sang in churc

1232、h and choirs and school plays.For a living,she sang at local pubs.When she took the stage on April 10th her hair was untidy and her clothes seemed just one step up from rags.The audience laughed at her.But then she opened her mouth.A few bars into the song and the laughing audience went silent.A bea

1233、utiful voice was singing I Dreamed a Dream from the musical Les Miserables.Everyone was amazed.At the end of her song,the audience jumped to their feet and applauded wildly.Almost overnight,Susan became a household name.She won fans and millions of admirers.Her online videos have drawn over 85.2 mil

1234、lion hits.Susans story proved the truth of an old saying:“Never judge the book by its cover.”Susan may look ordinary,and doesnt have much dress sense,but she can certainly sing.Susans fans admire her courage,as much as they do her voice.She has experienced mockery and many disappointments,but her lo

1235、ve for music has kept her going,which is worth anyones respect.61.According to the passage,Susan Boyle _.A.is a famous young actress B.became famous after a show C.used to be a good student D.is good at dancing and has millions of admirers 62.The underlined phrase“just one step up from”in the third

1236、paragraph probably means_.A.far from B.close to C.different from D.the same as 63.The audience jumped and applauded wildly because_.A.her hair was untidy and her clothes seemed just one step up from rags B.she looked very funny C.she sang so well that everyone was amazed D.she made a foolish mistake

1237、 in the end 64.Susan Boyle has many fans now because of _.A.her beautiful face B.her knowing how to dress C.her good education D.her beautiful voice and courage 65.The passage is mainly about_,A.how to win fans B.how to sing well C.a womans sudden success D.a womans simple life 语篇导读：本文介绍苏珊波伊尔在英国著名电视

1238、选秀节目“英国达人”一夜成名的故事。61.B.细节理解题。根据第四段“Almost overnight,Susan became a household name.”可知苏 珊波伊尔在电视选秀节目“英国达人”的一次演出后就一夜成名，故选 B 项 62.B.词义猜测题。根据文中的“her hair was untidy”和“The audience laughed at her”可知她的穿着不好，接近于破烂（rags），故选 B 项。63.C.细节理解题。根据第三段“A beautiful voice was singing I Dreamed a Dream from the musical

1239、Les Miserables.Everyone was amazed.At the end of her song,the audience jumped to their feet and applauded wildly”可知，人们欢呼鼓掌是因为她确实唱得太好了，故选 C 项。64.D.逻辑推理题。根据最后一段“Susans fans admire her courage,as much as they do her voicebut her love for music has kept her going,which is worth anyones respect.”可知人们是因为她

1240、漂亮的歌喉和勇气而迷恋她，故选 D 项。65.C.主旨大意题。本文主要介绍“没星相指数”很高的苏珊波伊尔在电视选秀节目“英国达人”的一次演出后就一夜成名，故选 C 项。【湖南雅礼中学 2012 届高三月考试卷四】Chinese media and Internet users on Monday decried（谴责）a lack of morals in society after a toddler was struck twice by two different vans and left bleeding on the road as more than a dozen bystan

1241、ders did nothing to help the seriously injured girl.The incident,captured by a surveillance camera and aired by Southern Television Guangdong(TVS),showed the two-year-old girl was knocked down and run over by a white van on a narrow market street on the afternoon of Oct.13,in Foshan City of Guangdon

1242、g Province.The driver fled the scene of the accident,leaving the girl to bleed on the sidewalk.Over the next six minutes,more than a dozen people walked by the girl,yet not one individual did anything to help her.The girl was then hit a second time by another van before an elderly trash collector ca

1243、me to her aid and brought the attention of the girls mother,according to the video and eyewitnesses.Doctors said that the girl,who was put on life support after being hospitalized,remains in a deep coma.The girls parents,who are migrants living in the city,are now with her.Police said the drivers of

1244、 both vehicles have been arrested.However,the apathy of the bystanders shown in the video has shocked the public,as Internet forums have seethed with anger,and people are questioning the morality of society.High moral standards were once triumphed as national pride in China where individuals known f

1245、or selflessly helping others were adored by the public.But in recent years,the perception（观念）of a decline of morals has become a hot topic as profit and materialism are perceived to be affecting societys values.On Sept.2.an 88-year-old man in central China collapsed,his face striking the pavement.Ye

1246、t,no one came to his aid,and he ended up choking to death on the blood from his nose.Some have linked the absence of good Samaritans(模范人物)to a previous case in which a man trying to help an elderly woman who fell was accused of harming her.A strong chorus of opinion on the Internet says laws should

1247、exempt（免除）Samaritans from liability（责任）,yet laws themselves cannot solve societys morality dilemma.Cao Lin,a China Youth Daily commentator,said in a signed article published on Monday that the worry of liability should not be an excuse for not helping,and this case exposes the decline of humanity in

1248、 Chinese society.61.According to the passage,what would happen if someone helped others selflessly in the past?A.He/she would be condemned by the public.B.He/she would be awarded by the government.C.The public would feel proud of him/her and thus showed love and respect for him/her D.He/she would ha

1249、ve to worry about liability.62.Which of the following is TRUE about this passage?A.Nobody helped the girl who was struck twice by two different vans.B.The toddler died immediately after she was hit a second time.C.High moral standards were once regarded as national pride in China.D.Journalists from

1250、TVS captured the incident by using a camera.63.In recent years,societys values is believed to be affected by .A.peoples perceptions B.profit and materialism C.the apathy of bystanders D.the morals of society 64.According to Cao Lin,what is the fundamental reason for not helping the girl?A.The worry

1251、of liability.B.Lack of laws that exempt Samaritans from liability.C.The decline of humanity in society.D.The other two cases mentioned in the article-the case or an 88-year-old man and the case where a man trying to help an elderly woman who fell was accused or harming her.65.Where is the article mo

1252、st probably taken from?A.A fashion magazine.B.A news report.C.A science fiction.D.An education column.语篇导读：10 月 13 日的广东佛山，一位小女孩在先后被两辆汽车碾压，而过路人视而不见、见死不救。这人义道德何在？61.C.细节理解题。根据第六段“High moral standards were once triumphed as national pride in China where individuals known for selflessly helping others w

1253、ere adored by the public.”可知在过去，大众会为那些无私助人者感到骄傲，而且爱戴和尊敬他们。由此判断选 C 项。62.C.细节理解题。根据第六段“High moral standards were once triumphed as national pride in China where individuals known for selflessly helping others were adored by the public.”可知，崇高的道德标准曾经被中国认为是民族的自豪，故选 C 项。63.B.细节理解题。根据第七段“But in recent year

1254、s,the perception（观念）of a decline of morals has become a hot topic as profit and materialism are perceived to be affecting societys values.”可知，人们认为今天的社会价值观受到了利润和物质主义的影响，故选 B 项。64.C.推理判断题。根据最后一段“Cao Lin said that the worry of liability should not be an excuse for not helping,and this case exposes the

1255、decline of humanity in Chinese society”可推断人们见死不救的根本原因在于社会人道主义的下滑，故选 C 项。65.B.推理判断题。文章第一段提出全文主题，随后围绕此主题进行报道，此符合新闻的写作特点，且根据文中内容的时事性可推断该文是一篇新闻报道，故选 B 项。2011 年联考题 1.【2011四川成都 4 月月考】D Violin prodigies(神童),I learned,have come in distinct waves from distinct regions.Most of the great performers of the late

1256、 19th and early 20th centuries were born and brought up in Russia and Eastern Europe.I asked Isaac Stern,one of the worlds greatest violinists the reason for this phenomenon.“It is very clear,”he told me.“They were all Jews and Jews at the time were severely oppressed and ill-treated in that part of

1257、 the world.They were not allowed into the professional fields,but they were allowed to achieve excellence on a concert stage.”As a result,every Jewish parents dream was to have a child in the music school because it was a passport to the West.Another element in the emergence of prodigies,I found,is

1258、a society that values excellence in a certain field to nurture(培育)talent.Nowadays,the most nurturing societies seem to be in the Far East.“In Japan,a most competitive society,with stronger discipline than ours,”says Isaac Stern,children are ready to test their limits every day in many fields,includi

1259、ng music.When Western music came to Japan after World War II,that music not only became part of their daily lives,but it became a discipline as well.The Koreans and Chinese as we know,are just as highly motivated as the Japanese.Thats a good thing,because even prodigies must work hard.Next to hard w

1260、ork,biological inheritance plays an important role in the making of a prodigy.J.S.Bach,for example,was the top of several generations of musicians,and four of his sons had significant careers in music.53.Jewish parents in Eastern Europe longed for their children to attend music school because _.A.it

1261、 would allow them access to a better life in the West B.Jewish children are born with excellent musical talent C.they wanted their children to enter into the professional field D.it would enable the family to get better treatment in their own country 54.Nurturing societies as mentioned in the passag

1262、e refer to societies that _.A.are highly motivated in the education of music B.treasure talent and provide opportunities for its full development C.encourage people to compete with each other D.promise talented children high positions 55.Which of the following contributes to the emergence of musical

1263、 prodigies according to the passage?A.a natural gift.B.extensive knowledge of music.C.very early training.D.a prejudice-free society.56.Which of the following titles best summarizes the main idea of the passage?A.Jewish Contribution to Music B.Training of Musicians in the World C.Music and Society D

1264、.The Making of Music Prodigies 53-56 ABAD 2.【2011四川成都 4 月月考】E I promised Michael I wouldnt mention this until the season was overNow l think its time Early last season,I wrote a column about an art of kindness I had seen Jordan do to a disabled child outside the stadiumAfter it ran，I got a call from

1265、 a marl in the western suburbsHe said，“I read what you wrote about Jordanbut I thought I should tell you another thing I saw”Here it comes,I thought.It always does.Write something nice about a person,and people call you up to say that the person is not so nice.A few weeks later Jordan and I were tal

1266、king about something else before a game,and I brought up what the man had said.Was the man right?Had Jordan really been talking to those two boys in that poor and dirty.neighborhood?Not two boys,Jordan said.But four.And he named them.He said four names.And what did they talk about?Everything,”Jordan

1267、 said.Anything.Ive asked to see their grades so that I can check to see if theyre paying attention to their study.If it turns out that one or two of them may need teaching,I make sure they get it.Its just one more part of Michael Jordans life one more thing that no one knows about,and one more thing

1268、 Jordan does fight for.The NBA season is over now,and those boys have their memories.So do J!When the expert reviewers begin to tuna against Jordan as they surely will,Ill think about those boys under the streetlight,waiting for the man they know to come.For someone they can depend on.57.The writer

1269、wrote this story about Jordan and his young friends because _ A.he thought highly of Jordans deeds B.he hated to see Jordan do something bad C.he believed it was time to help the disabled D.he felt sure he neednt keep the promise then 58.A man in the western suburbs made a call to_ A.know why Jordan

1270、 stopped in a bad area B.get a chance to become famous himself C.let the writer know Jordan was not that nice D.offer an example to show how Jordan helped others 59.Jordan talked with the boys because he _.A.needed their support B.had promised to do so C.liked to teach them to play basketball D.want

1271、ed to make sure they all studied well 60.The text implies that Jordan is _.A.an excellent basketball player B.good at dealing with problems of life C.always ready to make friends with young people D.willing to do whatever he can for the good of society【答案】57-60 ACDD 3.【2011河南许昌新乡平顶山第三次调研】B A TAXI dr

1272、iver taught me a million dollar lesson in customer satisfaction and expectation.Inspiring speakers charge thousands of dollars to give his kind of training to corporate directors and staff.It cost me only a 12 taxi ride.I had flown into Dallas just for the purpose of calling on a client.Time was imp

1273、ortant and my plan included a quick turn around trip from and back to the airport.A clean taxi pulled up.The driver rushed to open the passenger door for me and made sure I was comfortably seated before he closed the door.As be got in the drivers seat,he mentioned that the neatly folded Wall Street

1274、Journal next to me for my use.He then showed me several tapes and asked me what type of music I would enjoy.Well!I looked around for a“Candid Camera!”Wouldnt you?I could not believe the service I was receiving!I took the opportunity to say,“Obviously you take great pride in you work.You must have a

1275、story to tell.”“You bet,”he replied,“I used to be in Corporate America.But I got tired of thinking my best would never be good enough.I decided to find my right position in life,somewhere I could feel proud of being the best I could be.I knew I would never be a rocket scientist,but I love driving ca

1276、rs,being of service and feeling like I have done a full days work and done it well.I evaluated my personal property and,I became a taxi driver!One thing I know for sure,to be good in my business I jus have to meet the expectations of my passengers.But,to be GREAT in my business,I have to EXEED the c

1277、ustomers expectations!I like the sound of being great better than just being average.”Did I tip him big time?You bet!The taxi driver taught me a great life lesson:Go an extra mile when providing any service to others.And there is no good or bad job you can make any job good.60What lesson did the aut

1278、hor learn from the taxi driver?AHow to make the best use of time.BHow to do better in the service business.CHow to turn an interest into your career.DHow to become a motivational speaker.61Why did the author look around for a“Candid Camera”?ABecause he was afraid he would be photographed in the cab.

1279、BBecause he was worried what the driver could be up to.CBecause he was amazed by the way the driver was treating him.DBecause he wasnt interested in the tapes offered by the driver.62It can be inferred from the story that .Athe taxi driver couldnt accept just being average Bthe author was anxious to

1280、 get back to meet a client Cwhen the author waited for a taxi at the airport,he was not in a rush Dthe taxi driver loved to play his favorite music during rides 63According to the story,the taxi driver .Awas dissatisfied wit his present job Bwas once often rewarded for being a model worker Cenjoyed

1281、offering his customers more than they expected Dwas forced to become a taxi driver to support his family【答案】BCAC 4.【2011河南许昌新乡平顶山第三次调研】C Each time I see a balloon,my mind flies back to a memory of when I was a six-year-old girl.It was a rainy Sunday and my father had recently died.I asked my mom if

1282、Dad had gone to heaven.Yes,honey.Of course.she said.Can we write him a letter?She paused,the longest pause of my short life,and answered,Yes.My heart jumped.How?Does the mailman go there?I asked.No,but I have an idea.Mom drove to a party store and returned with a red balloon.I asked her what it was

1283、for.Just wait,honey.Youll see.Mom told me to write my letter.Eagerly,I got my favorite pen,and poured out my six-year-old heart in the form of blue ink.I wrote about my day,what I learned at school,how Mom was doing,and even about what happened in a story I had read.For a few minutes it was as if Da

1284、d were still alive.I gave the letter to Mom.She read it over,and a smile crossed her face.She made a hole in the corner of the letter where she looped(缠绕)the balloon string.We went outside and she gave me the balloon.It was still raining.Okay,on the count of three,let go.One,two,three.The balloon,ca

1285、rrying my letter,darted upward against the rain.We watched until it was swallowed by the mass of clouds.Later I realized,like the balloon,that Dad had never let his sickness get him down.He was strong.No matter what he suffered,hed persevere,dart up,and finally transcend(超越)this cold world and his s

1286、ick body.He rose into sky and became something beautiful.I watched until the balloon disappeared into the gray and white and I prayed that his strength was hereditar.I prayed to be a balloon.64When the girl asked her mother if they could write to her father,her mother _.Afelt it hard to answer Bthou

1287、ght her a creative girl Cbelieved it easy to do so Dfound it easy to lie 65When the girl was told that she could send a letter to her father,she _.Ajumped with joy Bbecame excited Cstarted writing immediately D was worried that it couldnt be delivered 66In the eyes of the author,what was the rain li

1288、ke?AAn incurable disease.BAn unforgettable memory.CThe hard time her father had.D The failures her father experienced.67What would be the best title for the passage?AAn unforgettable experience BThe strong red balloon CFly to paradise DA great father【答案】ABCB 5.【2011河南许昌新乡平顶山第三次调研】D THIS was the year

1289、 the Earth struck back.Earthquakes,heat waves,floods,volcanoes,super typhoons,snow storms,landslides and droughts killed at least a quarter of a million people in 2010 the deadliest year in more than a generation.More people were killed worldwide by natural disasters this year than have been killed

1290、in terrorism attacks in the past 40 years combined.It just seemed like it was back-to-back and it came in waves,said Craig Fugate,who heads the U.S.Federal Emergency Management Agency.It handled a record number of disasters in 2010.And we have ourselves to blame most of the time,scientists and disas

1291、ter experts say.Even though many catastrophes have the ring of random chance,the hand of man made this a particularly deadly,costly,extreme and weird（古怪的）year for everything from wild weather to earthquakes.Poor construction and development practices conspire to make earthquakes more deadly than the

1292、y need be.More people live in poverty in vulnerable（脆弱的）buildings in crowded cities.That means that when the ground shakes,the river breaches,or the tropical cyclone hits,more people die.Disasters from the Earth,such as earthquakes and volcanoes are pretty much constant,said Andreas Schraft,vice pre

1293、sident of catastrophic perils for the Geneva-based insurance giant Swiss Re.All the change thats made is man-made.The January earthquake that killed well more than 220,000 people in Haiti is a perfect example.Port-au-Prince has nearly three times as many people-many of them living in poverty-and mor

1294、e poorly built shanties than it did 25 years ago.So had the same quake hit in 1985 instead of 2010,total deaths would have probably been in the 80,000 range,said Richard Olson,director of disaster risk reduction at Florida International University.In February,an earthquake that was more than 500 tim

1295、es stronger than the one that struck Haiti hit an area of Chile that was less populated,better constructed,and not as poor.Chiles bigger quake caused fewer than 1,000 deaths.Climate scientists say Earths climate also is changing,bringing extreme weather,such as heat waves and flooding.In the summer,

1296、one weather system caused oppressive heat in Russia,while farther south it caused flooding in Pakistan that inundated 161,200 square kilometers,about the size of Wisconsin.That single heat-and-storm system killed almost 17,000 people,more people than all the worldwide airplane crashes in the past 15

1297、 years.Scientists have calculated that the killer Russian heat wavesetting a national record of 43.9would happen once every 100,000 years without global warming.68What is responsible for the most human deaths in 2010?ANatrual disasters.BTerrorist attacks.CPoor buildings.DToo rapid developrnent.69Acc

1298、ording to Andreas Schraft,.Aearthquakes are happening more often because of human beings Bearthquakes are causing more damage because of human beings Cstronger houses should be built to limit storm damage DPortauPrince is now overpopulated 70The main point of the article is to .Alist the natural dis

1299、asters that occurred in 2010 Bgive the details of some natural disasters of 2010 Cwarn that more natural disasters are to strike Dblame humanity for not helping those affected by the disasters【答案】AAC 6.【2011皖南八校第三次联考】E The Mediterranean Sea-Whistling,cheering,waving hands with tears flowing and shou

1300、ting are the sight I see when the Chinese frigate Xuzhou approachesThe huge Greek ship,containing about 2,200 Chinese from Libya,and the frigate whistle and raise their flags up and down to each other showing respectWe salute the Chinese frigate in the same way we would a Greek warship,an officer of

1301、 the Greek ship tells China Daily After the ship and frigate greet each other,they sail side-by-side for an hour and a half only three hundreds meters apartA Chinese helicopter flies over the two shipsThe frigate Xuzhou,which had been on duty in the Aden Gulf,joined the removing efforts in the water

1302、s surrounding Libya Weijianhua,captain of the Chinese frigate,sends his warm greetings over the radio,thanking Greek crew for their help and support in the removing of Chinese nationals from disordered LibyaWei also welcomes his fellow Chinese on board on their way back home“The strong and prosperou

1303、s motherland is with you when you are experiencing hardship,”Wei greets passengers on board the frigate On hearing this,a group of people wave their hands toward the frigate,cheering and shouting Yes,we feel that we are from a big family and when we meet troubles overseas,we can get help any time,sa

1304、ys the 40-aged Cui Qinghua,one of the 300 Chinese construction workers in the central part of LibyaThey planned to leave Libya as soon as events became uncontrolled on Feb16But Local wrongdoers robbed them and prevented them from fleeingHowever,the Chinese embassy tried every means to help themFinal

1305、ly we succeeded,and now here we are,says Cui Cui and other evacuees are halfway to Crete in GreeceThe Chinese government has sent seven hired ships from Crete to transport Chinese nationals from LibyaThey are all expected to take flights back to China by 10th March 72The author writes the article to

1306、 show that _ _.Athe Chinese navy is strong enough to protect its overseas citizens Bthe Chinese government is responsible for its nationals CLibya is not friendly to the Chinese workers DChinese are proud of their prosperous motherland 73Which of the following statements is NOT true?AThe Chinese nat

1307、ionals are on a Greek warship BThe Chinese nationals met with difficulties before fleeing Libya CThe Chinese nationals are leaving Libya for Crete in Greece DA powerful motherland is more important than anything else to its citizens overseas 74The purpose of China sending the frigate Xuzhou to the M

1308、editerranean Sea is to _ _.Aprevent sea robbers from attacking commercial ships Bpick up the Chinese nationals from Libya Cgreet the Chinese nationals from Libya Dprotect the Greek ship carrying the Chinese nationals from Libya 75From Cui Qinghuas words we know that he felt _ when he heard the capta

1309、in of the Chinese frigate Aexcited and relaxed Bemotional and proud Chappy and confident Dhonest and talkative 72.B 主旨大意题。通读全文可知答案。73.A 细节判断题。由文章第一段中的二、三两句话可知答案。74.D 综合推理题。由文章前两段内容可推知答案。75.B 细节理解题。由文章第四段内容可知答案。7.【2011河南省示范性高中五校联考】A After Maggie Doyne graduated from high school,she decided to spend a

1310、 year traveling the world before starting college.The journey changed her life and the lives of hundreds of orphaned children forever.In 2006,Doyne took a trip in Nepal,Asia.Having grown up in New Jersey,Doyne was shocked to see so many orphaned children living on the streets.She wanted to do someth

1311、ing about it.Doyne used her savings to buy an acre of land.Then,she built the kids a home,the Kopila Valley Childrens Home.Now,the Do Something foundation is doing something for Doyne.The organization provides resources and support for teens that want to make a difference in the world.On Thursday ni

1312、ght,the foundation named Doyne the$100,000 prize winner of the 2009 Do Something Award.The Kopila Valley Childrens Home officially opened its doors in 2008.Doyne,now 22 years old,cares for 26 kids.She has helped more than 700 other orphans find families.She also runs a program that provides scholars

1313、hips for needy families to send their children to school.The children learn basic skills such as sewing and cooking.They also grow their own food in their garden and raise farm animals.Doyne admits that she didnt have it all figured out when she first arrived in Nepal.I just felt that there was some

1314、thing there for me,she said.Her parents were supportive of her.But it was a challenge to convince other adults that an 18-year-old girl could accomplish such a big project.Still,Doyne never gave up on fund raising.In just over a year,she had enough money to build her dream home.When all the kids are

1315、 sitting at the table for breakfast,or theyre happy and all dancing.its the best feeling in the world.she says.56.After graduation from high school,Doyne determined _.A.to continue her education in college B.to change the lives of orphaned children C.to tour the world before going to college D.to se

1316、t up the Kopila Valley Childrens Home 57.What do we know about the Do Something foundation?A.It is an organization intended for orphans.B.It is an organization set up in Nepal,Asia.C.It officially opened its doors in 2008.D.It offers Doyne great honor and support.58.It can be inferred from the passa

1317、ge that_.A.Doyne overcame great difficulties in building the home B.everything in Nepal worked out as Doyne had expected C.with her parents help,Doyne stopped raising funds D.it was easy to persuade adults around to support Doyne 59.Which of the following words can best describe Maggie Doyne?A.Brave

1318、.B.Caring C.Talented D.Cautious【答案】CDAB 8.【2011山东淄博市模拟】A This is a story that happened 15 years ago but it has always stayed with me since thenOn the way back from work every evening,more often than not there would be a homeless man standing at the exit of the freewayHe always waved at every car,he

1319、was always happy and smiling and sometimes almost dancingEvery day after work when I got there，I would quickly roll down my window and give him the coinsOccasionally the red light would be on for a minute and we would ask each other about our dayHis answer would always be the same，“Im blessed！”It am

1320、azed me that even in his situation of being homeless he was so positive，and his answer would remind me of how blessed I wasA single mother of four amazing kids,with a place to call home and with a job to provide for my kidsThen one day I was called into my bosss office and was told that I was being

1321、laid off due to the economyNeedless to say that on my was home that day I was very sad and upsetI didnt remember to look for my spare change and keep it ready like I usually didI wasnt feeling the joy as I got off the ramp where the homeless man would beYet there he was as alway，as l turned the ramp

1322、He set his eyes on me，while still smiling and waving at others While I was waiting for the red light to turn，he strolled over to my carHe had a big smile he looked me straight in the eyes and said“today I will give you a dollar”He then reached into his pocket and pulled out a dollar billI was blown

1323、awayI burst into tearsI wanted to jump out of my car and hug him！You see that day he gave me more than a dollar bill，he taught me a valuable lessonNo matter what material things are taken from you，no one can take away your choice to be joyful 56What is the passage mainly concerned？AA dollar bill fro

1324、m a homeless person BA blessing coming from a homeless person CA woman who lost her job due to the economy DA homeless man standing at the exit of the freeway 57From the lst paragraph，we know the homeless man is Aoptimistic Bbrave CIazy Dkind-hearted 58After leaving the bosss office，the author Afelt

1325、 relaxed to get rid of the tiring job Bstill felt joyful when coming off the ramp Ctook it for granted that she was fit for her job Ddidnt put some change aside to give to the man 59The underlined phrase“blown away”in the 3rd paragraph most probably means Acompletely defeated Bwholly blown down Crea

1326、lly amazed Dmurdered by gunfire 60It can be inferred from the passage that Amaterial things are the most important in life Bpeople should be encouraged to beg by smiling Cthe authors ride home that dog was smooth sailing Dwe should wait othershelp when faced with challenges【答案】56-60 BADCC 9.B【2011浙江

1327、省第二次五校联考】I live in the land of Disney,Hollywood and year-round sun.You may think people in such a splendid,fun-filled place are happier than others.If so,you have some mistaken ideas about the nature of happiness.Many intelligent people still equate happiness with fun.The truth is that fun and happi

1328、ness have little or nothing in common.Fun is what we experience during an act.Happiness is what we experience after an act.It is a deeper,more lasting emotion.Going to an amusement park or ball game,watching a movie or television,are fun activities that help us relax,temporarily forget our problems

1329、and maybe even laugh.But they do not bring happiness,because their positive effects end when the fun ends.I have often thought that if Hollywood stars have a role to play,it is to teach us that happiness has nothing to do with fun.These rich,beautiful individuals have constant access to glamorous pa

1330、rties,fancy cars,expensive homes,everything that spells“happiness”.But in memoir（回忆录）after memoir,they reveal the unhappiness hidden beneath all their fun:depression,alcoholism,drug addiction,broken marriages,troubled children and profound loneliness.Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage,if hes hon

1331、est,and he will tell you that he is afraid of making a commitment,for commitment is in fact quite painful.The single life is filled with fun,adventure and excitement.Marriage has such moments,but they are not its most distinguishing features.Similarly,couples that choose not to have children are dec

1332、iding in favor of painless fun over painful happiness.They can dine out whenever they want and sleep as late as they can.Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole nights sleep or a three-day vacation.I dont know any parent who would choose the word fun to describe raising children.Unders

1333、tanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is one of the most liberating（解放性的）realizations.It liberates time:now we can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness.It liberates money:buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothi

1334、ng to increase our happiness now seems pointless.And it liberates us from envy:we now understand that all those rich and glamorous people we were so sure are happy because they are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.45.We can learn from the passage that_.A.fun creates long-la

1335、sting satisfaction B.fun provides enjoyment while pain leads to happiness C.happiness is lasting whereas fun is short-lived D.fun that is long-standing may lead to happiness 46.To the author,the role Hollywood stars will play is to _.A.write memoir after memoir about their happiness B.tell the publi

1336、c that happiness has nothing to do with fun C.teach people how to enjoy their lives D.bring happiness to the public instead of going to parties 47.In the authors opinion,marriage_.A.affords greater fun B.leads to raising children C.indicates duty and devotion D.usually ends up in pain 48.Which of th

1337、e following is the best example of“painful happiness”?A.Winning lottery by accident.B.A bachelor resisting marriage.C.Raising children.D.Buying some fancy clothes.49.If one gets the meaning of the true sense of happiness,he will_.A.stop playing games and joking with others B.keep himself with his fa

1338、mily C.give a free hand to money D.use his time to increase happiness【答案】45-49 CBCCD 10.B【2011浙江宁波第二次模拟】An Australian man who has been donating his extremely rare kind of blood for 56 years has saved the lives of more than two million babies.James Harrison has an antibody in his plasma that stops ba

1339、bies dying from Rhesus disease,a form of severe anaemia.He has en9 enabled countless mothers to give birth to healthy babies,including his own daughter,Tracey,who had a healthy son thanks to her fathers blood.Mr.Harrison has oeen giving blood every few weeks since he was 18 years old and has now rac

1340、ked up a total of 984 donations.When he started donating,his blood was deemed so special that his life was insured for one million Australian dollars.He was also nicknamed the“man with the golden arm”or the“man in two million”.He said:”lve never thought about stopping.Never.”He made a pledge to be a

1341、 donor aged 14 after undergoing major chest surgery in which he needed 13 litres of blood.“I was in hospital for hree months:”1e said.“The blood I received saved my lite so I made a pledge to give blood when I was 18.”Just a:Rer he started donating he was found to have the rare and life-saving antib

1342、ody in his blood.At the time,thousands of babies in Australia were dying each year of Rhesus disease.Other newborns suffered permanent brain damage because of the condition.The disease creates an incompatibility oetween the motherls blood and her unborn babys blood.It stems fiom one having,Rh-positi

1343、vc blood and the othcr Rh-negative.His blood has since led to the development ofa vaccine called Anti-D.After his blood type was discovered,Mr.Harrison volunteered to undergo a series oftests to help develop the Anti-D vaccine.“They insured me for a million dollars so I knew my wife Barbara would be

1344、 taken care of,”he said.“I wasnt scared.I was glad to help.I had to sign every form going and basically sign my life away.”Mr.Harrison is Rh-negative and was given injections of Rh-positive blood.It was found his plasma could treat the condition and since then it has been given to hundreds of thousa

1345、nds of women.It has also been given to babies after they are born to stop them developing the disease.It is estimated he has helped save 2.2 million babies so far.Mr.Harrison is still donating every few weeks now.45.How oldisnes Harrison?A.56 B.70 C.74 D.78 46.What does the underlined phrase“two mil

1346、lion”refer to?A.babies B.mothers C.dollars D.all of the above 47.Why did James decide to donate his blood?Because .A.his daughter asked him to help her son B.he has a golden arm worth a million dollars C.a vaccine called Anti-D is to oe developed D.someone elses blood saved his life 48.The sentence“

1347、The disease creates an incompatibility between the mothers blood and her unborn babys blood”(underlined in Paragraph 5)suggests that .A.babies suffer permanent orain damage before born B.the mother and the baby have different types of blood C.Rhesus disease contributes to permanent brain damage D.al

1348、l the patients have a rare antibody in their blood 49.What can we infer from the sixth paragraph?A.Some of the tests to develop the vaccine are dangerous.B.His wife Barbara needed to be taken care of badly then.C.Mr,Harrison was glad to help develop a new vaccine.D.His blood type was accidentally di

1349、scovered-after tests.【答案】CADBA 11.A【2011辽宁东北育才中学模拟】The Marches were a happy family.Poverty,hard work,and even the fact that Father March was away with the Union armies could not down the spirits of Meg,Jo,Amy,and Marmee,as the March girls called their mother.The March sisters tried to be good but ha

1350、d their share of faults.Pretty Meg was often displeased with the schoolchildren she taught;boyish Jo was easy to become angry;golden-haired schoolgirl Amy liked to show up;but Beth,who kept the house,was loving and gentle always.The happy days passed and darkness came when a telegram arrived for Mrs

1351、.March.“Your husband is very ill,”it said,“come at once.”The girl tried to be brave when their mother left for the front.They waited and prayed.Little Beth got scarlet fever(猩红热)when she was taking care of the sick neighbor.She became very ill but began to recover by the time Marmee was back.When Fa

1352、ther came home from the front and at that joyful Christmas dinner they were once more all together.Three years later the March girls had grown into young womanhood.Meg became Mrs.Brooke,and after a few family troubles got used to her new state happily.Jo had found pleasure in her literary efforts.Am

1353、y had grown into a young lady with a talent for design and an even greater one for society.But Beth had never fully regained her health,and her family watched her with love and anxiety.Amy was asked to go and stay in Europe with a relative of the Marches.Jo went to New York and became successful in

1354、her writing and had the satisfaction of seeing her work published there.But at home the bitterest blow was yet to fall.Beth had known for some time that she couldnt live much longer to be with the family and in the spring time she died.News came from Europe that Amy and Laurie,the grandson of a weal

1355、thy neighbor,had planned to be married soon.Now Jo became ever more successful in her writing and got married to Professor Bhaer and soon afterwards founded a school for boys.And so the little women had grown up and lived happily with their children,enjoying the harvest of love and goodness that the

1356、y had devoted all their lives to.56.The members of the March family were Father March,Mrs.March and their _.A.four daughters B.five daughters C.son and four daughters D.son and five daughters 57.Who was the most successful in career among the March girls?A.Jo B.Beth C.Amy D.Meg 58.Which of the follo

1357、wing would be the best title for the passage?A.The march Family B.The March Parents C.The March Girls D.The March Relatives 59.It can be inferred from the passage that the March family had _.A.both happiness and sadness B.wealthy neighbors C.more girls than boys D.a lot of rich relatives 【答案】56-59:A

1358、ACA 12.C【2011辽宁东北育才中学模拟】One of Britains bravest women told yesterday how she helped to catch suspected police killer David Bieberand was thanked with flowers by the police.It was also said that she could be in line for a share of up to 30 000 reward money.Vicki Brown,30,played a very important role

1359、in ending the national manhunt.Vicki,who has worked at the Royal Hotel for four years,told of her terrible experience when she had to steal into Biebers bedroom and to watch him secretly.Then she waited alone for three hours while armed police prepared to storm the building.She said,“I was very nerv

1360、ous.But when I opened the hotel door and saw 20 armed policemen lined up in the car park I was so glad they were there.”The alarm had been raised because Vicki became suspicious of the guest who checked in at 3 pm the day before New Years Eve with little luggage and wearing sunglasses and a hat pull

1361、ed down over his face.She said,“He didnt seem to want to talk too much and make any eye contact.”Vicki,the only employed on duty,called her bosses Margaret,64,and husband Stan McKale,65,who phoned the police at 11 pm.Officers from Northumbria Police called Vicki at the hotel in Dunston,Gateshead,at

1362、about 11:30 pm to make sure that this was the wanted man.Then they kept in touch by phoning Vicki every 15 minutes.“It was about ten past two in the morning when the phone went again and a policeman said Would you go and make yourself known to the armed officers outside?My heart missed a beat.”Vicki

1363、 quietly showed eight armed officers through passage s and staircases to the top floor room and handed over the key.“I realized that my bedroom window overlooks that part of the hotel,so I went to watch.I could not see into the mans room,but I could see the passage.The police kept shouting at the ma

1364、n to come out with his hands showing.Then suddenly he must have come out because they shouted for him to lie down while he was handcuffed（戴上手铐）.64.Vicki became suspicious of David Bieber because_.C.he came to the hotel with little lugg D.he came to the hotel the day before New Years Eve 65.Vickis he

1365、art missed a beat because_.D.she saw 20 policemen in the car park C.Vickis bedroom D.the top floor room 67.The whole event probably lasted about _hours from the moment Bieber came to the hotel to the A.6 B.8 C.11 D.14【答案】64-67 BCAC 13.【2011西南师大附中第六次月考】A When I was a child,I often dreamed of the time

1366、 when I could leave home and escape to the city.We lived on a farm.In the winter especially,we were quite far away from the outside world.As soon as I left school,I packed my bags and moved to the capital.However,I soon discovered that my life has its problems too.One big disadvantage is money.It co

1367、sts so much to go out,not to mention basics like food and housing.Another disadvantage is pollution.I suffer from asthma(哮喘),and the air is so serious polluted that I am afraid to go outside.Then there is the problem of traveling round.Although I have a car,I seldom use it because of the traffic jam

1368、s.One choice is to go by bicycle,but that can be quite dangerous.Of course there are advantages.First,there is so much to do in the city,whatever your tastes in culture or entertainment(娱乐活动).Besides,there are wonderful jobs and greater chances of moving to a more important job or position.Finally,i

1369、f you like shopping,the variety of goods is very surprising and,what is more,shops are often only a short walk away.Is life better then,in the city?Perhaps it is,when you are in your teens(十几岁)or twenties.However,as you get older,and especially if you have small children,the peace of the countryside

1370、 may seem preferable.I certainly hope to move back there soon.45.What was the writer always thinking about when he was a child?A.Staying on the farm.B.Leaving home for the city.C.Moving to the countryside.D.Running away from the school.46.Which of the following is true about the writer?A.He lives in

1371、 the city now.B.He is in good health.C.He prefers driving a car.D.He is very old now.47.In the passage,the writer tries to _.A.persuade the reader to live in the city B.describe his life in the countryside C.show an interest in the outside world D.express his opinions about the way of life 48.How is

1372、 the passage mainly developed?A.By inferring.B.By listing examples.C.By comparing.D.By giving explanations.【答案】14.【2011辽宁锦州市质检二】A I used to believe in the American dream that meant a job,credit,success.I wanted it and worked toward it like everyone else,all of us separately chasing the same thing.On

1373、e year,through a series of unhappy events,it all fell apart.I found myself homeless and alone.I had my truck and$56.I searched the countryside for some place I could rent for the cheapest possible amount.I came upon a deserted cottage in a small remote valley.I hadnt been alone for 25 years.I was sc

1374、ared,but I hoped the hard work would distract and heal me.I found the owner and rented the place for$50 a month.The locals knew nothing about me.But slowly they started teaching me the art of being a neighbor.They dropped off blankets,tools and canned deer meat and began sticking around to chat.They

1375、 would ask if I wanted to meet cousin Albie or go fishing.They started to teach me a belief in a different American dream,not the one of individual achievement but of neighborliness.Men would stop by with wild berries,ice cream,truck parts to see if I needed some.The women on that mountain worked ha

1376、rder than any Id ever met.They taught me how to store food in the stream and keep it cold and safe.I learned to keep enough for an extra plate for company.What I had believed in,all those things I thought were necessary for a civilized life,were non-existent in this placeUp on the mountain,my most v

1377、aluable possessions were my relationships with my neighbors After four years in that valley,I moved back into town.I saw a lot of people were having a really hard time,losing their jobs and homes.With the help of a real estate broker(房地产经纪人)I chatted up at the grocery store,I managed to rent a big e

1378、nough house to take in a handful of people.Its four of us now,but over time Ive had nine come in and move on to other places from here.Wed all be in shelters if we hadnt banded together.The American dream I believe in now is a shared one.Its not so much about what I can get for myself;its about how

1379、we can all get by together.56.Before a series of unhappy events happened,the writer _.A.had a well-paid job B.worked hard for his American dream C.worked hard and liked to share D.felt hopeless about his American dream 57.What does the underlined sentence“I learned to”in Paragraph 3 most probably me

1380、an?A.The writer learned to run a company.B.The writer learned to share with others.C.The writer learned to keep enough plates.D.The writer learned to save money for his company.58.Why did the writer rent a big house?A.To make some money.B.To show off his wealth.C.To share with those people in need.D

1381、.To make friends with his neighbors.59.The writer mainly tells us about _ A.his unhappy experiences B.the friendly people in the valley C.the change of his living conditions D.his new idea of the American dream【答案】5659 BBCD 15.【2011重庆主城八区调研】A Suddenly all the lights on that crowded underground train

1382、 went out.Then it stopped in that dark tunnel(隧道).We waited.We expected the lights to come on again soon.But nothing happened.Then I began to smell something.Yes,I could smell smoke.So I asked myself,“Is this train on fire?”People around me then began to cry out in fear.“The train is on fire!”they c

1383、ried.Then the woman standing next to me suddenly fell on the floor.I realized she was overcome by the smoke.Then I saw flames appearing.“If something does not happen soon,”I said to myself,“I will be burnt alive!”But as I stood there in the dark in that crowded burning train,I could see no way to es

1384、cape.I thought,“No one can save me from certain death but God.Only God can make a way for any of us to escape death in this train.”Before the flames reached me,I found the open door and I climbed out of the train into the dark tunnel.Then as quickly as I could,I ran from the burning train down the t

1385、unnel.Now as I ran I could hear hundreds of people that were locked in that burning train,crying out for help.I knew I could do nothing to help them,so I ran on.Then for two hours I kept walking in that dark train tunnel.At last I saw a light in the distance.I asked myself“Why did God enable me to e

1386、scape death?”I decided,“God must have a purpose for saving my life.He must want me to help other people experience what He could do for them.”56.What caused the woman next to me to fall?A.The fire.B.Fear.C.The smoke.D.Anxiety.57.The passengers failed to escape because _.A.they didnt find the way out

1387、 B.they were too frightened to move C.the fire and smoke were too much D.too many people were in their way 58.What would the author most possibly do after he saw the exit from the tunnel?A.Going home.B.Blaming himself.C.Calling reporters.D.Returning to help.59.Between which two paragraphs can the fo

1388、llowing paragraph be put?I cried,“God,if it is not my time to die,please help me!”Then I heard a noise.It was like a door opening.It was on my right hand side.So in the dark,I at once began to push my way forward to where that noise came from.A.Between Paragraph 2 and 3.B.Between Paragraph 3 and 4.C

1389、.Between Paragraph 4 and 5.D.Between Paragraph 5 and 6.【答案】CADC 16.【2011江西新余市二模】A That cold January night,I was growing sick of my life in San Francisco.There I was walking home at one in the morning after a tiring practice at the theater.With opening night only a week away,I was still learning my l

1390、ines.I was having trouble dealing with my part-time job at the bank and my acting at night at the same time.As I walked,I thought seriously about giving up both acting and San Francisco.City life had become too much for me.As I walked down empty streets under tall buildings,I felt very small and col

1391、d.I began running,both to keep warm and to keep away from any possible robbers.Very few people were still out except a few sad-looking homeless people under blankets.About a block from my apartment,I heard a sound behind me.I turned quickly,half expecting to see someone with a knife or a gun.The str

1392、eet was empty.All I saw was a shining streetlight.Still,the noise had made me nervous,so I started to run faster.Not until I reached my apartment building and unlocked the door did I realize what the noise had been.It had been my wallet falling to the sidewalk.Suddenly I wasnt cold or tired any more

1393、.I ran out of the door and back to where Id heard the noise.Although I searched the sidewalk anxiously for fifteen minutes,my wallet was nowhere to be found.Just as I was about to give up the search,I heard the garbage truck pull up to the sidewalk next to me.When a voice called from the inside,“Ali

1394、sa Camacho？”I thought I was dreaming.How could this man know my name？The door opened,and out jumped a small red-haired man with an amused look in his eyes.“Is this what youre looking for？”he asked,holding up a small square shape.It was nearly 3 a.m.by the time I got into bed.I wouldnt get much sleep

1395、 that night,but I had got my wallet back.I also had got back some enjoyment of city life.I realized that the city couldnt be a bad place as long as people were willing to help each other.56How did the writer feel when she was walking home after work？A.Cold and sick B.Lucky and hopeful C.Satisfied an

1396、d cheerful D.Disappointed and helpless 57From the first paragraph,we learn that the writer was busy .A.solving her problem at the bank B.taking part in various city activities C.learning acting in an evening school D.preparing for the first night show 58On her way home the writer .A.lost her wallet

1397、unknowingly B.was stopped by a garbage truck driver C.was robbed of her wallet by a man with a knife D.found some homeless people following her 59In the fifth paragraph,why did the writer say she was dreaming？A.Someone offered to take her back home B.A red-haired man came to see her.C.She heard some

1398、one call her name D.Her wallet was found in a garbage truck 60From the text,we can infer that the writer .A.would stop working at night B.would stay on in San Francisco C.would make friends with cleaners.D.would give up her job at the bank【答案】DDACB 17.【2011山东济南市二模】A When Josephine Cooper was growing

1399、 up,she learned the importance of charity from her parents.Although they made a modest living for their family of 10,they insisted on sharing with those less fortunate.Half a century later,Mrs Cooper became a beloved volunteer at the San Diego Food Bank,where she devoted herself to helping others.Sh

1400、e organized and ran a distribution center from a church,helping it become the organizations largest emergeney fooddistribution center in San Diego.She was one of 25 outstanding senior volunteers in the nation selected and invited Washington D.C.to receive the award.“She was the main person who helpe

1401、d us make that program grow,”said Mike Doody,former director of the Food Bank.“She had a way of getting people to work together and to work hard.She was determined and stubborn,but in a good way.She had a good heart.”People knew her as“Grandma”because of her selflessness and her devotion to helping

1402、hungry children and families.“She reminded people of their Grandma.”Doody said.As a widow with a young child in 1979,Mrs.Cooper was helped through a difficult financial time when the Food Bank provided her with groceries.“She dedicated her life to giving back,”said her daughter,Monica Cooper.It wasn

1403、t unusual for a local church to call Mrs Cooper to ask her to aid a needy family.“She would give people food out of her cupboard.Sometimes we would cook a meal for a frailly living out of their car,”Cooper said.Although Mrs Cooper was honored to receive the national award for her volunteer work,she

1404、said being able to help others was her reward.She died of liver disease and kidney failure,aged 93.56The underlined word“charity”in Paragraph 1 refers to .Aoffering help Bdonating money Cproviding services Dshowing sympathy 57The San Diego Food Bank is meant to .Adistribute food in case of emergency

1405、 Bhelp hungry children and families Cgive basic first-aid treatment Dtrain some senior volunteers 58Which of the following is true of Mrs Cooper?AShe died at an early age.BShe refused the national award.CShe was kind and devoted.DShe was not easy to get along with.59From what Monica Cooper said,we k

1406、now that .Ashe is in financial trouble Bshe was finally rewarded Cshe once misunderstood her mother Dshe thinks highly of her mother 60Mrs Coopers story suggests that .Aeveryone needs a Grandma nearby Bchildren are what their parents are Ca sound mind is in a sound body Da mothers love never changes

1407、【答案】ABCDB 18.【2011山东济宁一中模拟】A A good friend of mine was complaining about her son the other day“Did you notice,”she started,“how he didnt wait for me to get my salad before he dove into his?”True enough,the boy attacked his plate faster than a cat in the wildWithout manners,were no more than animalsA

1408、ctually,thats not trueIve been watching and feeding a group of wild cats,and they show unusual politeness toward each otherEven when food is scarce,they take turns,leaving at least a small part for the next in line My mother educated her three children to have good manners all the timeWe were made t

1409、o feel very uncomfortable as if we were sitting on pins and needles until we got used to saying please,thank you,pardon me,and Im sorryAnd I have to say,while it was a painful learning experience,it was one of the most valuable expericeces.I cant tell you how often I sat with my friends,eating at th

1410、eir dinner tables,and their parents thought highly of my good mannersWhile it was a little embarrassing,I knew even then that my mothers teachings were paying off Many years later,when I was attending seminars across the country,my manners were quite useful While I regret that I havent been a perfec

1411、t example,Im still working on itI suppose,in this regard,my mother lives on through meI didnt have her beautiful singing voice or her green eyes,but she did make sure I received one of her finest characteristics 56What did the writers friend most probably complain about?AHer sons eating too quickly

1412、BHer sons not having a healthy diet CHer sons not having good table mannersDTeenagers not having good manners 57The underlined word“scarce”in Paragraph 2 probably means“_”Atoo much Bnot delicious Cnot enough Dquite hot 58We learn that the writers mother _ Awas strict about her childrens manners Bnev

1413、er punished her children Chad beautiful blue eyes Dwas not good at singing 59What does the writer think of her experience of learning good manners?AEasy and relaxing.BPainful and valuable.CEasy but useless.DToo horrible.60We can infer from the passage that the writer _ Ais surely liked by everyone a

1414、round her Bis not satisfied with most peoples manners around her Cthinks she has been a perfect example to the young Dthanks her mother for teaching her the good manners a lot【答案】CCABD 19.【2011河北省南宫中学月考】C As a boy，Tim was much influenced by books about the sea,but in fact by the age of fifteen he ha

1415、d decided to become a doctor rather than a sailor.His father was a dentist and as a result Tim had the opportunity of meeting many doctors either at home or elsewhere.When he was fourteen he was already hanging around the clinic of a local doctor where he was supposed to be helping to wrap up medici

1416、ne bottles，but was actually trying to listen to the conversations taking place between the doctor and his patients in the next room.During the war Tim served in the Navy as a surgeon（外科医生）.“That was the happiest time of my life.I was dealing with very real suffering and on the whole making a success

1417、 of it.”In California he taught the country people simple facts about medicine.He saw himself as a life-saver.He had proved his skills to himself and his ability to take decisions.Thus，while he was able to tell them what to do,he could feel he was serving them.After the war,he got married and chose

1418、to be a doctor in the countryside，working under an old doctor who was popular in the area，but who hated the sight of blood and believed that the secret of medicine was faith.This gave the younger man many opportunities to go on working as a life saver.50.Tim decided to become a doctor at fifteen mai

1419、nly because A.his father wanted him to be so Bhis father was a surgeon himself C.he had read many books about medicine D.he had chances to meet many doctors through his father 51Which of the following is true according to the passage?A.Tim got married to the old doctors daughter.B.Tim continued work

1420、ing as a surgeon after the war.CBefore the war，Tim worked as a doctor at a local clinic DWhile working in California，Tim taught life-saving to the patients.52From the passage we can infer that Tim .Awas sent to Europe during the war Bworked as a surgeon during the war Cwas satisfied with his career

1421、as a surgeon.Ddecided to give up medicine for faith 53.The passage is mainly about .ATims life story BTims dream CTims marriage DTim s patients【答案】DBCA 20.【2011四川雅安市三诊】A Some time ago I discovered that one of my chairs had a broken leg.I didnt think there would be any difficulty in getting it mended

1422、,as there are a whole lot of antique（古董）shops near my home.So I left home one morning carrying the chair with me.I went into the first shop expecting a friendly reception（接待）.I was quite wrong.The man wouldnt oven look at my chair.The second shop,though slightly more polite,was just the same,and the

1423、 third and the fourthso I decided that my approach must be wrong.I entered the fifth shop with a plan in my mind.I placed the chair on the floor and said to the shopkeeper,“Would you like to buy a chair?”He looked it over carefully and said,“Yes,not a bad chair.How much do you want for it,sir?”“Twen

1424、ty pounds,”I said.“OK,”he said,“Ill give you twenty pounds.”“It s got a slightly broken leg,”I said.“Yes,I saw that,its nothing.”Everything was going according to plan and I was getting excited.“What will you do with it?”I asked.“Oh,it will be easy to sell once the repair is done.”“Ill buy it,”I sai

1425、d.“What do you mean？Youve just sold it to me,”he said.“Yes,I know but Ive changed my mind.Im sorry,Ill give you twenty-seven pounds for it.”“Your must be crazy,”he said.Then,suddenly the penny dropped.“I know what you want.You want me to repair your chair.”“Youre right,”I said.“And what would you ha

1426、ve done if I had walked in and said,Would you mend this chair for me?“I wouldnt have agreed to do it,”he said.“We dont do repairs,not enough money in it and too much trouble.But Ill mend this for you,shall we say for a fiver?”He was a very nice man and was greatly amused（感到有趣）by the whole thing.41Ac

1427、cording to the passage,in the first shop the writer .Awas rather impolite Bwas warmly received Casked the shopkeeper to buy his chair Dasked the shopkeeper to repair his chair 42The underlined words“The penny dropped”mean that the shopkeeper .Achanged his mind Baccepted the offer Csaw the writers pu

1428、rpose Ddecided to help the writer 43How much did the writer pay?A 5.B 7.C 20.D 27.44We learn from the passage that the writer was .Apatient Bcareful Cbrave Dsmart【答案】DCAD 21.【2011甘肃白银平川学校模拟】A Recently my wife and I,along with a travel companion,were in the tiny town of Battambang in the central Camb

1429、odia.We hired a guide to take us up the river to our next destination at Siem Reap.This was to a six-hour trip followed by crossing Lake Sap,the largest lake in central Asia.Battambang is an extremely poor area,and our means of transportation was a very small,old boat not much larger than the three

1430、of us.With six bags tied to the front part of the boat,three travelers,and the boatman,I figured we were overloaded by at least a ton.We frequently had seen four or five people on a single motorbike,so no one but us was concerned about our weight.We had been on the water only a few minutes when our

1431、pilot made for shore and jumped from our boat to another.Our guide said not to worry;he would only be a minute.He added,“We need to pick up live chickens for their legs.”My wife and I exchanged glances.We are pretty open-minded,especially when traveling in a third-world country.It was obviously ther

1432、e was little room in our tiny vessel for chickens.If we had to take them along,we were willing to hold them on our legsthere was no place else to put them.The thought even occurred to me that perhaps the chickens were needed if the boats tiny engine stopped in the middle of nowhere.I had a vision of

1433、 us holding them over the side of the boat while their tiny legs paddled away,guiding us to safety.After all,our guide had said we needed them for their legs.We continued to make many jokes about live chickens drawing us to shore if the boat turned over and we were about eating them if we were left

1434、on a wild island.Meanwhile our guide just gave us a puzzled look.Finally my wife turned to him and asked,“How many chickens are we taking?”At first he seemed totally surprised,and then a large smile spread over his face.He bent over and began to laugh uncontrollably.My wife turned to me and said,“Im

1435、 glad he finds the thought of us holding chickens on our legs for six hours so funny.”When he finished laughing,he looked at us and pronounced every word clearly and loudly,“No live chickens!I said,We need life jackets for the lake!”It took a moment for this to sink in,and then we all had a good lau

1436、gh.Whenever we made eye contact,our guide would laugh,shake his head and say:“Americans,so funny.”41.The funny story happened _.A.in the tiny town of Battambang B.on a motorbike C.on a small and old boat D.on a wild island 42.The pilot left their boat to _.A.pick live chickens B.pick up life jackets

1437、 C.make room for live chickens D.make the boat weigh less 43.Which of the following events truly happened?A.The couple held the chickens on their legs B.The chickens legs paddled the boat guiding them to safety C.They ate the chickens while they were left on the wild island D.They made many jokes ab

1438、out live chickens 44.The guide bent over and laughed uncontrollably because _.A.he suddenly knew what the misunderstanding was B.he found their thought of holding chickens on their legs funny C.he thought the American couple were funny D.they landed safely A 篇：4144：CBDA 22.【2011河南省郑州市第二次质量预测】A Sever

1439、al times my daughter had telephoned to say,“Mum,you must come and see the daffodils（水仙花）before they are over.”I wanted to go,but it was a two-hour drive from Lake Arrowhead.“I will go next Tuesday,”I promised,a little unwillingly,on her third call.The next Tuesday dawned cold and rainy.Still,I had p

1440、romised,and so I drove there.When I finally walked into Carolyns house and hugged and greeted my grandchildren,I said,“Forget the daffodils,Carolyn!The road is invisible（看不见的）in the cloud and fog,and there is nothing in the world except you and these children that I want to see!”My daughter smiled c

1441、almly and said,“We drive in this weather all the time,Mum.You will never forgive yourself if you miss this experience.”After about twenty minutes,we turned onto a small road and I saw a small church.On the far side of the church,I saw a hand-lettered sign that read“Daffodil Garden”.We got out of the

1442、 car and each took a childs hand,and I followed Carolyn down the path.Then,we turned a corner of the path,and I looked up and gasped.Before me lay the most beautiful sight!There were five acres of flowers!“But who has done this?”I asked Carolyn.“Its just one woman,”Carolyn answered.“Thats her home,”

1443、Carolyn pointed to a well-kept A-frame house that looked small and modest in the midst of all that glory.We walked up to the house.On the patio（庭院）,we saw a poster.“Answers to the Questions I Know You Are Asking”was the headline.The first answer was a simple one.“50,000 bulbs（鳞茎）,”it read.The second

1444、 answer was,“One at a time,by one woman.”The third answer was,“Began in 1958.”I thought of this woman whom I had never met,who,more than fifty years before,had begun-one bulb at a time-to bring the beauty and joy to the mountain top.56.The author didnt go to see the daffodils at first because _.A.sh

1445、e was not interested in them B.they were growing on the mountain top C.the weather was not good enough D.it was not easy for her to drive there 57.What do we know about the woman living in the A-frame house?A.She must be out of mind.B.She acted as a gardener there.C.It took her great determination t

1446、o grow the daffodils.D.She was poor and made her living by selling daffodils.58.What could the author probably learn from this experience?A.Nothing is too difficult if you put your heart into it.B.We must put the interests of others above our own.C.We can change the world by growing flowers.D.Its ne

1447、ver too late to learn.59.What would be the best title for the passage?A.An Unforgettable Experience.B.Beautiful Daffodils.C.One Bulb at a Time.D.I Love Daffodils.56.D 57.C 58.A 59.C 2010 年联考题 Passage 1(2010 吉林市高三第二次市统考 A 篇)I was walking along the main street of a small seaside town in the north of E

1448、ngland looking for somewhere to make a phone call.My car had broken down outside the town and I wanted to contact the AA Company.Low grey clouds were gathering across the sky and there was a cold damp wind blowing off the sea which nearly threw me off my feet every time I crossed one of the side str

1449、eets.It had rained in the night and water was dropping from the bare trees that lined the street.I was glad that I was wearing a thick coat.There was no sign of a call box,nor was there anyone at that early hour whom I could ask.I had thought I might find a shop open selling the Sunday papers or a m

1450、ilkman doing his rounds,but the town was completely dead.The only living thing I saw was a thin frightened cat outside a small restaurant.Then suddenly I found what I was looking for.There was a small post office,and almost hidden from sight in a dark narrow street.Next to it was the towns only publ

1451、ic call box,which badly needed a coat of paint.I hurried forward,but stopped in astonishment when I saw through the dirty glass that there was a man inside.He was fat,and was wearing a cheap blue plastic raincoat.I could not see his face and he didnt raise his head at the sound of my footsteps.Caref

1452、ully,I remained standing a few feet away and lit a cigarette to wait for my turn.It was when I threw the dead match on the ground that I noticed something bright red trickling from under the box call door.36.At what time was the story set?A.An early winter morning B.A cold winter afternoon C.An earl

1453、y summer morning D.A windy summer afternoon 37.Which of the following words best describe the writers impression of the town?A.cold and frightening B.dirty and crowded C.empty and dead D.unusual and unpleasant 38.The underlined word“trickling”in the last paragraph means_ A.rushing out suddenly B.shi

1454、ning brightly C.flowing slowly in drops D.appearing slowly 39.Why didnt the man raise his head when the writer came near?A.He was annoyed at being seen by the writer.B.He was angry at being disturbed by the writer.C.He was probably fast asleep.D.He was probably murdered.答案：36.A.细节判断题。根据第一段第四句和第二段第一句

1455、可知。37.C.细节判断题。根据第二段第二句和第三句可知。38.C.词义猜测题。根据故事情节及上文的 bright red 可以推测出是红色的血液。39.D.推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可知。Passage 2（2010 年广东省惠阳高级中学高三适应性考试 B 篇）A British girl on holiday in Florida has been killed by a car on one of the most famous beaches in the world.Ellie Bland,aged four and from Nottingham,was walking down

1456、 to the waters edge in Daytona Beach,a Florida resort known for the Daytona 500 motor race.The town is one of the few in America that allows cars to drive on the beach.John,her great-uncle,said he had been holding Ellies hand as they waited to cross the car lane on the beach on Saturday but she took

1457、 a step ahead of him.A passing Lincoln Town Car driven by Barbara Worley,66,clipped the girl and knocked her over.As bystanders shouted,the driver apparently hit the accelerator(加速器)instead of the brake and ran the child over.“The child was walking hand-in-hand in front of her uncle when the child s

1458、tepped out in front of the car and was struck,”a Florida Highway Patrol spokeswoman said.“Bystanders yelled for the driver to stop as the child lay in front,but for an unknown reason the driver panicked(恐慌)and ran over the child.”After the accident,it was said that Ms Worley sat“dazed”in her car as

1459、police shrouded the childs body with beach umbrellas.A reporter from WESH local television asked Ms Worley for comment.“I really dont want to be interviewed,”she replied.Off camera,however,she said she was so sorry for what happened.Ellie was on her sixth trip to Florida,and was traveling with her f

1460、ive-year-old sister,her great-uncle and aunt and family friends.Her parents had stayed in Britain and were told of her death by telephone.It is understood that they were flying to Florida last night.Ellies great-aunt said the girl had suffered from various medical problems,including a heart murmur a

1461、nd a digestive tract disorder.“She was a quiet little girl,”she told the Daytona Beach News Journal.“Shed play in activities at nursery,but shed rather go off and read a book.Its unreal,”she added.“It just took her.I cant believe it.”A two-year-old boy was killed on a nearby beach 22 years ago when

1462、he ran out from between parked cars and was hit by a van.The last car-related death on the areas beaches happened in 1996 when a 57-year-old woman was hit by a drunk driver traveling at 40mph.46How many people killed on the areas beaches were mentioned in this report?A.One.B.Two.C.Three.D.Four.47.Wh

1463、at was the right order when the accident happened to the little girl?Some bystanders shouted to get the driver to stop.The girl took a step ahead of her uncle.The girl was run over by the car The girl was struck,lying on the ground.A.B.C.D.48.It refers that the reporters attitude towards driving on

1464、beaches is _.A.positive B.negative C.suspicious D.sympathetic 49.The underlined word“dazed”can be probably translated into Chinese as_.A.痛哭流滴 B.目瞪口呆 C.后悔不已 D.哑口无言 50.Which of the following is not exactly known to us after reading the report?A.The health condition of the girl.B.Whom she was traveling

1465、 with.C.When and how her parents got the news of her death.D.Where Ms Worley was asked for comment by a reporter from local television.答案：46-50 CDBBD Passage 3（2010 年海淀区一模 B 篇）Joanne was stuck in a traffic jam in central Birmingham at 5：30and at 6：30 she was expected to be chairing a meeting of the

1466、tennis clubAt last，the traffic was movingShe swung quickly racing to her house As she opened the door，she nearly tripped over Sheba “Hey，Sheba，”she said，“Ive got no time for you now，hut Ill take you out as soon as I get back from tennis club”Then she noticed Sheba seemed to be coughing or choking Ob

1467、viously，she could hardly breatheImmediatelyJoanne realized she would have to take her to the vet(兽医)When she got there，the vet was just about to close for the day Seeing the state of Sheba，DrSterne brought her quickly into his office “Listen，doctor，Im really in a rush to get to a meeting can I leave

1468、 her with you，and go and get changed?Ill be back in ten minutes to pick her up，and then Ill take her on to the meeting with me Is that OK?”“Sure”said the doctor Joanne made the quick trip back to her house in a couple of minutesAs she was once more entering the hallway，the phone by the door began to

1469、 ring “This is DrSterne，”said an anxious voice“I want you to get out of that house immediately，”said the doctors voice“Im coming round fight away，and the police will be there any time nowWait outside!”At that moment，a police car screeched to a stop outside the houseTwo policemen got out and ran into

1470、 the houseJoanne was by now completely confused and very frightenedThen the doctor arrived “Wheres Sheba?Is she OK?”shouted Joanne “Shes fine，JoanneI took out the thing which was choking her，and shes OK now”Just then，the two policemen reappeared from the house，half-carrying a whitefaced man，who coul

1471、d hardly walkThere was blood all over him “My God，”said Joanne，“how did he get in there?And how did you know he was there?”“I think he must be a burglar”said the doctor“I knew he was there because when I finally removed what was stuck in Shebas throat：it turned out to be three human fingers”60What w

1472、as Joanne supposed to do at 6：30？ATo walk her dog BTo see her doctor CTo attend a club meeting DTo play tennis with her friends 61Joanne wanted to get back to her home again Ato dress up for the meeting Bto phone the police station Cto catch the badly hurt burglar Dto wait for her dog to be cured 62

1473、 From the passage，we can infer that ASheba fought against the burglar Bthe police found the burglar had broken in CJoanne had planned to take her dog to the meeting Dthe doctor performed a difficult operation on the dog 63In this passage，the writer intends to tell us that the dog is Aclever Bfriendl

1474、y Cfrightening Ddevoted 答案：60.C 61.A 62.A 63.D Passage 4（2010 年重庆市高考仿真试卷三 E 篇）On Tuesday August 11th,1911,in the room where the worlds most famous painting,the Mona Lisa by Leonardo da Vinci,was on display,there was an empty space where the painting should have beenThe next day headlines all over th

1475、e world announced the theft Actually the Leonardo had been long goneThe museum was always closed on Mondays for maintenance(维修)Just before closing time on Sunday three men had entered the museum,and hid themselves in a storeroomEarly next morning,they took the painting and left Nothing was seen or h

1476、eard of the painting for two years until Perrugia tried to sell it to a dealer for half a million lirePerrugia was arrested and imprisoned for seven monthsIt seemed that the crime of the century had been solved But had it?Perrugia claimed all responsibility for the theft,and it was twenty years befo

1477、re the whole story came outIn fact Perrugia had been working for Valfierno and Chaudron,who went unpunished for their crimeThey would offer to steal a famous painting from a gallery(美术馆)for a dishonest dealer or private collectorThey would then make a copy of the picture and,with the help of bribed(

1478、受贿的)gallery workers,would then attach the copy to the back of the original paintingThe dealer would then be taken to the gallery and make a secret mark on the back of the paintingOf course the dealer would actually be marking the copyAfter having been given the marked painting,if the dealer were to

1479、see the painting still in the gallery,he would be persuaded that it was a copy,and that he possessed the genuine one This time,however,they stole the originalBefore Perrugia was arrested,Valfierno and Chaudron had gone to New YorkValfierno told the story to a journalist in 1914,on condition that it

1480、would not be published until his death Does the story end there?Collectors have claimed that Perrugia returned a copyIt is also possible that Leonardo may have painted several versions of the Mona Lisa,or they might be copies made by Leonardos pupilsThere has been a lot of argument about the 450-yea

1481、r-old painting,but after all,maybe thats what shes smiling about 72The Mona Lisa was stolen on _ AAugust 9th BAugust 10th CAugust 11th DAugust 12th 73Choose the right time order of the following events aValfierno told the story to a journalist bPerrugia was arrested cThe truth was published dThe Mon

1482、a Lisa was stolen eValfierno went to New York fThe theft was announced Ad,f,b,e,a,c Bd,f,e,b,a,c Cd,f,b,e,c,a Df,d,e,b,c,a 74We can infer from the passage that _ AIn most cases,Valfierno did not sell the original paintings BThe Mona Lisa was painted 45 years ago CPerrugia returned a copy DPerrugia w

1483、as not to blame for the theft 75All of the following about Valfierno and Chaudron are true EXCEPT_ AThey stole paintings and then sold them to dishonest dealers BThey were not punished for stealing the Mona Lisa CThey kept the story to themselves until death DThey sometimes bribed gallery workers to

1484、 help them 答案：7275 BBAC Passage 5（安徽省蚌埠市 2010 届高三第三次质检 A 篇）Last night was the last game for my eight-year-old sons soccer team.It was the final quarter.The score was two to one,my sons team in the lead.Parents surrounded the playground,offering encouragement.With less than ten seconds remaining,the

1485、ball suddenly rolled in front of my sons teammate,Mickey O Donnel.With shouts of Kick it!echoing（回响）across the playground,Mickey turned around and gave it everything he had.All around me the crowd erupted（爆发）.ODonnel had scored!Then there was silence.Mickey had scored all right,but in the wrong goal

1486、,ending the game in a tie.For a moment there was a total hush.You see,Mickey has Down syndrome(唐氏综合症)and for him there is no such thing as a wrong goal.All goals were celebrated by a joyous hug from Mickey.He had even been known to hug the opposing players when they scored.The silence was finally br

1487、oken when Mickey,his face filled with joy,hugged my son tightly and shouted,I scored!I scored.Everybody won!Everybody won!For a moment I held my breath,not sure how my son would react.I need not have worried.I watched,through tears,as my son threw up his hand in the classic high-five（致礼）salute and s

1488、tarted chanting,Way to go Mickey!Way to go Mickey!Within moments both teams surrounded Mickey,joining in the chant and congratulating him on his goal.Mike happily and everyone sent their wishes to him.Later that night,when my daughter asked who had won,I smiled as I replied,It was a tie.Everybody wo

1489、n.56Which is the most correct description of the authors too?He was/had .Abrave Bhonest Csympathy Dpride 57The underlined word“hush”in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to“.”Astare Bsilence Ccongratulation Dnoise 58After Mike scored,the author help his breath,because .AMike cheated everyone Beveryon

1490、e would accept the fact Cthe score was out of his expectation Dhis son might get angry with Mike 59We can infer from the passage that Mike .Awas cared about by his teammates Bwas hared by his own team Cwas corbarrassed when he realized the fast Dwas warm-hearted and played soccer for both teams 答案：5

1491、659 CBDA Passage 6（安徽省铜陵市第三中学 2010 届高三第二次月考 D 篇）While watching the games the other night,I came across an unbelievable sight.It was not a gold medal,or a world record broken,but a show of courage.The event was swimming and started with only three men on the blocks.For one reason or another,two of th

1492、em false started,so they were disqualified.That left only one to complete.It would have been difficult enough,not having anyone to race against,even though the time on the clock is important.I watched the man dive off the bock and knew right away that something was wrong.Im not an expert swimmer,but

1493、 I can tell a good dive from a poor one,and this was not exactly medal quality.When he resurfaced,it was evident that the man was not out for gold his arms were waving in an attempt at freestyle.The crowd started to laugh.Clearly this man was not a medal competitor.I listened to the crowd begin to l

1494、augh at this poor man who was clearly having a hard time.Finally he made his turn to start back.It was pitiful.He made a few desperate strokes and you could tell he was worn out.But in those few awful strokes,the crowd had changed.No longer were they laughing,but beginning to cheer.Some even began t

1495、o stand and shout“Come on,you can do it!”and he did.A clear minute past the average swimmer,this young man finally finished his race.The crowd went wild.You would have thought that he had won the gold,and should have.Even though he recorded one of the slowest times in Olympic history,this man gave m

1496、ore heart than any of the other competitors.Just a short year ago,he had never even swum,let alone race.His country had been invited to Sydney.In a competition where athletes remove their silver medals feeling they have somehow been cheated out of gold,or when they act so proudly in front of their c

1497、ompetitors,it is nice to watch an underdog.21.From the passage we can learn that the young man _.A.made his turn to start back pitifully B.was skillful in freestyle in the game C.swam faster than the average swimmer D.was not capable enough to win the medal 69.The crowd changed their attitudes becau

1498、se _.A.they felt sorry for the young man B.they wanted to show their sympathy C.they were moved by the young man D.they meant to please the young man 70.According to the passage,“it is nice to watch an underdog”probably means _.A.its amusing to watch a man with awful swimming skills B.its amazing to

1499、 watch an ordinary man challenging himself C.its cheerful for athletes to act proudly before their competitors D.its brave enough for some athletes to remove the silver medals 71.Whats the best title for the passage?A.Go for it!B.Try again！C.Compete for Gold!D.Break a Record!答案：68-71 DCBA Passage 7（

1500、安徽省铜陵市第三中学 2010 届高三第二次月考 E 篇）A thief who dropped a winning lottery ticket(彩票)at the scene of his crime has been given a lesson in honesty.His victim,who picked up the ticket,then claimed the 25000 prize,managed to trace him,and handed over the cash.The robbery happened when maths professor Vinicio S

1501、abbatucci,58,was changing a tyre on an Italian motorway.Another motorist,who stopped to“help”,stole a suitcase from his car and drove off.The professor found the dropped ticket and put it in his pocket before driving home to Ascoli in eastern Italy.Next day,he saw the lottery results on TV and,takin

1502、g out the ticket,realized it was a winner.He claimed the 60 million lire(里拉)prize.Then he began a battle with his conscience.Finally,he decided he could not keep the money despite having been robbed.He advertised in newspapers and on radio,saying:Im trying to find the man who robbed me.I have 60 mil

1503、lion for him-a lottery win.Please meet me.Anonymity(匿名)guaranteed.Professor Sabbatucci received hundreds of calls from people hoping to trick him into handing them the cash.But there was one voice he recognized-and he arranged to meet the man in a park.The robber,a 35-year-old unemployed father of t

1504、wo,gave back the suitcase and burst into tears.He could not believe what was happening.Why didnt you keep the money?he asked.The professor replied:I couldnt because its not mine.Then he walked off,spurning the thiefs offer of a reward.72.The sentence Then he began a battle with his conscience.in par

1505、agraph 2 implies all of the following EXCEPT that_.A.he knew what he should do as soon as he saw the lottery results B.he hesitated about keeping the money for some time C.he thought for a moment of avenging himself on the robber D.he came to realize that honesty is more important than money 73.Hund

1506、reds of people phoned professor Sabbatucci because they _.A.wanted to make fun of him B.hoped to get the money C.knew who the robber was D.lost the lottery ticket 74.The word spurning in the last sentence can be replaced by _.A.accepting B.claiming C.refusing D.canceling 75.If the story appears in a

1507、 newspaper,the best title might be_.A.A Thiefs Lucky Day B.A Popular Maths Professor C.A Magic Lottery D.A Reward of Honesty 答案：72.A 教授并不是看到彩票开奖立刻知道该怎么办，所以才会 began a battle with his conscience。73.B 这些人的目的很简单，就是想得到钱，见第三段第一句话。74.C 通过上下文我们可以判断这里是“拒绝”。75.A 这篇短文的主题不是教授、不是彩票、所以只有 A 适合做文章的标题。Passage 8（广东省潮

1508、州市实验中学 2010 届高三 4 月月考 B 篇）SYDNEY:As they sat sharing sweets beside a swimming pool in 1999.Shane Gould and Jessicah Schipper were simply getting along well,chatting about sport,life and anything else that came up.Yet in Sydney next month,they will meet again by the pool,and for a short time the frie

1509、nds will race against each other in the 50 meter butterfly in the Australian championships at Homebu Bay.Gould,now a 47 year old mother of four,has announced she will be making a return to elite competition(顶级赛事)to swim the one event,having set a qualifying(合格的)time of 30.32 seconds in winning gold

1510、at last years United States Masters championships.Her comeback comes 32 years after she won three golds at the Munich Olympics.Schipper,now a 17 year old girl from Brisbane with a bright future of going to Athens for her first Olympics,yesterday recalled(回忆)her time with Gould five years ago.“I was

1511、at a national youth camp on the Gold Coast and Shane had come along to talk to us and watch us train.”Schipper explained.“It seemed as if we had long been good friends.I dont know why.We just started talking and it went from there.”“She had a lot to share with all of us at that camp.She old us stori

1512、es about what it was like at big meets like Olympics and what it was like to be on an Australian team.It was really interesting.”Next time,things will be more serious:“I will still be swimming in the 50 m butterfly at the nationals,so there is a chance that I could actually be competing against Shan

1513、e Gould.”said Schipper,who burst onto the scene at last years national championships with second places in the 100 m and 200 butterfly.46What is the passage mainly about?AStories happening in swimming competitions.BTwo women swimmers winning Olympic golds.CLessons learned from international swimming

1514、 championships.DFriendship and competition between two swimmers.47Gould and Schipper are going to_.Atalk about sport and life Bgo back to elite competition Cset a qualifying time and win gold Dtake part in the same sports event 48Gould won her three Olympic golds when she was_.A15 B17 C22 D30 49The

1515、underlined word“it”in the fifth paragraph probably refers to .Athe Olympics Bthe youth camp Cthe friendship Dthe Australian team 50What Schipper said showed that she_.Awas no longer Goulds friend Bhad learned a lot from Gould Cwas not interested in Goulds stories Dwould not like to compete against G

1516、ould 答案：46D 47D 48A 49C 50D Passage 9（江西省九江一中 2010 届高三适应考试二 A 篇）Youre in a department store and you see a couple of attractive young women looking at a sweater.You listen to their conversation:“I cant believe it-a Lorenzo Bertolla!They are almost impossible to find.Isnt it beautiful?And its a lot ch

1517、eaper than the one Sara bought in Rome.”They leave and you go over to see this incredible sweater.Its nice and the price is right.Youve never heard of Lorenzo Bertolla,but those girls looked really stylish.They must know.So,you buy it.You never realize that those young women are employees of an adve

1518、rtising agency.They are actually paid to go from store to store,talking loudly about Lorenzo Bertolla clothes.Every day we notice what people are wearing,driving and eating.If the person looks cool,the product seems cool,too.This is the secret of undercover marketing.Companies from Ford to Nike are

1519、starting to use it.Undercover marketing is important because it reaches people that dont pay attention to traditional advertising.This is particularly true of the MTV generation-consumers between the age of 18 and 34.It is a golden group.They have a lot of money to spend,but they dont trust ads.So a

1520、dvertising agencies hire young actors to“perform”in bars and other places where young adults go.Some people might call this practice deceptive(骗人的),but marketing executive Jonathan Ressler calls it creative.“Look at traditional advertising.Its effectiveness is decreasing.”However,one might ask what

1521、exactly is“real”about of young women pretending to be enthusiastic about a sweater?Advertising executives would say its no less real than an ad.The difference is that you know an ad is trying to persuade you to buy something.You don t know when a conversation you overhear is just a performance.56.Th

1522、e two attractive young women were talking so that they could _.A.get the sweater at a lower price B.be heard by people around C.be admired by other shoppers D.decide on buying the sweater 57.Lorenzo Bertolla is _.A.a very popular male singer B.an advertising agency C.a clothing company in Rome D.the

1523、 brand name of a sweater 58.Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?A.The two girls are in fact employed by the Lorenzo Bertolla Company.B.The MTV generation tend to be more easily influenced by ads.C.Traditional advertising is becoming less effective because its too direct.D.Underco

1524、ver marketing will surely be banned soon by the government.59.Which of the following would be the best title for the text?A.Two Attractive Shoppers B.Lorenzo Bertolla Sweaters C.Ways of Advertising D.Undercover Marketing 答案：5659 B D C D Passage 10（江西省九江一中 2010 届高三适应考试二 B 篇）“I sat-in at a restaurant

1525、for six months,and when they finally agreed to serve me,they didnt have what I wanted”-so went a famous line.In reality,the sit-in movement was not a joke.It began in Greensboro,North Carolina,at 4:30 P.M.,on the afternoon of February 1,1960.On that day,Ezell Blair Jr.,Joseph McNeil,David Richmond,a

1526、nd Franklin McClain entered an F.W.Woolworth store.They sat down at a segregated（隔离的）lunch counter,ordered coffee,and then refused to leave when told,We dont serve Negroes.”The four young men had expected not to be served.What no one had expected,however,was that they would sit there and politely,bu

1527、t firmly,refuse to leave.This was 1960,and throughout the South black people were not allowed to sit at the same lunch counters with whites,swim at the same beaches,use the same water fountains,or worship at the same churches.Segregation was the law,and it meant separation of the races in every way.

1528、The next day,the four returned to Woolworths-this time accompanied by sixteen other students.Again they sat at the lunch counter and requested service.Again they were refused.And again,they declined to leave.On Wednesday,February 3,seventy students filled the Woolworths store.This time,the group inc

1529、luded white students as well as black.Many brought school books and studied while they waited.By this time,their protest had become known nationwide as a“sit-in”.On Thursday,there was trouble.An angry group of white teenagers began shoving（推搡）and cursing them but were quickly removed by the police.B

1530、y February 10,the sit-in movement had spread to five other states.By September 1961,more than 70,000 people,both black and white,had participated in sit-ins at segregated restaurants and lunch counters,kneel-ins at segregated churches,read-ins at segregated libraries,and swim-ins at segregated pools

1531、 and beaches.Over 3,600 people had been arrested,and more than 100 students had been driven away.But they were getting results.On June 10,1964,the U.S Senate passed a major civil rights bill outlawing（宣布为非法）racial discrimination in all public places.President Lyndon Johnson signed it on July 2,and i

1532、t became law.But the highest credit still goes to the four brave students from North Carolina who first sat-in and waited it out.60.In this passage,“sit-in”refers to _.A.an activity where people sit together and drink coffee freely B.a bill which outlaws racial discrimination in all public places C.

1533、a form in which people peacefully sit and decline to leave D.a polite behavior that everyone enjoys 61.Which statement can be concluded from the fifth paragraph in the passage?A.The sit-in movement was not successful.B.The sit-in movement had a positive result.C.Only black people participated in sit

1534、-ins.D.A lot of protesters were arrested,with some students driven away from school 62.What was the purpose of the civil rights bill passed in 1964?A.The highest credit went to the four brave students.B.It declared that segregation was a law.C.The students were allowed to participate in sit-ins.D.It

1535、 made racial segregation against the law in all public places.63.What is the passage mainly about?A.Segregation was the law in the South.B.The first sit-in was in 1960.C.The sit-ins helped to end segregation.D.The civil rights bill was passed in 1964 by the U.S.Senate.答案：6063 C B D C Passage 11（江西重点

1536、中学盟校 2010 届高三第二次联考 A 篇）The wedding took place in a Birmingham hotel.The bride and her father arrived in a new black American sport car.Her father looked nervous and uncomfortable in front of the cameras.The bride wore a silk wedding dress.She smiled nervously at the waiting photographers and went to

1537、 a room on the first floor where she met her future husband for the very first time.Carla Germaine and Greg Cordell were the winners of a radio stations competition.The aim of the competition was to find two strangers prepared to marry without having met each other.Miss Germaine,23,is a model.Mr.Cor

1538、dell,27,is a TV salesman.They were among the two hundred people who entered a peculiar“experiment”organized by BMRB radio in Birmingham,England,Greg,and Carla were among eight finalists who were interviewed live on a radio.They took a lie detector（测谎仪）test and the station also spoke to their friends

1539、 and family about their personalities.The competition judges include an astrologer（占星家）who declared that they were suited.The couple celebrated their wedding with a wedding breakfast and a party for 100 guests in the evening,but not everyone shared their joy.Miss Germaines mother looked anxious thro

1540、ughout the wedding and Mr.Cordells parents are reported to be less than delighted.Organizations,including the marriage guidance Service Relate,have criticized the marriage.As one person put it,“We have enough problems getting young people to take marriage seriously without this.Marriage should alway

1541、s be about love.”The couple are now on a Caribbean honeymoon followed by journalists.Their other prizes include a years free use of a wonderful apartment in the center of Birmingham,and a car.But will it last?56.How did the couples parents react to the wedding?A.The brides mother shared their joy.B.

1542、The brides father felt uncomfortable about the wedding.C.The bridegrooms parents were quite delighted.D.The bridegrooms parents were not that joyful.57.Some experts believe that _.A.marriage without the couples meeting each other first ends up in divorce B.young people nowadays are too careless abou

1543、t marriage C.taking a lie detector test can not solve all the marriage problems D.most young people take marriage seriously except this couple 58.One of the prize for the couple is _.A.to spend their honeymoon wherever they like B.to use an apartment free for some time C.to have a wedding dress free

1544、 D.to own an American sports car 59.Which of the following is the best title of the passage?A.Two strangers and a wedding B.A wedding based on love C.A short-lived marriage D.A well-matched couple 答案：5659 DBBA Passage 12（江西重点中学盟校 2010 届高三第二次联考 E 篇）Theres talk today about how as a society weve become

1545、 separated by colors,income,city vs suburb,red state vs blue.But we also divide ourselves with unseen dotted lines.Im talking about the property lines that isolate us from the people we are physically closest to:our neighbors.It was a disaster on my street,in a middle-class suburb of Rochester Town,

1546、several years ago that got me thinking about this.One night,a neighbor shot and killed his wife and then himself;their two middle-school children ran screaming into the night.Though the couple had lived on our street for seven years,my wife and I hardly knew them.Wed see them jogging together.Someti

1547、mes our children would share cars to school with theirs.Some of the neighbors attended the funeral（葬礼）and called on relatives.Someone laid a single bunch of yellow flowers at the familys front door,but nothing else was done to mark the loss.Within weeks,the children had moved with their grandparents

1548、 to another part of the town.The only indication that anything had changed was the“For Sale”sign in front of their house.A family had disappeared,yet the impact on our neighborhood was slight.How could that be?Did I live in a community or just in a house on a street surrounded by people whose lives

1549、were entirely separate?Few of my neighbors,I later learned,knew others on the street more than casually;many didnt know even the names of those a few doors down.Why is it that in an age of low long-distance expenses,discount airlines and the Internet,when we can create community anywhere,we often do

1550、nt know the people who live next door?Maybe my neighbors didnt mind living this way,but I did.I wanted to get to know the people whose houses I passed each day not just what they do for a living and how many children they have,but the depth of their experience and what kind of people they are.What w

1551、ould it take,I wondered,to break through the barriers between us?I thought about childhood sleepovers（在外过夜）,and the familiar feeling and deep understanding I used to get from waking up inside a friends home.Would my neighbors let me sleep over and write about their lives from inside their own houses

1552、?72.The underlined word“this”in the second paragraph probably refers to the talk about _.A.how a society is divided by dotted lines B.the property lines separating us from our neighbors C.the couples death D.understanding each other between neighbors 73.Which of the following is NOT TRUE according t

1553、o the authors description?A.The husband killed himself.B.The couple had the habit of jogging together.C.Their children moved to live with grandparents after the couples death.D.The author never knew the couple until they died seven years later.74.From the last paragraph,we can infer that the author

1554、_ in his childhood.A.had once slept in the open air outside B.had slept in his friends home more than once C.had slept at home but woke up to find himself inside his friends home D.used to live in his friends home 75.Following the last paragraph,the author will perhaps _.A.leave his home and began h

1555、is writing career B.sleep in the open air and write about his experiences C.sleep in his neighbors homes and write about their family lives D.interview his neighbors and write about their houses 答案：7275 BDBC Passage 13(山东省临沭县 2010 届普通高等学校招生考试打靶试题 C 篇)Munish Bansal has amassed(积累)8,500 digital images

1556、 of daughter Suman,12,and her brother Jay,10,since the day they were born.He has enough pictures to fill 600 albums and shows them on a website named“delightful kids”.Mr.Bansal,36,an accountant from Gillingham,Kent:“It started when I took a picture of Suman on the day when she was born.I did the sam

1557、e the following day,and the day after,and the day after that.Before I knew it,she had turned one and I had 365 images.It seemed a shame to stop,so I kept going-and did the same when Jay came along.”Mr.Bansal,who lives with housewife Rita,39,began the family album on the day Suman was born in 1996.Wi

1558、th a digital camera,he takes the picture usually before school or during dinner.The photographs capture her life from a baby and toddler,through to early school days and into her teens.They include important landmarks like walking,the day she spoke,her first words and the beginning of school.He did

1559、the same with her younger brother Jay who was born two years later.Mr.Bansal admits both Suman and Jay are“quite embarrassed”about the website-and their father.Suman,who turns 13 tomorrow,said:“Its interesting because when I look at the baby photos I dont recognize myself-but Im not planning on lett

1560、ing Dad do this for ever.”Mr.Bansal has said he will continue until they are old enough to leave home.“As they get older,Sunam and Jay have become quite embarrassed about what Im doing,”he said.“But I hope that one day both of them will appreciate what Ive done,and look back on their childhoods with

1561、 happy memories.”64.People can see their pictures by _.A.looking at the 600 albums B.visiting a website named“delightful kids”C.collecting all the 8,500 digital images D.using all their digital camera 65.When Mr.Bansal started to take the picture,he was _.A.24 years old B.26 years old.C.28 years old

1562、 D.30 years old 66.How do Suman and Jay think of what their father has done?A.They feel very pleased with what their father has done B.They think highly of what their father has done C.They feel uncomfortable with what their father has done D.They are surprised at what their father has done 67.From

1563、the passage we can infer that _.A.Mr.Bansal is sorry for taking so many pictures.B.Mr.Bansal will stop taking photos next year C.Mr.Bansal wants his children to leave home now D.Mr.Bansal love his children very much 答案：6467 BACD Passage 14（山东省淄博市 2010 届高三二模 A 篇）Knowing how much her own children love

1564、d presents at Christmas,Ann Sutton always tried to seek help for one or two poor families.With a social worker mother,the Sutton children had inherited her commitment to service,and knew never to take their good fortune at Christmas for granted.This year,Kinzie,her seven-year-old daughter was thrill

1565、ed that Santa Claus would make a special visit to a 22-year-old mother named Ashley who worked in a factory raising her 12-month-old son by herself.The phone rang on Sunday.A representative from a local organization was calling to say that the aid Ann had requested for Ashley had fallen through.No S

1566、anta Claus,no presents,nothing.Ann saw the cheer vanish from her childrens faces at the news.Without a word,Kinzie ran into her bedroom.She returned,her face set with determination.Opening up her piggy bank,she put all the coins onto the table:$3.30.Everything she had.“Mom,”she told Ann,“I know its

1567、not much.But maybe this will buy a present for the baby.”At a breakfast meeting the next day,Ann told her coworkers about her daughters story.To her surprise,staff members began to open their purses and empty their pockets to help Kinzie.By days end,the story of Kinzies gift had spread beyond Anns o

1568、ffice.She received a call from an unknown donor.If a seven-year-old could give everything she had,he said,he should at least match her gift 100 to 1.He contributed$300.On Christmas Eve,Ann drove through the pouring rain to the small trailer where the Ashleys lived.Then she began to unload the gifts

1569、from the car,handing them to Ashley one by one.Ashley was very moved.Reflecting on a little girls generosity,Ashley says shell one day be able to do something similar for someone else in need.“Kinzie could have used that money for herself,but she gave it away,”Ashley says.“Shes the type of kid Id li

1570、ke my son to grow up to be.”56.According to the text,Ann Sutton _.A.is making lots of money B.is ready to help others C.is only caring about herself D.is a hard-working mother 57.Which of the following is NOT true according to the text?A.Ashley lived a hard life with her little son.B.The Sutton chil

1571、dren took Anne as an example to follow.C.The coworkers of Ann helped Kinzie to realize her wish.D.Ann Sutton tried to ask for help for her own children.58.What can we learn about Kinzie?A.She was afraid that Santa Claus would visit the Ashleys.B.She should get some presents from her mother at Christ

1572、mas.C.She devoted all her coins to buying a present for the baby.D.She was cheerful when hearing the aid had fallen through.59.Which of the following can be inferred from the text?A.It rained heavily on Christmas Eve.B.Ann handed gifts to Ashley one by one.C.Ashley hoped she would help someone else

1573、in need.D.A good deed can influence many peoples behavior.60.What would be the best title for the text?A.A Young Girls Gift B.A Mothers Love C.A Story of Young Girl D.An Unknown Donor 答案：56-60 BDCDA Passage 15（陕西省 2010 年高三西安五校联考 D 篇）Living an Adventurous Life Nearly ten years ago,I was told that I h

1574、ad a brain tumor（瘤）,and this experience changed my attitude about adventure foreverI thought that I was going to die and that all my adventures were overI did not have a brain tumor,it turned out,but rather multiple sclerosis（多发性硬化症）,which meant that,although they were not over,the nature of my adve

1575、ntures could have to change Each morning that I wake up is a fresh event,something that I might not have hadEach gesture that I make carries the weight of uncertainty and demands significant attention:buttoning my shirt,changing a light bulb,walking down stairsI might not be able to do it this timeI

1576、f I could not delight in them,they would likely drown me in anger and in self-pity I admire the grand adventures of othersI read about them with interestWith Peter Matthiessen I have hiked across the Himalayas to the Crystal MountainI have walked with Annie Dillard up,down,into,and across Tinker Cre

1577、ek in all seasonsDavid Bain has gone with me along 110 miles of Philippine coast,and Ed Abbey has rowed me down the Colorado RiverI enjoy the adventures of these courageous figures,who can strike out on difficult trips 2 miles,250 miles,3000 miles ready to bear cold and tiredness,indeed not just to

1578、bear but to celebrate But as for me,I can no longer walk very far from the armchair in which I readSome days I dont even make it to the backyardAnd yet Im unwilling to give up the adventurous life,the difficulty of it,even the pain,the anxiety and fear,and the sudden brief lift of spirit that makes

1579、a hard journey more attractive I refine adventure,make it smaller and smallerAnd now,whether I am moving on my hands and knees across the dining room to help my cat,lying wide-eyed in the dark battling another period of sadness,gathering flowers from the garden,meeting a friend for lunch,I am always

1580、 having the adventures that are mine to have 58Which of the following is TRUE about the authors reaction after the illness?AThe author is drowned in anger and self-pity BThe author travels to places he/she has dreamed of CThe author cant take care of himself/herself any longer DThe author adapts to

1581、the condition successfully 59Why does the author admire the people mentioned in Paragraph 3?ABecause they write popular novels BBecause they are great adventurers CBecause they are famous geographers DBecause they fight with hardship in life 60Which of the following shows the authors strong love for

1582、 adventures?AThe author spends almost every day looking for adventures BThe author works hard to make more money for adventures CThe author imagines having adventures while reading DThe author expects to recover only to continue adventures 答案：58-60 DBC Passage 16（陕西省宝鸡中学 2010 届高三适应训练 B 篇）South Korea

1583、 has offered about 10,000 tons of corn to North Korea,in what would be the first official aid to its hungry neighbor for almost two yearsThe South also offered 20 tons of milk powder and medicine for children,pregnant women and other vulnerable people,its unification ministry saidThe proposed shipme

1584、n would be through the Red CrossIt would be the first official one since a conservative government came to power in Seoul in February 2008The South Korean administration of President Lee Myung-bak has linked major assistance to progress on denuclearisation However,after months of bitter hostility,th

1585、e communist North began making peace overtures（提议，提案）to the South in recent monthsPersistent media reports have also said the two sides have held preliminary talks about a possible summit The amount of food aid on offer is tiny relative to the needs in what the United Nations recently described as t

1586、he famine-hit NorthA third of North Korean women and young children are malnourished（营养不良的）and the country will run short of almost 18 million tons of food this year,the United Nations World Food Program said in a report last monthThe unification ministry admitted it was far less than needed but sai

1587、d the North must mend relations before shipments could be increased We cannot say 10,000 tons is sufficient in view of North Koreas food shortage and other conditions,said ministry spokeswoman Lee Jong-JooWe are providing purely humanitarian aid,she said There is no change in our position that massi

1588、ve food aid depends on how relations between the two Koreas develop,she saidNorth Korea has yet to respond to the latest offer,made through the Red CrossBut Yonhap news agency said it was likely co-ordinated in advance before the announcement Last year the South offered 50,000 tons of corn,but the N

1589、orth rejected the shipment amid high tensions North Korea has relied on food aid from China,South Korea and aid agencies to feed millions of its people since a famine in the 1990s resulted in the deaths of hundreds of thousands 50How would North Korea be offered about 10,000 tons of corn from South

1590、Korea?ANorth Korea would buy corn from South Korea BNorth Korea would exchange with South Korea CThe offer would be through the Red Sea DThe offer would be through an international organization 51About whether South Korea would go on offering assistance,we can infer from the passage that_ Athey woul

1591、d go on without any condition Bthey would go on if there was a famine in North Korea Cit depended on how their relation would develop Dit depended on whether North Korea needed it 52How did North Korea survive since a famine in the 1990s?AThey depended on the international aid from all other countri

1592、es BThey developed their agriculture to increase the production CThey expanded the agricultural land DThey relied on food aid from China,South Korea and aid agencies 53What is the main idea of the passage?A Its about the aid to South Korea from North Korea BIt tells about the help between South Kore

1593、a and North Korea CIts about the help to the Poor DIt tells about an action of the Red Cross 答案：5053 DCDD Passage 17（四川省绵阳中学 2010 届高三高考模拟训练 D 篇）I told my friend Graham that I often cycle two miles from my house to the town centre but unfortunately there is a big hill on the routeHe replied,“You mean

1594、 fortunately”He explained that I should be glad of the extra exercise that the hill provided My attitude to the hill has now changedI used to grumble as I approached it but now I tell myself the followingThis hill will exercise my heart and lungsIt will help me to lose weight and get fitIt will mean

1595、 that I live longerThis hill is my friendFinally I comfort myself with the thought of all those silly people who pay money to go to a gym and sit on stationery exercise bicycles when I call get the same value for freeI have a smile of satisfaction as I reach the top of the hill Problems are there to

1596、 be faced and overcomeWe cannot achieve anything with an easy lifeHelen Keller was thefirst deaf and blind person to gain a university degreeHer activism and writing proved inspirationalShe wrote，“Character cannot be developed in ease and quietOnly through experiences of trial and suffering can the

1597、soul be strengthened，vision cleared，ambition inspired and success achieved.”One of the main determinants of success in life is our attitude towards adversity(逆境)From time to time we all face hardships，problemsaccidents、afflictions and difficultiesSome are of our making but many confront us through n

1598、o fault of our ownWhile we cannot choose the adversity we can choose our attitude towards it Douglas Bader was 21 when in 193l he had both legs cut off following a flying accidentHe was deter-mined to fly again and went on to become one of the leading flying aces in the Battle of Britain with 22 aer

1599、ial victories over the GermansHe was an inspiration to others during the warHe said,“Dont listen to any-one who tells you that you cant do this or thatThats nonsenseMake up your mind，youll never use crutches(拐杖)or a stick，then have a go at everythingGo to school，join in all the games you canGo anywh

1600、ere you want toBut never，never let them persuade you that things are too difficult or impossible.”The biographies（传记）of great people are full of examples of how they took steps to overcome the difficulties they facedThe common thread is that they did not become depressedThey chose their attitudeThey

1601、 chose to be positiveThey took on the challengeThey won Neverthelessthere is still the problem of how you change your attitude towards adversity 53.Which of the following is true according to the author of the passage?AClimbing hills on bicycles is the best way to take exercise BPeople are silly to

1602、pay to go to the gym CThose who want to achieve success cant expect to live all easy lire DPeoples attitude towards adversity is the only factor that determines whether they will succeed 54By quoting what Douglas Bader said，the author intends to tell us“”AFailure is the mother of Success BA fall int

1603、o the pit，a gain in your wit CIf you venture nothing，you will have nothing DNothing is difficult to the man who will try 55Following this passage，the author will further talk about Ahow his friend helped him to change his attitude towards the adversity he faced Bwhat steps to take to change your att

1604、itude towards the adversity you face Cwhat great people have in common Dwhy it is important to keep optimistic in face of adversity 56Which of the following can best function as the title of the passage?AFace adversity with a smile BDifferent attitudes towards adversity CNothing is impossible DLife

1605、is full of adversity 答案：53.C 细节理解题。从文章第三段开头可知。We cannot achieve anything with an easy life.54.D 细节理解题。文章第五段可知。55.B 推理判断题。本文阐述的是面对逆境心态很重要，当然下文很可能会讲如何去改变我们的心态。56.A 主旨大意题。笑对逆境是文章的中心。Passage 18（四川省棠湖中学 2010 届高三考前适应训练 A 篇）Mickeys Goal Last night was the last game for my eight-year-old sons soccer team.It

1606、 was the final quarter.The score was two to one,my sons team in the lead.Parents surrounded the playground,offering encouragement.With less than ten seconds remaining,the ball suddenly rolled in front of my sons teammate,Mickey O Donnel.With shouts of“Kick it!”echoing（回响）across the playground,Mickey

1607、 turned around and gave it everything he had.All around me the crowd erupted（沸腾）.O Donnel had scored!Then there was silence.Mickey had scored all right,but in the wrong goal,ending the game in a tie.For a moment there was a total hush.You see,Mickey has Down syndrome（综合症）and for him there is no such

1608、 thing as a wrong goal.All goals were celebrated by a joyous hug from Mickey.He had even been known to hug the opposing players when they scored.The silence was finally broken when Mickey,his face filled with joy,hugged my son tightly and shouted,“I scored!I scored.Everybody won!Everybody won!”For a

1609、 moment I held my breath,not sure how my son would react.I need not have worried.I watched,through tears,as my son threw up his hand in the classic high-five salute and started chanting,“Way to go Mickey!Way to go Mickey!”Within moments both teams surrounded Mickey,joining in the chant and congratul

1610、ating him on his goal Later that night,when my daughter asked who had won,I smiled as I replied,“It was a tie.Everybody won.41What was the score of the soccer match?ATwo to two,equal to both the teams.BThree to one in Mickeys teams favor.CTwo to one in the opposite teams favor.DEverybody won because

1611、 of Mickeys goal.42What did the author worry about when Mickey scored and hugged his son?AThe result of the match would fail his son.BHis son would shout at Mickey for his goal.CMickey would again hug the opposing players.DHis son would understand Mickeys wrong goal.43It can be inferred from the pas

1612、sage that_w Aboth teams liked and respected Mickey.Bboth teams were thankful to Mickey for his goal.CMickey didnt mind though his goal was wrong DMickey was a kind-hearted boy and hoped everybody won.44The purpose of the author in writing the passage is _.Ato tell a joke to make readers laugh.Bto su

1613、ggest we should not mind losing.Cto show enjoying a game is more than winning a game Dto present his sons fine qualities of understanding others 答案：4144 ABAC Passage 19（四川省棠湖中学 2010 届高三考前适应训练 E 篇）After too long on the Net，even a phone call can be a shock.My boyfriends Liverpudlian accent suddenly be

1614、comes too difficult to understand after his clear words on screen;a secretarys tone seems more rejecting than Id imagined it would be.Time itself becomes fluid-hours becomes minutes，and alternately seconds stretch into days.Weekends，once a highlight of my week，are now just two ordinary days.For the

1615、last three years，since I stopped working as a producer for Charlie Rose，I have done much of my work as a telecommuter.I submit(提交)articles and edit them by E-mail and communicate with colleagues on Internet mailing lists.My boyfriend lives in England,so much of our relationship is computer-mediated.

1616、If I desired，I could stay inside for weeks without wanting anything.I can order food，and manage my money，love and work.In fact，at times I have spent as long as three weeks alone at home，going out only to get mail and buy newspapers and groceries.I watched most of the blizzard of 96 on TV.But after a

1617、 while，life itself begins to feel unreal.I start to feel as though Ive merged(融合)with my machines，taking data in spitting them back out，just another node（波节）on the Net.Others on line report the same symptoms.We start to strongly dislike the outside forms of socializing.Its like attending an A.A.meet

1618、ing in a bar with everyone holding a half-sipped drink.We have become the Net opponents worst nightmare.What first seemed like a luxury，crawling from bed to computer，not worrying about hair，and clothes and face，has become an avoidance，a lack of discipline.And once you start replacing real human cont

1619、act with cyber-interaction，coming back out of the cave can be quite difficult.At times,I turn on the television and just leave it to chatter in the background,something that Id never done previously.The voices of the programs soothe(安慰)me,but then Im jarred(使感不快)by the commercials.I find myself suck

1620、ed in by soap operas,or compulsively(强制性能地)needing to keep up with the latest news and the weather.Dateline,Frontline,Nightline,CNN,every possible angle of every story over and over and over,even when they are of no possible use to me.Work moves from foreground to background.57Compared to the clear

1621、words of her boyfriend on screen,his accent becomes_ Aunreal Bunbearable Cmisleading Dnot understandable 58What does the last paragraph mean AHaving worked on the computer for too long,she became a bit strange.BShe is so interested in TV programs that she often forgets her work.CShe watches TV a lot

1622、 in order to keep up with the latest news and the weather.DShe turns on TV now and then in order to get some comfort from TV program.59What is the authors attitude to the computer?AShe has become bored with it.BShe dislikes it because TV is more attractive.CShe dislikes it because it cuts off her re

1623、lation with the outside world.DShe likes it because it is very convenient.60The underlined phrase“coming back out of the cave”probably means_.Agoing back to the dreaming world Bcoming back home from the outside world Crestoring direct human contact Dgetting away from living a strange life 答案：5760 DD

1624、AC Passage 20（天津市南开中学 2010 届高三下学期五月模拟考试 B 篇）Life-changing disaster awaits the drunken driver.And he is proof.At just 18 years of age,he could be a classmate or a friend,and that familiarity adds to the power of his words.He has spoken to more than 2,500 high school students so far,and he has noticed

1625、 their unusual silence.A lot of teachers say,Dont drink,but Im not going to say that,because I know that students are going to do it,Nepola says.I just say,Dont get in a car.One year ago,Nepola,having been with friends drinking,lost control of his car and was thrown into trees 20 feet away.He was fo

1626、und covered in blood,with many bones broken.At Hackensack University Medical Center,his skull was opened to relieve pressure on his brain.He was diagnosed with traumatic（创伤性）brain injury and remained in a coma（昏迷）and on life support for nearly three weeks.At Childrens Specialized Hospital in New Bru

1627、nswick,N.J.physical therapist Erin Leahy initially found Nepola unable to move the right side of his body.But by the end of his six-week stay,he was able to walk out of the building.Leahy called that an inspiration and a miracle.But Nepolas recovery is incomplete.Brain and muscular therapy has helpe

1628、d him regain movement in his right arm,but he still struggles with his right hand.In the process of recovery,Nepola has thought deeply about what happened and why,and decided to share his story.Encouraged by his trauma doctor,Sanjeev Kaul,he teamed with Gonzalez and began attending assemblies in Apr

1629、il.He said he was nervous at first,but has grown used to the spotlight.And his rehabilitation（康复）and visible trauma help him draw serious attention from students.Besides,Im not a wall,he said.I feel like I know how to talk to people.Driving drunk,he tells students,is like playing Russian roulette（俄罗

1630、斯轮盘赌博）:You might do it a bunch of times,but something is going to happen.Now,his days are all about the therapy,work and going to the gym.Mentally,he says,Im a lot happier in my life.41.The main purpose of the text is to _.A.tell readers about the dangers of driving a car B.warn students about the d

1631、angers of drinking C.tell readers about Michael Nepolas recovery experience D.advise people not to drive a car after drinking 42.As a eighteen year old boy,Nepola story is powerful because _.A.his family supported him B.his classmate and friend never gave up him C.his classmate and friend are famili

1632、ar with him D.he is just like one classmate or friend we know 43.What does the underlined sentence mean?A.A drunk driver will eventually have a serious accident.B.Drunk driving is as risky as it is excited.C.Drunk driving can be fun if the driver is experienced.D.An experienced driver can drive drun

1633、k successfully.44.After the accident,Michael Nepola came to _.A.make a full recovery B.recover at a magical speed C.be eager for more adventure D.enjoy life more despite his physical condition 45.What can we infer from the article?A.Michael Nepola believes his accident was the result of bad luck.B.M

1634、ichael Nepola thinks that students shouldnt get drunk.C.Michael Nepola wants to warn young people about the dangers of drunk driving.D.Michael Nepola still doesnt care about his future or college.答案：41-45 DDABC Passage 21（重庆市西南师大附中 2010 届高三第七次月考 A 篇）“Hey,Jenna,do you tin well still be friends when w

1635、ere eighty two?”I asked my friend.It was clear she was wondering where I had come up with such a question.Losing Jenna would be like losing a very close sister.We hung out together.We gave each other advice.“Of course,well still be friends when were eighty two.”Jenna announced loudly.The next year,i

1636、n fourth grade,we met Jamie.The three of us soon became close friends.We played together almost every day.I thought even time couldnt pull us apart,but I was sadly mistaken.The three of us started fighting a lot.Before Christmas,we had a really big fight,and Jamie and Jenna were against me,both sayi

1637、ng I was bossy.I felt helpless and lonely.I thought Christmas would be horrible!I was surprised when Jenna came to my house and gave me an awesome Christmas card she had made for me.I was so sure that she was still disappointed with me.“Wow,”I said.breaking the silence as we stood on either side of

1638、my front door.“Thanks.”“OkaywellI have to go,”she said softly.“Okay.See you late then”and I closed the door.“Who was that at the door?”my mum asked.The card stared off with“Merry Christmas”,but then it said,“I am so glad were friends.I am sorry about what I said when we were fighting.A fight wont st

1639、op us from being friends.Besides,we said we were going to be friends even when were eight two.”I stopped reading and started laughing.I couldnt believe I had forgotten what she said that day in her back yard.I couldnt believe I had been so selfish in trying to get even and making my friends feel sor

1640、ry for me that I had forgotten about real friendship.56 How would the author and Jenna get along with each other after Christmas?A.They would be close friends again.B.They would not speak to each other.C.They would lose touch with each other.D.They would go on fighting with each other.57 The underli

1641、ned sentence“I was bossy”in the fourth last paragraph means“_”.A.I looked like a boss B.I acted as boss C.I was fond of giving orders D.I was fond of fighting 58 Which of the following is the right time order according to the passage?a.Jamie became our friend.b.I felt lonely and unhappy.c.Jenna,Jami

1642、e and I fought a lot.d.Jenna brought me a Christmas card.e.I was sorry for what I did to her.f.Jenna and I promised to be lifelong friends.A.f a b c e d B.a c f b d e C.a b c f e d D.f a c b d e 59 The author was delighted when she read the card from Jenna because _.A.what Jenna wrote was funny B.Je

1643、nna would be her friend again C.she was happy about the coming Christmas D.she was happy to receive a Christmas cad 答案：5659 ACDB Passage 22（重庆市西南师大附中 2010 届高三第七次月考 E 篇）Businesses are expected to cut spending dramatically through much of 2009.A number of economists,including those National City and W

1644、achovia,dont expect business investment,which make up about one tenth of US economic activity,to decline through 2009.According to a survey of 679 chief financial officers by Duke University and CFO Magazine this month,US businesses expect to cut capital spending by more than 10%in the next 12 month

1645、s,a sharp decrease from September,when the CFOs expected business investment to increase slightly.John Graham,finance professor at Duke and director of the survey,says businesses are finding ways to repair existing machinery and buildings rather than replace equipment or move.They likely wont increa

1646、se their spending until they see concrete evidence that the economy is improving.Those planning meeting for late winter and early spring are either buying fewer or less expensive items,or theyre not buying at all.One client who usually spends about$80,000 on a conference each year is spending half t

1647、hat.Robert Coen,director of forecasting at media analysis firm Magna,predicts a 4.5%drop in ad spending to$259 billion in 2009 on the heels of a 3.2%drop in 2008.“A recovery in US ad budgets will probably not get underway until 2010,”he says.Another negative for 2009:There arent any big ad spending

1648、events such as the Olympics or national elections.Declining business spending will hurt a number of industries but will be especially tough for the manufacturing sector.Nearly two thirds of manufacturers expect revenue(税收)to be unchanged or lower in 2009 than 2008,a survey from the Institute for Sup

1649、ply Management found.72.According to John Graham,how did businesses to deal with the economy crisis?A.They are spending less.B.By increasing their business spending sharply.C.By replacing old equipment with the new equipment.D.By moving into the cheaper offices.73.Why are the managers buying less ex

1650、pensive items for their meetings?A.To save money themselves.B.To cut down on expenses and save for the companies.C.To see the concrete evidence that the economy is on the mend.D.To save money so they spend more on advertisements.74.It can be inferred that in a year Olympics are held,many companies _

1651、.A.contribute more money to the poor B.give the participants money C.spend more money on advertising D.cut down on advertising budgets 75.The best title for the passage is _.A.Predictions about Buying New Equipment in 2009 B.Predictions about Conference Planning in 2009 C.Predictions about Advertisi

1652、ng Spending in 2009 D.Predictions for Business Spending in 2009 答案：7275 ABCD【09 年 10 月更新】Passage 23（河北省衡水中学 2010 届高三上学期第三次调研考试）Many times my friend June would say,“If I ever get rich,Im getting a completely new wardrobe and moving into a bigger apartment.”I thought of her words and her chances of be

1653、ing rich are about as good as mine.But,to everyones surprise,a few years ago June did come into a large inheritance(遗产).At first June said very little about the money.As the initial(最初的)shock disappeared,she became excited.June is a great believer in making lists,so I wasnt surprised to find her wri

1654、ting down all the ways she would spend her new wealth.As time went on,what had been midway down the column was now at the top.At last,I said to her,“You know,it isnt necessary to spend all your inheritance at once.Take some time;think about it.”“I know,I know,”she answered with a little bit anger.Th

1655、en one morning June called.“Ive decided how I want to use my new inheritance.I want to see what you think,”she said.This wasnt something I looked forward to,but we had been friends so long.As we sat,June spread a sheet of paper on the table.To my great surprise,she had written only two words:Chariti

1656、es(慈善),and Grandchildren-in that order.Though I had vowed（发誓）to keep quiet,I couldnt keep from asking how she came to this decision.“Well,”she said,“I took your advice and thought about it.”She added,“Helping others means a lot to me,so Im hoping this gift will help people in need.”I interrupted.“Bu

1657、t what about this big apartment you most hope to have?”“At first it was hard,but it doesnt seem as important any more,”she answered with a smile.Then June moved her hand,and I could see a few words written in tiny letters at the bottom of the page.After having a look at the small print,I burst into

1658、laughter.June had written:AND one new wardrobe.41.From the passage we can learn that the writer _.A.was richer than her friend June B.was no richer than her friend June C.was poorer than her friend June D.was interested in money as June 42.After making a list of how to deal with her inheritance,June

1659、 _.A.didnt change it at all B.had a quarrel with the writer C.asked the writer for advice D.often made some changes of it 43.When June called the writer to talk about her new decision,the writer _.A.felt that June would do something meaningful B.refused at first,but changed her mind later C.was eage

1660、r to learn more about the new list D.had decided not to make any comments on Junes list 44.We can learn from the text that _.A.helping others is more important than buying a bigger apartment B.friendship doesnt mean accepting the shortcomings of a friend C.giving away ones wealth needs time and cour

1661、age D.money cant bring people real and lasting happiness 答案 BDDC Passage 24（湖南省浏阳一中 2010 届高三第一次月考）Robby was 11 when his mother dropped him off for his first piano lesson.I prefer students to begin at an earlier age.Robby said that it had always been his mothers dream to hear him play the piano,so I

1662、took him on as a student.Robby tried and tried while I listened and encouraged him and gave him more instructions.But he just did not have any inborn ability.I only saw his mother from a distance.She always waved and smiled but never came in.Then one day Robby stopped coming to our lessons.I thought

1663、 about calling him but I guessed he had decided to try something else.I was also glad that he stopped coming for the sake of my career.However,several weeks before the recital(演奏会)of my students,Robby came，telling me that he never stopped practicing and begged me to allow him to take part in it.I ag

1664、reed,but I made him perform last in the program,so I could save his poor performance through my“curtain closer”.I was surprised when he announced that he had chosen one piece of Mozarts.Never had I heard a piece of Mozarts played so well by someone at his age.When he finished,everyone was cheering.I

1665、 ran up and put my arms around Robby in joy.“Ive never heard you play like that,Robby!How could you do it?”“Well,Miss Hondorf.Do you remember I told you my mom was sick?Actually she died this morning.She was born deaf,so tonight was the first time she could hear me play.I wanted to make it special.I

1666、 knew I could.”That night,Robby was the teacher and I was the student.He taught me so many important things about life.56.Why might Robby have stopped coming to piano lessons suddenly?A.He lost heart and believed that he would never make it.B.His mother might have been seriously ill.C.He thought tha

1667、t his teacher disliked him.D.His mother died and he didnt need to play any longer.57.We can know from the passage that _.A.the writer thought students shouldnt begin playing the piano too early B.the writer thought that Robby had given up his piano lessons C.only by practicing at home did Robby lear

1668、n to play well D.no one else could play the piece of Mozarts as well as Robby 58.From the underlined sentence,we can infer that _.A.the writer looked down upon Robby and disliked him B.the writer thought Robby was a bad advertisement for her teaching C.with Robby in the recital,the other children co

1669、uldnt play well D.the writer couldnt teach so many students at a time 59.The writer made Robby perform last because _.A.the one who performs last always performs very well B.Robby asked the writer to do so C.she wanted to do something to save a poor performance D.Robby thought his mother would come

1670、at last 答案 BBBC Passage 25（山西省金谷中学 2010 届高三第一次练兵考试）Mom was a teacher most of her life.When she wasnt in the classroom,she was educating her children or grandchildren:correcting our grammar;starting us on collections of butterflies,flowers or rocks;or inspiring a discussion on her most recent“Book of

1671、 the Month Club”topic.Mom made learning fun.It was sad for my three brothers and me to see her suffering in later years.At eighty-five,she suffered a stroke and she went steadily downhill after that.Two days before she died,my brothers and I met at her nursing home and took her for a short ride in a

1672、 wheelchair.While we waited for the staff to lift her back into bed,Mom fell asleep.Not wanting to wake her,we moved to the far end of the room and spoke softly.After several minutes our conversation was interrupted by a sound coming from across the room.We stopped talking and looked at Mom.Her eyes

1673、 were closed,but she was clearly trying to communicate with us.We went to her side.“Whirr,”she said weakly.“Where?”I asked.“Mom,is there something you want?”“Whirr,”she repeated a bit stronger.My brothers and I looked at each other and shook our heads sadly.Mom opened her eyes,sighed,and with all th

1674、e energy she could maser said,“Not was,say were!”It suddenly occurred to us that Mom was correcting brother Jims last sentence.“If it was up to me”Jim leaned down and kissed her cheek.“Thanks,Mom,”he whispered.We smiled at each other-remarkable teacher.36.When Mom said,“Whirr”,what did she really wa

1675、nt to do?A.She wanted to tell her sons her will.B.She wanted to have something to eat before she died.C.She wanted to correct the mistakes Jim made while talking.D.She wanted to teach her sons more because she was dying.37.Which of the following statements is NOT right?A.Mom was a good teacher and n

1676、ever wanted to stop her teaching.B.Mom was always making her teaching fun.C.Mom didnt forget her teaching until she died.D.Mom was no longer a teacher when she was at home.38.What does the writer think of his mother?A.He loved her but was tired of his mothers teaching at home.B.His mother should for

1677、get her teaching and enjoyed the rest of her life.C.His mother was great because she devoted herself to teaching.D.His mother was an excellent teacher before she was retired.39.Which of the following is the best title of this passage?A.Once a teacher,always B.Moms will C.A teachers life D.A teachers

1678、 devotion 答案 CDCA【09 年 11 月更新】Passage 26（贵州省大山中学 2010 届高三 10 月月考）（A）It was a dark and cold night.The car driver didnt have even one passenger all day.When he went by the railway station,he saw a young man coming out with two bags in his hands.So he quickly opened the door of the car and asked,“Where

1679、 do you want to go,sir?”“To the Star Hotel,”the young man answered.When the car driver heard that,he didnt feel happy.The young man would give him only three dollars because the hotel was not far from the railway station.But suddenly,he had an idea.He took the passenger through many streets of the b

1680、ig city.After a long time,the car finally arrived at the hotel.“You should pay me fifteen dollars,”the car driver said to the young man.“What!Fifteen dollars?Do you think Im a fool?Only last week I took a car from the railway station to this same hotel and I only gave the driver thirteen dollars.I k

1681、now how much I have to pay for the trip.I wont pay you one dollar more than I paid to the other car driver last week.”56.Which of the following is true?_ The young man went past the railway station.The young man was working in the railway station The young man had just got off a train.The you man wa

1682、s waiting for his friend there.57.What do you think of the car driver?_ He was a nice and clever man.B.He liked to work very hard.C.He was good at driving D.He was not an honest person.58.The driver felt very _ when he saw the young man coming out of the railway station.A.sad B.sorry C.happy D.worri

1683、ed 59.From the passage we know that the young man_.A.knew clearly how far it was from the station to the hotel.B.Had been to the hotel several times.C.Didnt want to stay in this city.D.Must be a stranger and didnt know the city very well.60 The driver took the passenger through many streets so as to

1684、_.A.make the young man happy B.let the young man think it was very far from the station to the hotel.C.Let the young man have a good look at the city.D.Get more than twenty dollars.答案 5660CDCDB Passage 27（贵州省大山中学 2010 届高三 10 月月考）（C）Some people were eating and drinking in a coffee house.A young woman

1685、 was sitting alone at a table.She was wearing a beautiful diamond necklace.There was an ugly man at a table not far from her.He was looking at her necklace all the time.Suddenly the lights went out.The coffee house was in darkness.The woman started to shout.She was very frightened.A few minutes late

1686、r the lights came on again.The woman was crying.Her necklace was missing.The manager quickly closed all the doors.He telephoned the police.No one could get out of the coffee house.The policemen soon came.The police inspector told his men to search everyone.The necklace was not on anyone.They then se

1687、arched the whole coffee house.The necklace couldnt be found.The police inspector then looked at the faces of all the people in the coffee house.He saw the ugly man and looked at the man carefully.He went up to the man and picked up the bowl of soup that was on his table.He then poured the soup into

1688、a glass.The necklace fell out.The policemen caught hold of the man and took him away.The young woman was happy to get back her necklace.65.A young woman lost her necklace in _.A.a hospital B.a shop C.a coffee house D.a restaurant 66.The manager closed all the doors and _.A.searched everyone in the c

1689、offee house B.searched the whole coffee house C.telephoned the police D.looked at all the people in the coffee house 67.The police inspector found the necklace in _.A.a cup of coffee B.a bowl of rice C.a glass of milk D.a bowl of soup 68.The necklace was stolen by _.A.a beautiful girl B.an old woman

1690、 C.a young student D.an ugly man 答案 CCDD Passage 28（贵州省丰都中学 2010 届高三 10 月月考）A My son.The phrase felt difficult and strange the first time I said it,and I had to practice it a thousand times.I started saying the words to myself the day when the ultrasound told me we were having a baby.Finally,my son

1691、was born.The nurse came out of the delivery room,holding a tiny,howling human being wrapped in a white sheet,his small hands and delicate fingers shaking nervously.“Baby Sanchez?”she asked,looking at the room full of expectant fathers.I stood up,holding my breath.She showed me my baby.“My son,”I whi

1692、spered.The little guy screamed,“waaaaaaaaaah.”But in my heart I heard him cry out,“Daaaaaaad!”I dont care if everyone in the room will swear they didnt hear my baby say that.I called him,“My son,”and he called me“Dad,”and thats that.People ask me,“What did I feel at that moment?”I cant even begin to

1693、 answer.Im a writer yet I try hard to find the right words.Joyful isnt powerful enough.Bliss（狂喜）is not sweet enough.Peaceful isnt calm enough.Happy isnt tense enough.After my son was taken away to the nursery,I sat down and shut my eyes.But tears escaped them away.Then out of the blue,my 80-year-old

1694、 father entered,and we embraced.“Dad,”I whispered.“My son,”my heart heard him saying.Suddenly the past 33 years folded into the present and I was now the baby bundled in white,with my father standing over me.“My son,”I imagined him saying.“Daaaaaaaaaad!”I cried my little lungs out.At that point,I kn

1695、ew I was going to be a great father.The old man in front of me seemed to agree.He smiled and we walked out of the room in search of the tiny human being that would change our lives for ever.36.Which of the following statement is TRUE according to the passage?A.His son called him“Dad”when the writer

1696、called him“My son”.B.All the people didnt hear the baby say except the writer.C.Sanchez is the writers family name.D.The baby was taken away because the nurse found there was a mistake.37.The author couldnt tell how he felt at the moment because _.A.he was a writer B.he was too excited C.he was too

1697、nervous D.its a feeling too complex to express 38.We can learn the following from the passage EXCEPT that _.A.the author got his first baby B.he probably had a lung disease C.the author didnt really hear“Daaaaad”from his baby D.the baby would change the authors life 39.Why was the writer sure he was

1698、 going to be a great father?A.Because his son is so gifted.B.Because he had much experience in bringing up children.C.Because his father promised to help him.D.Because his father had already set him a good example.答案 36-39 CDBD Passage 29（贵州省高武中学 2010 届高三 10 月月考）D“Can I see my baby?”asked the happy

1699、new mother.The bundle（婴儿包）was placed in her arms and when she moved the fold of cloth to look upon his tiny face,she gaspedthe baby had been born without ears.Time,however,proved that the babys hearing was perfect except his appearance.One day when he rushed home from school and threw himself into h

1700、is mothers arms,he cried out bitterly,“A boy,a big boy called mea f-freak.”She sighed,knowing that his life was to be endless of heartbreaks.He grew up,handsome for his misfortune.A favorite with his fellow students,he might have been class president,but for that.He developed a gift for literature a

1701、nd music.The boys father had a talk with the family doctor.Could nothing be done?“I believe we could graft（移植）on a pair of outer ears,if they could be donated（捐献）,”the doctor decided.So the search began for a person who would make such a sacrifice for a young man.Two years went by.Then,“Youre going

1702、to the hospital,son.Mother and I have someone who will donate the ears you need.But its a secret.”said the father.The operation was a brilliant success.His talents blossomed into genius.School and college became a series of successes.Later he married and entered the diplomatic（外交）service.“But I must

1703、 know!”he urged his father.“Who gave so much for me?I could never do enough for him.”“I do not believe you could,”said the father,“but the agreement was that you are not to know not yet.”The years kept the secret,but the day did come one of the darkest days that ever pass through a son.He stood with

1704、 his father over his mothers casket（棺材）.Slowly and tenderly,the father stretched forth a hand and raised the thick,reddish-brown hair to let out the secret.47.The story is mainly about _.A.how a boy had new ears through an operation B.what a devoted parent privately did for the child C.how a disable

1705、d boy turned into a useful person D.why a donator made a sacrifice to a bright boy 48.From the first paragraph we know that the mother _.A.was determined to donate her ears to perfect her son B.kept her husband unknown about the babys situation C.felt shocked and disappointed to see her new baby D.c

1706、omplained of her bad luck to have a disabled child 49.The underlined word“freak”in Paragraph 2 is the closest in meaning to“_”.A.slow-acting person B.ugly-looking child C.badly-behaved student D.strangely-shaped creature 50.What can be inferred from the passage?A.The agreement was between the donato

1707、r and the family.B.The boy was so popular that he was made class president.C.Finally the boy came to know who the donator was.D.The mother donated her ears to her son after she died.51.What moral lesson can we draw from this reading?A.Real love lies in what is done unknown rather than what is done k

1708、nown.B.It is up to parents to help their children heart and soul.C.True beauty lies only in the heart not in appearance.D.It is a virtue（美德）for young generations to learn to be grateful.答案 47-51 BCDCA Passage 30（贵州省回龙中学 2010 届高三 10 月月考）C That cold January night,I was growing sick of my life in San F

1709、rancisco.There I was,walking home at one in the morning after a tiring practice at the theater.With opening night only a week away,I was still learning my lines.I was having trouble dealing with my part-time job at the bank and my acting at night at the same time.As I walked,I thought seriously abou

1710、t giving up both acting and San Francisco.City life had become too much for me.As I walked down empty streets under tall buildings,I felt very small and cold.I began running,both to keep warm and to keep away any possible robbers（抢劫犯）.Very few people were still out except a few sad-looking homeless

1711、people under blankets.About a block from my apartment,I heard a sound behind me.I turned quickly,half expecting to see someone with a knife or a gun.The street was empty.All I saw was a shining streetlight.Still,the noise had made me nervous,so I started to run faster.Not until I reached my apartmen

1712、t building and unlocked the door did I realize what the noise had been.It had been my wallet falling to the sidewalk.Suddenly I wasnt cold or tired anymore.I ran out of the door and back to where Id heard the noise.Although I searched the sidewalk anxiously for fifteen minutes,my wallet was nowhere

1713、to be found.Just as I was about to give up the search,I heard the garbage truck（垃圾车）pull up to the sidewalk next to me.When a voice called from the inside,“Alisa Camacho?”I thought I was dreaming.How could this man know my name?The door opened,and out jumped a small red-haired man with an amused loo

1714、k in his eyes.“Is this what youre looking for?”he asked,holding up a small square shape.It was nearly 3 a.m.by the time I got into bed.I wouldnt get much sleep that night,but I had got my wallet back.I also had got back some enjoyment of city life.I realized that the city couldnt be a bad place as l

1715、ong as people were willing to help each other.50.How did the writer feel when she was walking home after work?A.Cold and sick B.Lucky and hopeful C.Satisfied and cheerful D.Disappointed and helpless 51.From the first paragraph,we learn that the writer was busy_.A.solving her problem at the bank B.ta

1716、king part in various city activities C.learning acting in an evening school D.preparing for the first night show 52.On her way home the writer_ A.lost her wallet unknowingly B.was stopped by a garbage truck driver C.was robbed of her wallet by a man with a knife D.found some homeless people followin

1717、g her 53.In the fifth paragraph,why did the writer say she was dreaming?A.Someone offered to take her back home B.A.red-haired man came to see her.C.She heard someone call her name D.Her wallet was found in a garbage truck 54.From the text,we can infer that the writer_ A.would stop working at night

1718、B.would stay on in San Francisco C.would make friends with cleaners.D.would give up her job at the bank 答案 DDACB Passage 31（河北省邯郸市磁县 2010 届高三质量检测）C The dog,called Prince,was an intelligent animal and a slave to Williams.From morning till night,he had a number of clear duties,for which Williams had p

1719、atiently trained him and,like a good pupil,Prince lived for the chance to prove his abilities.When Williams wanted to put on his boots,he would murmur.“Boots”and within seconds the dog would drop them at his feet.At nine every morning Prince ran off to the general store in the village,returning shor

1720、tly not only with Williams daily paper but with a packet of Williams favorite tobacco.A trained gun-dog,Prince had a large soft mouth specially evolved（演变；进化）for the sake of carrying hunted creatures,so the paper and tobacco came to no harm,never even showing a tooth mark.Williams was an engine driv

1721、er,and he had to work at irregular times “days”,“late days”,or“nights”.Over the years Prince got to know these periods of work and rest,and knew when his master would leave the house and return and the dog did not waste this knowledge.If Williams overslept,Prince barked at the bedroom door until he

1722、woke.On his return,Williams slippers were brought to him,the paper and tobacco too.A curious thing happened to Williams during the snow and ice of last winter.One evening he slipped and fell on the icy pavement somewhere between the village and his home.He was so badly shaken that he stayed in bed f

1723、or three days;and not until he got up and dressed again did he discover that he had lost his wallet containing over fifty pounds.The house was turned upside down in the search,but the wallet was not found.However,two days later,Prince dropped the wallet into Williams hand.Very muddy,and wet through,

1724、the wallet still contained fifty-three pounds.49.It can be learned from the passage that gun-dogs are dogs that .A.can take care of their owners B.are the fastest runners of all dogs C.have their teeth removed when they are young D.can carry birds,foxes,etc.without hurting them 50.Williams did not r

1725、ealize his wallet was lost for several days because .A.he had no chance to feel in his pockets B.he had thought it was in his house C.he was sure his dog could find it D.he was ill all the time 51.The best title for this passage is .A.An intelligent dog B.Williams had a trained dog C.Williams family

1726、 and a clever dog D.Prince,a clever,well-trained dog 52.The underlined part“the dog did not waste this knowledge”probably means .A.the dog did know Williams B.the dog didnt know what to do C.the dog knew what to do all the time D.the dog did have a lot of knowledge 答案 49-52 DADC Passage 32（河北省正定中学 2

1727、010 届高三摸底考试）B A man came home from work late,tired and irritated（生气的,不耐烦的）,to find his 5-year-old son waiting for him at the door.“Daddy,may I ask you a question?”“Yeah sure,what is it？”replied the man.“Daddy,how much do you make an hour?”“Thats none of your business.Why do you ask such a thing?”the

1728、 man said angrily.“I just want to know.Please tell me,how much do you make an hour?”pleaded the little boy.“If you must know,I make$20 an hour.”“Oh,”the little boy replied,with his head down.Looking up,he said,“Daddy,may I please borrow$10?”The father was furious（生气的）,“If the only reason you asked t

1729、hat is so you can borrow some money to buy a silly toy or some other nonsense,then you march yourself straight to your room and go to bed.Think about why you are being so selfish.I work hard every day for such childish behavior.”The little boy quietly went to his room and shut the door.The man sat d

1730、own and,started to get even angrier about the little boys questions.How dare he ask such questions only to get some money?After about an hour or so,the man had calmed down,and started to think:Maybe there was something he really needed to buy with that$10 and he really didnt ask for money very often

1731、.The man went to the door of the little boys room and opened the door.“Are you asleep,son?”He asked.“No,daddy,Im awake,”replied the boy.“Ive been thinking,maybe I was too hard on you earlier,”said the man.“Its been a long day and I took out my aggravation（怒气）on you.Heres the$10 you asked for.”The li

1732、ttle boy sat straight up,smiling.“Oh,thank you,daddy！”He yelled.Then,reaching under his pillow he pulled out some crumpled（皱皱巴巴的）up bills.The man,seeing that the boy already had money,started to get angry again.The little boy slowly counted out his money,then looked up at his father.“Why do you want

1733、 more money if you already have some?”the father grumbled.“Because I didnt have enough,but now I do,”the little boy replied.“Daddy,I have$20 now.Can I buy an hour of your time?Please come home early tomorrow.I would like to have dinner with you.”45.When the man came home from work late,he_.A.was tir

1734、ed but happy B.was tired and angry at his sons question C.was tired but happy to find his son waiting for him at the door D.was tired and angry to find his son waiting for him at the door 46.The little boy asked the question _.A.because he wanted to have dinner with his father B.in order to borrow s

1735、ome money from his father to buy something C.because he wanted to buy a toy D.because he was just curious to know 47.After an hour or so,the man went to the little boys room and _.A.saw if the boy was asleep B.asked him what he needed to buy with that$10 C.said sorry to his son D.gave$10 to his son

1736、48.From this passage,we can infer that _.A.the boy would like to have dinner with his father B.the boy often asked for money to buy some nonsense C.the boy loved his father very much D.the man would get even angrier at last 答案 45-48 BADC Passage 33（河北省正定中学 2010 届高三摸底考试）D The newspaper seller was a c

1737、lean,neat man,of about forty with a rather serious,unsmiling face.He didnt speak much to the customers or to his helpers,but when he did he spoke slowly and quietly,as if to himself.He believed in efficiency,not conversation,and this was how the office workers,rushing to catch their trains,preferred

1738、 it.It had been a good day.Lunch-time had been warm and sunny,and many people had bought magazines to read outside with their sandwiches.Now it was cold rainy,and people wanted an evening paper for a cheerless joyless journey ahead and a dull evening indoors.At 6:30,with the main rush over,he starte

1739、d to collect the money together and count it.Then he left the stand and went home.It was the assistants turn this evening to look after it till eight oclock,when it would be packed away for the night.His large white Mercedes was in the private car park of a large government building.Hed parked there

1740、 for six months,pretending to be part of a heating firm working in the building.They would find out about him soon,and hed have to park in a garage again,which was annoying.Their charges were far too high.A couple of junior clerks,regular customers,happened to see him getting into his car.“Must be a

1741、 lot of money in papers,eh?”one of them shouted.He just smiled coldly in reply,and got into the car,placing the bags of money on the floor.He thought about the clerks on the way home.Like the majority of his customers,despite their white shirts and dark suits,they probably made in a week as much as

1742、he could make in a good day.53It seems unlikely that the newspaper seller would be the sort of man who would _.Abe a cheerful companion Btry to cheat a customer Cearn a great deal of money Dtrust his assistant much 54The assistants job that evening was to _.Asell papers until 8 oclock Bstart selling

1743、 magazines at 8 oclock C.count the money taken that day Dlock up the car park 55If they realized that he was not a heating engineer he would have to _.Apark his car in a government car park Blook for another free parking place Cpay to park his car in a garage Dpretend he was a government employee 56

1744、When the newspaper seller thought about the two clerks he decided they were _ Abadly dressed B.very well off Cnot as rich as himself Dnot as hardworking as himself 答案 53-56 CACC Passage 34（江苏省南京市金陵中学 2010 届高三 10 月月考）B As Mrs.Thompson stood in front of her 5a grade class on the very first day of scho

1745、ol,she told the children a lie.Like most teachers,she looked at her students and said that she loved them all the same.But that was impossible,because there in the front row,slumped in his seat,was a little boy named Teddy Stoddard.Mrs.Thompson noticed that he didnt play well with the other children

1746、,that his clothes were messy and that he constantly needed a bath.And Teddy could be unpleasant.It got to the point where Mrs.Thompson would actually take delight in marking his papers with a broad red pen,making bold Xs and then putting a big F at the top of his papers.However,when she reviewed his

1747、 file,she got a surprise.Teddys first grade teacher wrote,Teddy is a bright child with a ready laugh.He does his work neatly and has good manners,he is a joy to be around.His second grade teacher wrote,Teddy is an excellent student,well liked by his classmates,but he is troubled because his mother h

1748、as a terminal illness and life at home must be a struggle.His third grade teacher wrote,His mothers death has been hard on him.He tries to do his best but his father doesnt show much interest and his home life will soon affect him if some steps arent taken.Teddys fourth grade teacher wrote,Teddy is

1749、withdrawn and doesnt show much interest in school.He doesnt have many friends and sometimes sleeps in class.Now,Mrs.Thompson was ashamed of herself and felt worse when her students brought her beautifully wrapped Christmas presents.Teddys present,however,was clumsily wrapped in rough brown grocery p

1750、aper.Taking her time she opened it to reveal Teddys gifts,a rhinestone bracelet with stones missing and a quarter full perfume bottle.How the children laughed!What a pretty bracelet!Mm,lovely perfume!Perfect on my wrist.The children were silent.Alone together,after school,Teddy told Mrs.Thompson,Tod

1751、ay you smelled just like my Mom used to.His teacher cried all night and,from that day,she stopped teaching reading,writing,and arithmetic and began to teach children instead.60What is the best title of this text?AA Students Best Friend BHow To Be a Good Student CThe Story of a Good Teacher D A Teach

1752、ers Lesson 61How did Teddys behavior change between Grades 1 and 4?AHe became better at making friends.BHe became closer to his father.CHe paid less attention to school.D He stopped doing his homework.62We can learn from the last paragraph that .AMrs.Thompson was deeply hurt by Teddys words BTeddy m

1753、issed his mother and desired love very much CMrs.Thompson realized it useless to teach knowledge DMrs.Thompson cried because she lied to Teddy about his presents 答案 6062 DCB 【09 年 12 月更新】Passage 35（安徽省巢湖市示范高中 2010 届高三上学期四校联考期中考试）A Lisa was running late.Lisa,25,had a lot to do at work,plus visitors o

1754、n the way,her parents were coming in for Thanksgiving from her hometown.But as she hurried down the subway stairs,she started to feel uncomfortably warm.By the time she got to the platform,Lisa felt weak and tired-maybe it hadnt been a good idea to give blood the night before,she thought.She rested

1755、herself against a post close to the tracks.Several yards away,Frank,43,and his girlfriend,Jennifer,found a spot close to where the front of the train would stop.They were deep in discussion about a house they were thinking of buying.But when he heard the scream,followed by someone yelling,“Oh,my God

1756、,she fell in!”Frank didnt hesitate.He jumped down to the tracks and ran some 40 feet toward the body lying on the rails.“No!Not you!”his girlfriend screamed after him.She was right to be alarmed.By the time Frank reached Lisa,he could feel the tracks shaking and see the light coming.The train was ab

1757、out 20 seconds from the station.It was hard to lift her.She was just out.But he managed to raise her the four feet to the platform so that bystanders could hold her by the grins and drag her away from the edge.That was where Lisa briefly regained consciousness,felt herself being pulled along the gro

1758、und,and saw someone else holding her purse.Lisa thought shed been robbed.A woman held her hand and a man gave his shirt to help stop the blood pouring from her head.And she tried to talk but she couldnt,and that was when she realized how much pain she was in.Police and fire officials soon arrived,an

1759、d Frank told the story to an officer.Jennifer said her boyfriend was calm on their 40-minute train ride downtownjust as he had been seconds after the rescue，which made her think about her reaction at the time.“I saw the train coming and 1 was thinking he was going to die，”she explained.56.Why did Je

1760、nnifer try to stop her boyfriend?A.Because they would miss their train.B.Because he didnt see the train coming.C.Because she was sure Lisa was hard to lift.D.Because she was afraid the train would kill him.57.How did Frank save Lisa?A.By lifting her to the platform.B.By helping her rise to her feet.

1761、C.By pulling her along the ground.D.By dragging her away from the edge.58.When did Lisa become conscious again?A.When the train was leaving.B.After she was back on the platform.C.After the police and fire officials came.D.When a man was cleaning the blood from her head.59.The passage is intended to

1762、_ A.warn us of the danger in the subway B.show us how to save people in the subway C.tell us about a subway rescue D.report a traffic accident 答案 56-59 DABC Passage 36（湖北省部分重点中学 2009 届高三第二次联考）D y brother-in-1aw opened the drawer of my sisters cupboard and took out a packageHe said。“This is a new sil

1763、k slip（衬裙）Jane bought it in New York nine years agoShe never wore itShe was saving it for a special occasionI guess this is the occasion”It was an exquisite（精美的）handmade silk slipThe price tag on it was still attached He took the slip from me and put it on the bed，with the other clothes we were taki

1764、ng to the mortician（殡仪员）His hands fingered on the soft material for a moment,then he shut the drawer and turned to me“Dont ever save anything for a special occasionEvery day youre alive is a special occasion His words have changed my mindIm spending more time with my family and less time on meetings

1765、Im trying to recognize these moments now and cherish themIm not saving anythingI wear my good skirt to the market if I feel like itI can pay$2849 for a small bag of groceriesIm not saving my good perfume for special partiesIf something is worth seeing or hearing or doing，I want to see and hear and d

1766、o it now“Someday”has disappeared in my vocabulary Im not sure what Jane would have done if she had known shed not be here for the tomorrow we all take for grantedIm guessing Jane would have called family members and a few close friendsShe might have apologized to her former friends for their past qu

1767、arrelsShed have gone out for a Chinese dinner,her favorite food Im trying hard not to put off,hold back。or save anything that would add laughter to our fivesEvery morning I open my eyes。I tell myself that every day,every minute，every breath is a gift 73Why didnt Jane wear the brand new silk slip?ASh

1768、e meant to wear it on her death BShe wanted to save it for her sister CShe thought it was too dear DShe saved it for a special occasion 74After Janes deaththe author begins to Atreasure the simple pleasure of life Bspend more time having meetings Csave more money for necessities Dcare about her spec

1769、ial parties 75What does the underlined sentence“Someday”has disappeared in my vocabulary”（in Paragraph4）mean?AI prefer to leave out the word“someday”in my speech B“Someday”is found missing from my old dictionar CI will not delay enjoying the pleasure of life DI decide not to enjoy something good at

1770、the moment 76It can be inferred from the passage that Ait makes sense to follow our dream Bwe tend to leave good things until the last minute Cwe should take pleasure in our work Dit is meaningless to save something for the future 答案 DACB Passage 37（山东省师大附中 2010 届高三第一次模拟考试）C When it comes to friends

1771、,I desire those who will share my happiness,who possess wings of their own and who will fly with me.I seek friends whose qualities illuminate（照亮）me and train me up for love.It is for these people that I reserve the glowing hours,too good not to share.When I was in the eighth grade,I had a friend.We

1772、were shy and“too serious”about our studies when it was becoming fashionable with our classmates to learn acceptable social behaviors.We said little at school,but she would come to my house and we would sit down with pencils and paper,and one of us would say:“Lets start with a train whistle today.”We

1773、 would sit quietly together and write separate poems or stories that grew out of a train whistle.Then we would read them aloud.At the end of that school year,we,too,were changing into social creatures and the stories and poems stopped.When I lived for a time in London,I had a friend,He was in despai

1774、r(失望)and I was in despair.But our friendship was based on the idea in each of us that we would be sorry later if we did not explore this great city because we had felt bad at the time.We met every Sunday for five weeks and found many excellent things.We walked until our despairs disappeared and then

1775、 we parted.We gave London to each other.For almost four years I have had remarkable friend whose imagination illuminates mine.We write long letters in which we often discover our strangest selves.Each of us appears,sometimes in a funny way,in the others dreams.She and I agree that,at certain times,w

1776、e seem to be parts of the same mind.In my most interesting moments,I often think:“Yes,I must tell.”We have never met.It is such comforting companions I wish to keep.One bright hour with their kind is worth more to me than the lifetime services of a psychologist（心理学家），who will only fill up the healin

1777、g（愈合的）silence necessary to those darkest moments in which I would rather be my own best friend.66.In the eighth grade,what the author did before developing proper social behavior was to _.A.become serious about her study B.go to her friends house regularly C.learn from her classmates at school D.sha

1778、re poems and stories with her friend 67.In Paragraph 3,“We gave London to each other”probably means _.A.our exploration of London was a memorable gift to both of us B.we were unwilling to tear ourselves away from London C.our unpleasant feeling about London disappeared D.we parted with each other in

1779、 London 68.According to Paragraph 4,the author and her friend _.A.call each other regularly B.have similar personalities C.enjoy writing to each other D.dream of meeting each other 69.In the darkest moments,the author would prefer to _.A.seek professional help B.be left alone C.stay with her best fr

1780、iend D.break the silence 70.What is the best title for the passage?A.Unforgettable Experiences B.Remarkable Imagination C.Lifelong Friendship D.Noble Companions 答案 DACBD Passage 38（云南省玉溪一中 2010 届高三上学期期中考试）A I was watching Sportscenter last night when one of those“human interest”stories came on and r

1781、eally caught my attention.The story was about a 27-year-old professional Bass Fisherman named Clay Dyer.At first,they played it off as another guy trying to make the cut on the Bassmaster tour until they showed a picture of him.No legs,no arm,or rather,he has only 1/3 of his right arm.Thats all that

1782、 he has.It was such an amazing story that I was wondering what this guy could do.Growing up,he learned to play baseball and basketball,but found that fishing was his true calling.And he does it all on his own.He holds the fishing pole under his chin and uses that and his stub(残端)arm to cast and reel

1783、 in(收进)the fish.He uses his teeth to help him unhook fish.He ties his own hooks or lures on with his mouth,never really asking anyone else to help.Clay Dyer even knows how to swim.Since his body cant produce enough sweat on its own,he has to take a dip in the lake every few hours to keep cool.He div

1784、es in just like anyone else,then somehow treads water(踩水)with his stub arm,then,with a little help,pulls himself back up into the boat and goes on fishing.Clay Dyer has never looked for others pity,nor has he allowed his physical disabilities to prevent him from becoming a professional fisherman.His

1785、 motto for life is If I can,you can.He refuses to use special equipment,saying,I want to do it with one hand the way they do it with two.56.Why did the author become interested in Clay Dyer?A.He assumed Dyer was living happily.B.He took great pity on this disabled man.C.He wanted to know what Dyer c

1786、ould do.D.He thought that Dyer could do nothing.57.While fishing,Dyer dives into the lake from time to time _.A.to change the lures（鱼饵）B.to do some exercise C.to cast a fishing line D.to cool himself down 58.We learn from the last paragraph that _.A.Dyer aims to behave like a normal person B.physica

1787、l disabilities fail to destroy his faith C.special equipment is allowed when fishing D.it seems easy for Clay Dyer to go fishing 59.Which word best describes Clay Dyers personality?A.Diligent.B.Inspiring.C.Faithful.D.Stubborn.答案 CDAB Passage 39(湖南省长郡中学 2010 届高三第三次月考)A I used to watch her from my kit

1788、chen window.She seemed so small as she muscled her way through the crowd of boys on the playground.The school was across the street from our home and I would often watch the kids as they played during break.I remember the first day I saw her playing basketball.I watched in wonder as she ran circles

1789、around the other kids.She managed to shoot jump shots just over their heads and into the net.The boys always tried to stop her but no one could.I began to notice her at other times,basketball in hand,playing alone.One day I asked her why she practiced so much.Without a moment of hesitation she said,

1790、“I want to go to college.The only way I can go is to get a scholarship.I am going to play college basketball.I want to be the best.My Daddy told me if the dream is big enough,the facts dont count.”Well,I had to give it to hershe was determined.I watched her through those junior high years and into h

1791、igh school.Every week,she led her school team to victory.One day in her senior year,I saw her sitting in the grass,head in her arms.I walked across the street and sat down in the cool grass beside her.Quietly I asked what was wrong.“Oh,nothing,”came a soft reply,“I am just too short.”The coach told

1792、her that at 55”she would probably never get to play for a top ranked teammuch less offered a scholarshipso she should stop dreaming about college.She was heartbroken and I felt my own throat tighten as I sensed her disappointment.I asked her if she had talked to her dad about it yet.She told me that

1793、 her father said those coaches were wrong.They just did not understand the power of a dream.He told her that if she truly wanted a scholarship and that nothing could stop her except one thing her own attitude.The next year,as she and her team went to the Northern California Championship game,she was

1794、 offered a scholarship and on the college team.She was going to get the college education that she had dreamed of.56The author was probably the girls .Aneighbor Bfriend Cteacher Dmother 57Why was the girl heart broken?AShe was considered too short to be a top player.BHer coach stopped her training b

1795、ecause of her height.CShe couldnt be on a college basketball team.DShe wouldnt be admitted by an ideal college.58We can learn from the passage that .Aher family wouldnt like to pay her college fee Bher father forced her to play basketball in collage Cbeing a top basketball player can win you a schol

1796、arship for college Dshe wouldnt like to turn to his father for help when in difficulty 59Which word can best describe her father?AEncouraging.BOptimistic.CStubborn.DCruel.60Which proverb best matches the story?APractice makes perfect.BRome was not built in a day.CWhere there is a will,there is a way

1797、.DPride comes before a fall.答案 DACAC Passage 40(江西省新余一中、宜春中学 2010 届高三 11 月联考)A One winter evening,a storekeeper was going to close up his shop.Suddenly he saw Seth,a lazy,good-for-nothing fellow grab a pound of fresh butter and concealed it in his hat.No sooner had the storekeeper seen the act than

1798、he hit upon exactly the right revenge.He would punish the thief,and satisfy his own appetite for fun.Seth had his hat on his head,and the butter in his hat.He was anxious to leave.However,the rightful owner of the butter offered him a cup of hot drink,took him by the shoulders and planted him in a s

1799、eat close to the stove.The grocer stuffed in the stove as many sticks of wood as he could possibly fit inside.Seth already could feel the butter settling down closer to his hair,so he jumped up,declaring that he must go.“Sit down;dont be in such a hurry,”replied the grocer,pushing him back into the

1800、chair again.Streak after streak of the butter came pouring from under the poor mans hat.The fun-loving grocer kept on stuffing wood into the stove.Then,as if surprised,he remarked,“You seem to be perspiring(排汗)as if you were warm!Let me put your hat away for you.”“No!”exclaimed poor Seth at last,una

1801、ble to stand it a moment longer.“No,I must go;let me out.”A greasy(油腻的)waterfall of butter was now pouring down the poor mans face and neck,soaking(浸泡)into his clothes,and trickling down his body into his boots.He was bathed in oil from head to toe.Just as his victim darted out the door,the grocer s

1802、aid,“I reckon(估计)the fun Ive had out of you is worth the money,so I shant charge you for that pound of butter in your hat.”56Why did Seth put the butter in his hat?A.Because he just wanted to play a trick on the grocer.B.Because he had nowhere to put the butter but in the hat.C.Because he wanted to

1803、revenge himself on the grocer.D.Because he didnt want to pay for it.57What is not the action that the grocer took as a revenge?A.The grocer offered Seth a cup of hot drink.B.The grocer forced Seth to take a seat near the stove.C.The grocer overcharged Seth for the butter.D.The grocer offered to take

1804、 off Seths hat.58What was the purpose of the grocers hospitality?A.He wanted to make friends with Seth.B.He wanted to be kind to him.C.He wanted to take his revenge on Seth by making the butter in his hat melt.D.He wanted to sell more of his goods.59What is the best title of the passage?A.Great fun

1805、B.The right revenge C.A fun-loving grocer D.A foolish customer 答案 DCCB Passage 41(山东省青岛市 2010 届高三上学期期中考试)A Recently I paid a visit to Harvard University,where there are top class scientists and professors and the best academic system in the world.I was pretty shocked when I first stepped onto the ca

1806、mpus.Well,its not even really a campus.Its more like a district in a small town.Harvards main buildings are from the 18th century.They look very old and simple.You might even say theyre a little shabby.They dont fit the modern idea of university at all.The buildings are surrounded by grass and trees

1807、,so I felt as if I had walked into a medieval castle.But when I looked across the street,busy shops and in-fashion students made me feel like I was in the 21st century again.It creates a strong contrast and brings a special atmosphere to the school.Our tour guide Gary took us around and told us:You

1808、see this grass field in the center of the school?Here is where they host their graduation ceremony.They just set up tents and benches and have a very simple ceremony.Unbelievable!Who would think the most talented students just graduate on the lawn?I saw some students put a blanket on the grass and l

1809、ie down to read a book.When I listened to the soft sound of pages turning,along with chirping of the birds,I felt very calm.There was no competitive feeling at all.Harvard has the worlds first computer in its science center and there are hundreds of high-end computers too.Its religion and the litera

1810、ture departments are also among the best.It is the perfect mix of tradition and new technology.It makes Harvard a very attractive place to study in.I hope one day Ill attend my dream schoolHarvard.56.The article is mainly about .A.the authors campus life in Harvard B.the authors impression of Harvar

1811、d C.Harvards old buildings D.the academic system at Harvard 57.The author was most impressed by ,according to the article.A.Harvards mix of tradition and new technology B.the classes held on beautiful lawns at Harvard C.Harvard students not taking their graduation ceremony seriously D.the feeling of

1812、 not living in modern society on the campus 58.What can we conclude from the article?A.Harvard campus is actually a district of a big city.B.There are no competitions at Harvard University.C.Graduation ceremonies are not complex at Harvard.D.All Harvard buildings date back to the 18th century.59.Acc

1813、ording to the article,in which fields is Harvard top in the world?A.Literature,arts,and law.B.Religion,law and arts.C.Literature,arts and computer science.D.Religion,computer science and literature.60.Which word can be used to describe the Harvard campus?A.modern B.competitive C.peaceful D.splendid

1814、答案 BACDC Passage 42（甘肃省天水一中 2010 届高三第一学期第二次段考）C My senior year,I cant believe its almost over.Now when I look back,it was stressful,but exciting,the ball,graduation,and then of course,college.I started my college application process months before Christmas.My parents told me it would be smart if I s

1815、et up interviews and tours.But 1 didnt have clear aim.I wanted to go to college,but I didnt want to deal with the stress.As the days flew by,my applications lay on my desk just as I had left them three months before.You are wasting valuable time,my parents complained.Sweeping away the gathered dust

1816、on the applications,I worked on them every Sunday until I finished.Next came writing the essays.I had many ideas,but every school had different requirements.I changed them until I was pleased.Finally,everything was underway.Now I just had to wait.In March,I started receiving letters of rejection.I b

1817、egan to think that I had set myself up for disappointment.I had a letter from Salem State College stating that they wanted to see my third quarter grades before they made their decision.Yes!At least someone wanted to consider me.At the beginning of April,I received a letter from Keens State.I had be

1818、en rejected.Those opening words We regret to inform you.made me sit down and cry.I had lost all hope.Then I heard from Plymouth State.Not my first choice,but.I had been accepted.Maybe if I get my grades up,l can transfer to another school.The college application process hurt me deeply.All my friends

1819、 had dozens of schools to choose from.I guess my parents were right.High school grades are undoubtedly important to your future plans.If I could do it all over again,I would take it more seriously.49How did the writer feel in the way of going to college?AHappy BSad CMixed DChangeable.50Which of the

1820、following is NOT true?AThe writer thought senior year was stressful.BThe writer didnt set up interviews and tours.CThe writer had a strong desire to get to college.DThe writer was afraid of the pressure of college.51What does the underlined sentence mean?AThe writer was fired by the college.BThe wri

1821、ter was rejected by the college.CThe writer couldnt go to any college.DThe writer couldnt go to college forever.52The writer felt at the end of the passage.Ahonorable Brelieved Cregretful Dhopeless 答案 CCBC Passage 43（贵州省贵阳二中 2010 届高三第一学期 11 月月考）D When I was 16 years old,I made my first visit to the

1822、United States.It wasnt the first time I had been abroad.Like most of English children I learned French at school.And I had often been to France,so I was used to speaking a foreign language to people who didnt understand French.But when I went to America I was really looking forward to having a nice

1823、easy holiday without any language problems.How wrong I was.The misunderstanding began at the airport.I was looking for a public telephone to give my friend Danny a call and tell her that I had arrived.A friendly old man saw me looking lost and asked if he could help me.“Yes”,I said.“I want to give m

1824、y friend a ring.”“Well,thats nice,”he said.“Are you getting married?But arent you a bit young?”“Who is talking about marriage?”I replied.“I only want to give my friend a ring to tell her Ive arrived.Can you tell me where theres a phone box?”“Oh!”he said,“theres a phone downstairs.”When at last we me

1825、t,Danny explained the misunderstandings to me.“Dont worry,”she said to me,“I had so many difficulties at first.There are lots of words which the Americans use differently in meaning from British.You will soon get used to all the funny things they say.Most of the time British and American people unde

1826、rstand each other!”53.Where was the writer from?A.America.B.France.C.England.D.China 54.The writer wanted _.A.to buy a ring for his friend B.to make a call to his friend C.to go to the telephone company D.his friend to see him off 54.From the passage we can see that“give somebody a ring”_.A.has the

1827、same meaning in America as in England B.means“call somebody”for the old man C.has two different meanings D.means“be going to get married”in England 56.In the last paragraph,the underlined word“they”refers to _.A.the old man and the boy B.the Americans C.the British D.the French 答案 CBCB Passage 44（福建

1828、省三校 2010 届高三上学期期中联考）A My friend took his colleague to see an art exhibition in north London.The show was basically piles of breeze blocks(煤渣砖)forming armchair and sofa shapes,painted in primary colors.Seeing these,the colleague said,“You brought me all the way out here to see this pile of junk when

1829、we could have been having a nice lunch?”He continued his rant about the work all the way back to the office.When they got there my friend said,“You said you dont like the work,but you havent stopped talking about it since you first saw it.”Whether he liked it or not,he could not forget it.If the art

1830、work is fresh and new,you cant expect to like it straightaway,because you have nothing to compare it with.The effort of coming to terms with things you do not understand makes them all the more valuable to you when you do grasp them.Good art speaks for itself.That doesnt mean you have to like it.So

1831、the next time you go to an art show,or look at anything for that matter,observe what effect it has on you and try to form your own opinion.That way,you become the critic and not a mouthpiece for someone elses opinions.56.What does the colleague think about the art exhibition?A.He feels it a waste of

1832、 time going to the exhibition.B.He is very interested in the work shown on the exhibition.C.He is disappointed that art is abused on the exhibition.D.He thinks his understanding about art is far better than the author of the work on the show.57.The underlined word rant means _.A.praise B.hatred C.co

1833、mplaint D.misunderstanding 58.Which of the following does NOT represent the authors opinion about art?A.Good art speaks for itself.B.Good art doesnt mean you have to like it.C.It matters more what impression a piece of art work leaves on you.D.Learn to be a mouthpiece for someones opinion matters mo

1834、re.59.What suggestion does the author give for going to an art show?A.Like it whether it is good or not.B.Dont compare it with anything.C.Observe its effect and form your own opinion.D.Be a good mouthpiece.答案 ACDC【2010 年 1 月更新】Passage 45（山东省淄博市 2010 届高三上学期期末考试）A After 21 years of marriage,my wife wa

1835、nted me to take another woman out to dinner and a movie.The other woman my wife wanted me to visit was my mother,who has been a widow for 19 years,but the demands of my work and my three children had made it possible to visit her only occasionally.That Friday after work,when I arrived at her house,m

1836、y mother waited in the door with her coat on.She had curled her hair and was wearing the dress that she had worn to celebrate her last wedding anniversary.We went to a restaurant that,although not elegant,was very nice and cozy.My mother took my arm as if she were the First Lady.During the dinner,we

1837、 had an agreeable conversation nothing extraordinary but catching up on recent events of each others life.We talked so much that we missed the movie.As we arrived at her house later,she said,“Ill go out with you again,but only if you let me invite you.”I agreed.A few days later,my mother died of a m

1838、assive heart attack.It happened so suddenly that I didnt have a chance to do anything for her.Some time later,I received an envelope with a copy of a restaurant receipt from the same place Mother and I had dined.An attached note said:“I paid this bill in advance.I wasnt sure that I could be there;bu

1839、t,nevertheless,I paid for two platesone for you and the other for your wife.You will never know what that night meant for me.I love you,son.”At that moment,I understood the importance of saying in time:I love YOU and to give our loved ones the time that they deserve.Nothing in life is more important

1840、 than your family.Give them the time they deserve,because these things cannot be put off till some“other”time.56.From the passage we can see _.A.the mother was happy to have dinner with her son B.the author doesnt like his work and his three children C.the author and his mother went to a high-class

1841、restaurant D.the author saw a movie with his mother after dinner 57.What can we know about the authors mother according to the passage?A.She wanted to celebrate her last wedding anniversary.B.She wanted to invite her son to have dinner again.C.She died of a massive heart attack very suddenly.D.She w

1842、rote a letter to tell her son about her illness.58.During the dinner,what did they talk about?A.Extraordinary things.B.Some national events.C.Each others daily life.D.Movies and dishes.59.It can be inferred from the passage that_.A.the author regretted for not showing much love to his mother B.the a

1843、uthor was satisfied to do something for his mother C.the mother felt happy to pay for the bill in advance D.the mother was sorry for inviting her son to have dinner 60.The author of the passage tends to agree that _.A.family should be as important as work B.work is more important than family C.we ca

1844、n show our love till some other time D.we should spend more time with our family 答案 56-60 ACCAD Passage 46（安徽省利辛二中 2010 届高三上学期第四次月考）B When I was a little kid,a father was like the night in the refrigerator.Every house had one,but no one really knew what either of them did once the door was shut.My d

1845、ad left the house every morning and always seemed glad to see every one again at night.He opened the jar of pickets when no one else at home could.He was the only one in the house who wasnt afraid to go into the basement by himself.Whenever it rained,he got the car and brought it around to the door.

1846、When anyone was sick,he went out to get the prescription filled.He set mousetraps.He cut back the roses so the thorns(刺)wouldnt snag you when you came to the front door.He oiled my roller skates,and they went faster.When I got my bike,he ran alongside me for at least a thousand miles until I got the

1847、 hang of it.He signed all my report and my cards.He took a lot of pictures,but was never in them.He tightened up Mothers sagging（松垂的）clothesline every week or so.I was afraid of everyone elses father,but not my own.Whenever I played house,the mother doll had a lot to do.I never knew what to do with

1848、the daddy doll,so I had him say,“Im going off to work mow,”and threw him under the bed.When I was nine years old,my father didnt get up one morning and go to work,he went to the hospital and died the next day.There were a lot of people in the house who brought all kinds of good food and cakes.We had

1849、 never had so much company before.He never did anything,I didnt know his leaving would hurt so much.60 The phrase“got the hang of it.”In Paragraph 3 means being able to A held the bike B repaired the bike C controlled the bike D ran as fast as bike 61 Father did a lot of things including besides goi

1850、ng off to work A making roller skates B helping mom wash clothes C looking after the sick D seeing to the flowers in the garden 62 From the passage we can infer that the author seemed NOT to when she was a child A enjoy playing house with other children at all B be aware of his fathers role in the h

1851、ouse at first C be afraid of going into the basement alone D miss his father much after he passed always 63 From the passage,we can see that father A loves his family very much B loves only about his work C is very careless D always acts strangely 答案 CDBA Passage 47（福建省三明一中 2010 届高三上学期第二次月考）C When a

1852、 dirty and untidy orange cat showed up in the prison yard,I was one of the first to go out there and pet it.I hadnt touched a cat or a dog in over 20 years.I spent at least 20 minutes,knelt down behind the kitchen as the cat rolled around,relaxed.What he was expressing outwardly,I was feeling inward

1853、ly.It was an amazing bit of grace to feel him under my hand and note that I was reaching a life or another creature with something as simple as my care.Over the next few days,there were other prisoners responding to the cat.Every yard period,a group of prisoners gathered there.They stood around talk

1854、ing and taking turns petting the cat.These were guys you wouldnt usually find talking to each other.Several times I saw an officer in the group,not chasing people away,but just watching and seeming to enjoy along with the prisoners.Bowls of milk and water appeared along with bread,wisely placed unde

1855、r the edge of the dustbin to keep the birds from getting it.The cat was obviously homeless and in pretty bad shape.People said that the cat came to the right place.Hes getting treated like a king.This was true,but as I watched I was also thinking about what the cat was doing for us.There was a lot o

1856、f talk about whats wrong with prisons in America.We need more programs.We need more psychologists or treatment of various kinds.Some may even talk about making prisons more kind.But I think what we really need is a chance to practise our own kindness.Not receive it,but give it.After more than two de

1857、cades here,I know kindness is not a value thats encouraged.Its often seen as a weakness.Instead,the culture encourages keeping your head down,minding your own business,and never letting yourself be weak.The cat did my heart good to see the effect he had on me and the men here.By simply saying,“I nee

1858、d some help here”,he did something important for us.He needed us.And we needed to be needed.I believe we all do.79 From the passage,we can learn that the author was _.A.an animal protector B.the owner of the cat C.a prison officer D.a prisoner 80.We can infer from the third paragraph that _.A.showin

1859、g love to others can make prisoners strong B.the American prison culture will be improved C.the author is not content with the prison culture D.caring for others is encouraged in American prisons 81.What is the best title for the passage?A.Caring Makes us Human B.Prison Culture is Important C.Animal

1860、s Need Care D.Everyone Needs to be Cared for 答案 DCA Passage 48（福建省三明一中 2010 届高三上学期第二次月考）D In the United Sates,a person has to be sixteen to drive,seventeen to see certain movies,and eighteen to vote.People can get terrific discounts on all sorts of stuff-provided theyre over sixty-five.Everywhere we

1861、 look there are age limits that define what people can and cant do.But creativity has no boundaries,no limitations.Anyone can invent.And they do.Inventors are p Sitting in the car waiting for her mom to return from shopping,Becky decided she might as “I didnt have a flashlight,and I didnt want to op

1862、en the car door because then the whole car would light up.”Recalled Becky.“so I thought it would be neat to have my paper light It isnt every day that a ten-year-old intents a product eagerly sought by several businesses,but thats exactly what Becky Schroeder did when she created a tool that enabled

1863、 people to write in the dark.Her invention?The Glo-That night Becky went home trying to imagine different ways of making her paper glow in the dark.She remembered all sorts of glow-in-the-dark toys-like balls and Frisbees-and wondered how they were made.She was determined to find a solution.So the v

1864、ery next day.Becks dad took her on an outing to the hardware store.They returned with a pail of phosphorescent paint.She took the paint and stacks of paper into the darkest room in the house-the bathroom.There,“Id turn on the light,turn it off,turn it on,”said Becky.“My parents remember me running o

1865、ut She used an acrylic board and coated it with a specific amount of phosphorescent paint.She took a complicated idea and made it work rather simply.When the coated clipboard is exposed to light,it glows.The glowing board then illuminates or lights up the paper that has been placed on top.Two years

1866、after her initial inspiration,in 1974,Becky became the youngest female ever to receive She didnt actively market her Glo-sheet.She didnt need to.The New York Times wrote an article about and incredible invention-patented by a twelve-year-old,and the inquiries and 82.What caused Becky to invent Glo-A

1867、.She was having trouble with math problems.B.C.She was trying to earn money.B.So the reader will read with D.To set off difficult paragraphs 84.In paragraph 5,Becky and her dad returned from the hardware store with a bucket of phosphorescent paint.What is“phosphorescent paint”?A.paint that glows in

1868、the dark C.paint that covers marks 85.In paragraph 8,what does it mean that Beck“didnt actively market her Glo-sheet”?A.She kept the original one for her own use.B.Other people came to her to get the Glo-C.Beckys father tried to sell the Glo-sheet.D.She gave away samples to her friends.B.Only invent

1869、 things you know other people D.Always try to sell patent rights to large companies.答案 BCABC Passage 49（甘肃省天水一中 2010 届高三上学期第三阶段考试）B Dear Jane,Barbara and Roger,As you know,weve been looking for a new house for some time.Now that all our children have left home,we find that the house is too big for u

1870、s.Also,since your father retired,there has been no reason for us to stay in this district.Although we like our neighbors,weve decided to move south for two reasons.First,the weather will suit us better,and second,well be a little nearer to you,Uncle George and Auntie Hilda.It will make visiting each

1871、 other much simpler.We stayed with your uncle and aunt last weekend and saw several houses.One of them sounded as if it were just what we wanted.The right number of rooms,a small garden,etc.When we saw it,we nearly died!It was in a terrible condition and would have cost a fortune to make it habitabl

1872、e(宜居的).The roof and all the walls needed repairing and the whole inside redecorating.After that,we were very cautious about believing details from the estate(房地产)agent.The next two we saw were not much better,but the fourth house was exactly what we wanted.It was empty,so were going to move in immed

1873、iately.Well put all your things in boxes and take them with us.Youll have to sort them out,throwing away what you dont want.Can you all come next weekend?You can have a nice rest in the country.Telephone on Wednesday at the new number to let us know.Lots of Love,Mum and Dad 45.The parents decided to

1874、 move south because _.A.they didnt like traveling B.they wanted to go back to their hometown C.they both retired and they wanted to live with their children D.they wanted to be nearer to their relatives and they liked the weather in the south 46.What is the meaning of the underlined sentence in Para

1875、 2“When we saw it,we nearly died!”?A.We were at a loss for words when we saw the house.B.We were so tired since we had been to several houses.C.We were so excited because the house was exactly what we wanted.D.We were greatly disappointed because the house was in a poor condition.47.From the passage

1876、,we can understand that the estate agent _.A.overstated the exact condition of the house B.did not have enough houses for people to choose from C.tried to persuade people to buy houses in a poor condition D.usually could not understand the need of their customers 48.The purpose of the parents writin

1877、g this letter is to _.A.ask their children to help them move house B.express their regret for not being with their children C.inform the children that they will move to a new house D.ask their children for suggestions about moving to a new house 答案 DDAC Passage 50（贵州省乌沙中学 09-10 学年高三上学期期中考试）D MrPeter

1878、 Johnson,aged twenty-three,battled for half an hour to escape from his trapped car yesterday when it landed upside down in three feet of waterMrJohnson took the only escape routethrough the boot(行李箱)MrJohnsons car had finished up in a ditch(沟渠)at Romney Marsin,Kent after skidding on ice and hitting

1879、a bank“Fortunately,the water began to come in only slowly,”MrJohnson said“I couldnt force the doors because they were jammed against the walls of the ditch and dared not open the windows because I knew water would come flooding in”MrJohnson,a sweet salesman of Sitting Home,Kent,first tried to attrac

1880、t the attention of other motorists by sounding the horn and hammering on the roof and bootThen he began his struggle to escape Later he said,“It was really a half penny that saved my lifeIt was the only coin I had in my pocket and I used it to loosen the back seat to get into the bootI hammered desp

1881、erately with a hammer trying to make someone hear,but no help came”It took ten minutes to loosen the seat,and a further five minutes to clear the sweet samples from the bootThen MrJohnson found a wrench and began to work on the boot lockFifteen minutes passed by“It was the only chance I hadFinally i

1882、t gave,but as soon as I moved the boot lid,the water and mud poured inI forced the lid down into the mud and scrambled clear as the car filled up”His hands and arms cut and bruised(擦伤),MrJohnson got to Beckett Farm nearby,where he was looked after by the farmers wife,MrsLucy BatesHuddled in a blanke

1883、t,he said,“That thirty minutes seemed like hours”Only the tips of the car wheels were visible,police said last nightThe vehicle had sunk into two feet of mud at the bottom of the ditch 73_ is the most important to MrJohnson during his escape?AThe hammer BThe coin CThe screw DThe horn 74MrJohnsons ca

1884、r accident happened _ Awith his car standing on its boot Bwhile on his way home Cpartly due to the slippery road Dbecause of the high speed 75“Finally it gave”(Paragraph 5)means that _ Aluckily the door was opened in the end Bat last I found the boot lock Che forced the boot lid open with all his ef

1885、forts DThe chance to escape lost 76It may be inferred from the passage that _ Athe ditch was along a quiet country road Bthe accident happened on a snowy day Cthe bank lent MrJohnson a hand about his damage DMrJohnson was well treated for his injury 答案 BCCA Passage 51（贵州省兴义九中 09-10 学年高三上学期期中考试）B It

1886、was the afternoon of December 24,the day before Christmas;and as the newest doctor in our office,I had to work.The only thing that brightened my day was the beautifully decorated Christmas tree in our waiting room and a gift sent to me by a fellow I was dating-a dozen long-stemmed red roses.As I was

1887、 cleaning my office,our receptionist came and said there was a lady in the front office that urgently needed to speak with me.As I stepped out,I noticed a young,tired-looking woman with a baby in her arms.Nervously,she explained that her husband-a prisoner in a nearby prison-was my next patient.The

1888、guards were scheduled to bring him to the office that afternoon.She told me she wasnt allowed to visit her husband in prison and that he had never seen his son.Her request was for me to let the boys father sit in the waiting room with her as long as possible before I called him for his appointment.S

1889、ince my schedule wasnt full,I agreed.After all,it was Christmas Eve.A short time later,her husband arrived-with chains on his feet and hands,and two armed guards as bodyguards.The womans tired face lit up like our little Christmas tree when her husband took a seat beside her.I kept glancing out to w

1890、atch them laugh,cry and share their child.After almost an hour,I called the prisoner back to my office.While I worked,the guards stood just outside my door.The patient seemed like a gentle and modest man.I wondered what he possibly could have done to be held under such conditions.I tried to make him

1891、 as comfortable as possible.At the end of the appointment,I wished him a Merry Christmas-a difficult thing to say to a man headed back to prison.He smiled and thanked me.He also said he felt saddened by the fact he hadnt been able to get his wife anything for Christmas.On hearing this,I was inspired

1892、 with a wonderful idea.Ill never forget the look on both their faces as the prisoner gave his wife the beautiful,long-stemmed roses.Im not sure who experienced the most joy-the husband in giving,the wife in receiving,or myself in having the opportunity to share in this special moment.60What can be i

1893、nferred from the first paragraph?AThe writer was a newcomer to her office.BA fellow sent her a dozen red roses as Christmas present.CShe was in low spirits because she had to work before Christmas.DShe was at work with a light heart.61The young woman came to the writers office for the purpose of .Ah

1894、aving her baby examined Bgiving her husband a chance to make his escape Chaving her husband examined Dgetting a chance for her family to get together 62The underlined part in paragraph 3 most probably means“”.Ato be sent to hospital Bto be separated from his family Cto be comfortable Dto become a pr

1895、isoner 63What does the writer learn from the story?AThe wife experienced the most joy in receiving.BAn act of kindness can mean a lot.CThe prisoner was treated with mercy.DWhoever breaks the law should be punished.答案 CDDB Passage 52（贵州省兴义市第九中学 2010 届高三第一次月考）A It doesnt matter when or how much a pers

1896、on sleeps,but everyone needs some rest to stay alive.Thats what all doctors thought,until they heard about Al Herpin.Al Herpin,it was said,never slept.Could this be true?The doctors decided to see this strange man themselves.Al Herpin was 90 years old when the doctors came to his home in New Jersey.

1897、They thought for sure that he got some sleep of some kind.So they stayed with him and watched every movement he made.But they were surprised.Though they watched him hour after hour and day after day,they never saw Herpin sleeping.In fact,he did not even own a bed.He never needed one.The only rest th

1898、at Herpin sometimes got was sitting in a comfortable chair and reading newspapers.The doctors were puzzled by his strange continuous sleeplessness.They asked him a lot of questions,hoping to find an answer.They found only one answer that might explain this question.Herpin remembered some talk about

1899、his mother having been injured several days before he was born.But that was all.Was this the real reason?No one could be sure.Herpin died at the age of 94.56.The doctors came to Herpins home in order to _.A.treat him for his illness B.find the reason why some old people didnt need any sleep.C.get so

1900、me proof（证据）to show his sleeplessness was not really true.D.help him to have a rest in some day.57.After watching him closely,the doctors came to believe that Al Herpin _.A.needed some kind of sleep.B.needed no sleep at all.C.was too old to need any sleep.D.often slept in a chair.58 Al Herpins condi

1901、tion could be regarded as _.A.an unusual one B.a common one C.very healthy D.very funny 59.The word“puzzle”in this passage probably refers to“_”A.make you think a lot because you dont understand it B.make you worry a lot because you cant sleep well C.make you sad because something unusual has happen

1902、ed D.make you fear because something terrible has happened 60.The main idea of this passage is that _.A.large numbers of people do not need sleep B.everyone needs some sleep to stay alive C.people can live longer by trying not to sleep at all D.a person was found who actually didnt need any sleep 答案

1903、 C B A A D Passage 53（贵州省兴义市第九中学 2010 届高三第一次月考）B I always have difficulty in buying birthday presentsMy idea never seems to go farther than ties，pens or cardsBut，strangely enough，it did not take me long to decide on Toms birthday presentFor the first time in life，I had a good idea.I would buy him a

1904、bottle of champagne（香槟酒）Before the party began，Tom suggested that I should open the bottleI put it between my knees and began to pull，but it remained unmovedSoon a lot of people gathered round to watch the fight between me and the bottleI could hear all kinds of“helpful”suggestions from them like“Br

1905、eak the top off”，“Use your teeth”，etcBut I was losing the fightWe were fighting on the floor together，when all of a sudden there was a loud：“pop”and the cork（塞子）shot up into the air，while the angry bottle showered（淋）every-body with champagne 61When buying birthday presents，I usually find my idea is_

1906、 Apoor Bcolourful Crich Dgood 62I was_ my present for Toms birthday Avery sorry for Bvery proud of Cafraid of Dtired of 63Tom suggested I should open the bottle _ Atowards the end of the party Bafter the party started Cat the end of the party Dbefore the party started 64Which of the following is tru

1907、e？AThough the people around gave all kinds of suggestions，I was not able to open the bottle at first BI tried all the ways that the people suggested CAll the suggestions were helpful DSome of the suggestions were very bad 答案 A B DA Passage 54（江西省九江一中 2010 届高三上学期第三次月考）A This week,46-year-old Randy Pa

1908、usch said goodbye to his students at Carnegie Mellon University with the last lecture called How to Live Your Childhood Dreams,on his lifes journey and the lessons hes learned.In the lecture,he showed the audience how serious his illness was and admitted it was“an elephant in the room”,but he was no

1909、t that discouraged and he made jokes in his lecture.Randy is not just another story on Good Morning America or even on the local news here in Pittsburgh.He is a man I worked for,a Professor of Liams and a friend of the family.Randy is dying of Pancreatic cancer and in his words only has 3 to 6 month

1910、s of quality life.We met Randy about 5 years ago when Liam and I went to a Building Virtual Worlds show.Liam was hooked and applied to get his master under Randy at the Entertainment and Technology Center or ETC.Randy even came to our home for Liams graduation party and earlier that year we saw the

1911、Flying Karamazov Brothers with him and his wife Jaye.Liam got to know Randy as a professional over the course of two years as a graduate student and then as faculty member.Randy has three small children all under the age of 6.Dillon,his oldest,Ross is younger and the youngest is only 9 months old,Li

1912、ly.I believe Randy is a good man for a few simple reasons.He gave my husband a future doing something he loves,and he was a kind boss,but the thing I admire most about Randy is that you always know where you stand with him.He may be blunt and harsh at times but you know he is honest.He will be great

1913、ly missed at Carnegie Mellon.I wish Jaye and the children the best that life has to offer.Please click on the above underlined link and watch his inspiring lecture.It will be worth your time!56.Liam is Randys_.A.classmate B.student C.relative D.one of his family 57.We can infer Randy gave his last l

1914、ecture because_.A.He would retire B.He would move to Pittsburgh C.He was seriously ill D.He was tired of his present job 58.The uderlined phrase“an elephant in the room”means _.A.an elephant which is so big that we should make more room for it B.a fat man in the room C.too serious a problem to be ig

1915、nored D.a piece of cake 59.Which of the following is NOT right?A.Randys children are still young.B.Randy is a visiting professor in Carnegie Mellon.C.Randy is probably known in Pittsburgh.D.Randy is optimistic though he is in a poor state of health 答案 BCCB Passage 55（宁夏银川一中 2010 届高三上学期第五次月考）A It was

1916、 a winter morning,just a couple of weeks before Christmas 2005.While most people were warming up their cars,Trevor,my husband,had to get up early to ride his bike four kilometers away from home to work.On arrival,he parked his bike outside the back door as he usually does.After putting in 10 hours o

1917、f labor,he returned to find his bike gone.The bike,a black Kona 18 speed,was our only transport.Trevor used it to get to work,putting in 60-hour weeks to support his young family.And the bike was also used to get groceries（食品杂货），saving us from having to walk long distances from where we live.I was s

1918、o sad that someone would steal our bike that I wrote to the newspaper and told them our story.Shortly after that,several people in our area offered to help.One wonderful stranger even bought a bike,then called my husband to pick it up.Once again my husband had a way to get to and from his job.It rea

1919、lly is an honor that a complete stranger would go out of their way for someone they have never met before.People say that a smile can be passed from one person to another,but acts of kindness from strangers are even more so.This experience has had a spreading effect in our lives because it strengthe

1920、ned our faith in humanity（人性）as a whole.And it has influenced（影响）us to be more mindful of ways we,too,can share with others.No matter how big or how small,an act of kindness shows that someone cares.And the results can be everlasting.56.Why was the bike so important to the couple?A.The mans job was

1921、bike racing.B.It was their only possession.C.It was a nice Kona 18 speed.D.They used it for work and daily life.57.We can infer from the text that _.A.the couple worked 60 hours a week.B.people were busy before Christmas C.the stranger brought over the bike D.life was hard for the young family.58.Ho

1922、w did people get to know the couples problem?A.From radio broadcasts.B.From a newspaper.C.From TV news.D.From a stranger.59.What do the couple learn from their experience?A.Strangers are usually of little help.B.One should take care of their bike.C.News reports make people famous.D.An act of kindnes

1923、s can mean a lot.答案 DDBD Passage 56（河南省郑州外国语学校 2010 届高三上学期第三次月考）（A）A wallet misplaced during a romantic embrace has been returned to its forgetful owner after 55 years.Two classic car collectors from the US state of Idaho found the wallet after it fell out of the back of a vintage(旧式的)car they were

1924、planning to restore.After an Internet search they found and contacted the owner,Glenn Goodlove.Mr.Goodlove said he probably lost the wallet in the back seat of his 1946 Hudson car while kissing a girl when he was home on leave from the US Navy.Jon Beck,61,and Chuck Merrill,72,bought the now-vintage

1925、vehicle in Idaho after placing an ad in a local newspaper to buy a classic car in need of restoration.Driving the car home after buying it,the collectors stopped at a restaurant and saw something from below the back seat.“Like a couple of kids,we thought we had a goldmine,”Mr.Beck said.Instead,they

1926、found some small change the leather wallet held a$10 bill,Mr.Goodloves military ID,his social security card,his drivers licence and several jewellery receipts from 1952.But they were all in the name of Glenn Putnam.After searching online,Mr.Beck discovered that Mr.Putnam had since changed his name t

1927、o Glenn Goodlove and moved to San Diego,California.He called Mr.Goodlove,asking to speak to a man who used to drive a 46 Hudson.“There was a silence for about 15 seconds,”Mr.Beck told the Twin Falls Times-News.“Then he said,Who is that?”Mr.Goodlove,now 75,says he did not even remember losing the wal

1928、let,but the find has brought memories of his youth in Everett,Washington,flooding back.“I could see the house and the car and the town and all the good stuff from living there,”he said.“Theyve been flowing ever since he talked to me.”56.The lost wallet contained all the following EXCEPT _.A.some mon

1929、ey B.some jewellery C.some receipts D.some cards57.Which of the following happened last?A.The vintage car was purchased.B.An advertisement was placed.C.Mr.Goodloves name was changed.D.Some personal belongings were found.58.What difference did the wallet make to Glenn?A.He gained unexpected wealth.B.

1930、He got back his lost car as well.C.He improved his poor memory a lot.D.He recalled what had long been forgotten.59.The most proper title for the passage is _.A.A Forgetful Wallet Owner B.Two Car Collectors and a Good Deed C.Price Paid for Romance D.Lost Wallet Found after 55 Years 答案 BDDD Passage 57

1931、（江西省白鹭洲中学 2010 届高三第三次月考）A Daniel Brown was just five years old when he climbed into the family car and let it roll away down the road.He was only three when he flooded the kitchen.His mother,Angela Brown,is in despair.She is very busy looking after her new baby,a little girl called Laura,as well as

1932、Daniel.She told us,“Daniel is so full of curiosity.”At that moment,we hear a huge crash and then silence.We go upstairs and find Daniel crawling out of a wardrobe(衣橱)he has pulled over onto the floors,with a book in his hand.“Its for you,Mum,”he says and looks up at his mum and smiles.Seven-year-old

1933、 Daniel has a lovely face.He has golden hair,big brown eyes,and a friendly smile.I have to admit that Daniel doesnt look like a naughty boy.Angela told me all about it,“Once I found him as he was about to put Jasper in the washing machine.”Jasper,she explained,is the Brownsdog.“When I asked him why,

1934、he said that he thought Jasper was dirty!Its amazing how one little boy can cause so much trouble.Another time he cut off all the hair of the little girl next door.She was going to attend her sisters wedding and the neighbors havent spoken to us since.Angela told me about Daniels most expensive crim

1935、e“I was about to do the washing up when the baby started crying.Daniel decided to help and filled the kitchen sink with water.When I came in the water was already flooding the kitchen and was about to flood the hall.The carpet was ruined and had to be replaced.I hope things will get better as he get

1936、s older.”Amazingly,Daniel is quite well behaved in school.This may be because he is rarely bored.Meanwhile he continues to be the naughtiest little boy in England.Will his baby sister Laura grow up to be the naughtiest little girl?56.What did Daniel do while his mother was talking to the author?A.He

1937、 drove away the family car.B.He cut off the hair of the girl next door.C.He flooded the kitchen.D.He fell to the floor with the wardrobe.57.Why was Daniel going to put the dog in the washing machine?A.He meant to clean the dog.B.He wanted to punished the dog C.He intended to make trouble.D.He wished

1938、 to draw his mothers attention.58.It can be inferred from the passage that _.A.the mother spoiled the boy.B.the boy found school life interesting C.the mother lost hope in the boy.D.the boy had no freedom at home.答案 DAB Passage 58（江西省白鹭洲中学 2010 届高三第三次月考）B I had an experiece some years ago,which taug

1939、ht me something about the ways in which people make a bad situation worse by blaming themselves.One January,I had to hold two funerals on successive days for two elderly women in my community.Both had died“full of years”,as the Bible would say.Their homes happened to be near each other,so I paid con

1940、dolence(吊唁)calls on the two families on the same afternoon.At the first home,the son of the deceased woman said to me,“If only I sent my mother to Florida and gotten her out of this cold and snow,she would be alive today Its my fault that she died.”At the second home,the son of the other deceased wo

1941、man said,“If only I hadnt insisted on my mothers going to Florida,she would be alive today.That long airplane ride,the sudden change of climate,was more than she could take.Its my fault that shes dead.”You see that any time there is a death,the survivors will feel guilty.Because the course of action

1942、 they took turned out bad,they believe that the opposite course _keeping Mother at home,putting off the operation_ would have turned out better.After all,how could it have turned out any worse?There seem to be two elements involved in our willingness to feel guilty.The first is our pressing need to

1943、believe that the world makes sense,that there is a cause for every effect and a reason for everything that happens.That leads us to find patterns and connections both where they really exist and where they exist only in our minds.The second element is the view that we are the cause of what happens,e

1944、specially the bad things that happen.It seems to be a short step from believing that every event has a cause to believing that every disaster is our fault.The roots of this feeling may lie in our childhood.A baby comes to think that the world exists to meet his needs,and that he makes everything hap

1945、pen in it.He wakes up in the morning and summons the rest of the world to his tasks.He cries,and someone comes to attend to him.When he is hungry,people feed him,and when he is wet,people change him.Very often,we do not completely outgrow that childish view that our wishes cause things to happen.59.

1946、What is said about the two deceased elderly women?A.They lived out a natural life.B.They died of exhaustion after the long plane ride.C.They werent used to the change in weather.D.They died due to lack of care by family members.60.The author had to conduct the two womens funerals probably because_.A

1947、.he wanted to comfort the two families B.he was an official from the community C.he had great pity for the deceased D.he was minister of the local church 61.People feel guilty for the death of their loved ones because _.A.they couldnt a better way to express their sorrow.B.they believed that they we

1948、re responsible C.they had neglected the natural course of events D.they didnt know things often turn in the opposite direction 62.According to the passage,the underlined part in paragraph 4 probably means that _ A.everything in the world is predetermined B.the world can be interpreted in different w

1949、ays C.theres an explanation for everything in the world D.we have to be sensible in order to understand the world 63.Whats the idea of the message?A.Life and death is an unsolved mystery B.Every story should have a happy ending C.Never feel guilty all the time because not every disaster is our fault

1950、 D.In general,the survivors will feel guilty about the people who passed away 答案 ADBCC 2009 年联考题 Passage 1(湖北省新洲区实验高中 2009 届高三 5 月检测 C 篇)COVER STORYPaxs New Life By Michelle Tauber and Mary Green The actress and 3-year-old Pax Thien Jolie,whom she adopted last week from an orphanage in Ho Chi Minh C

1951、ity,left Hanois Noi Bai Airport in a private jet on Wednesday,bound for homeand,for Pax,a new life in the U.S.Jolie,31,understands the challenges her new son will face as the latest addition to the worlds most famous multicultural family.You can imagine what courage it takes to be in all new surroun

1952、dings,with new people and a new language,she tells PEOPLE in its new issue.He is very strong.But she is committed to making his transition as smooth as possible.It will take him a while to realize he has a family,she says,and that his new life is permanent and that it wont keep changing.The boy with

1953、 the sweetly shy smile and the big brown eyes joins big brother Maddox,5（adopted from Cambodia）,sister Zahara,2（adopted from Ethiopia）and 10-month-old Shiloh,the daughter born to Jolie and Brad Pitt,43,in May.As for Dad,because Vietnamese regulations dont allow unmarried couples to co-adopt,Jolie ad

1954、opted Pax as a single parent while Pitt remained in Los Angeles,where he is filming The Curious Case of Benjamin Button.He has specific days on the movie that couldnt be changed or production would run over,says his rep.But Jolie still made sure to bring a welcoming committee:Joined by Maddox and Za

1955、hara Shiloh has been on the Button set every day with her fatherthe new mom used her first few days with Pax to begin gently bonding with him and to ask her other kids to do the same.We are slowly beginning to build his trust and bond,Jolie says,but it will feel complete only when we are all togethe

1956、r.For exclusive photos plus details on Angelina and Paxs first moments together,what Paxs life was like at the orphanage and more pick up this weeks PEOPLE,on newsstands Friday.69.According to the passage,how many children does Jolie have in all?A.1 B.3 C.4 D.5 70.Which of the following statements i

1957、s TURE?A.Pax is the last children that Jolie has.B.Vietnamese laws allow everyone to adapt orphan.C.Pax meet the whole family with the help of Jolie.D.Pitt takes care of Shiloh when he acts in a movie.71.Why does Jolie want to start a gentle relationship with her son Pax?A.Because Jolie thinks Pax d

1958、oesnt know he has a family.B.Because Jolie wants to set an example to her other children.C.Because Pax is a strong boy in Jolies mind.D.Because Pax cant meet his father when he is in America.72.What is the purpose of this passage?A.To attract readers attention on the new issue of the magazine.B.To i

1959、ntroduce Jolies all family members to readers C.To praise Jolies generous deeds of adopting children.D.To instruct readers how to adopt a child from Vietnam.答案 69.C 70.D 71.B 72.A Passage 2(湖北省新洲区实验高中 2009 届高三 5 月检测 D 篇)I WAS BORN and raised in the shadow of the Capitol,in Washington,D.C.,as were my

1960、 parents and my mothers parents.Our row house was on a tree-lined street just blocks from the building that was the heart of the federal legislative branch.When I was a child,in the 1940s,friends and I would pack a lunch or ride a streetcar to the Capitol.If we roller-skated,we hid the skates in the

1961、 bushes in the park across the street before entering the building.I knew every corner of the Capitol.Wed play hide-and-seek and pretend we saw ghosts in the halls and stairways.I dont know how we got away with it.I remember the beautiful ladies rooms,with their marble floors and sinks.I pretended t

1962、hat I was a fine lady in them.In those days,you could walk around the Capitol dome（圆顶屋）,which was a little scary for me.I loved the wonderful paintings and statues and the subway rides to the Senate Office Building.It was like an amusement ride.I even used to sit in the gallery of the U.S.House of R

1963、epresentativesuntil I became bored with all the talk and went on another adventure.Whenever I ran up the steps to the huge bronze doors of the Rotunda,I would look back to the world below like a hero.As soon as the doors were opened,the sense of history surrounded me,and I knew it was someplace spec

1964、ial.Those were lucky days,when an American citizen could wander in the Capitol and be a part of history.Once war was declared,some things changed in the nations capital.Because of concerns that Washington might be attacked,as London had been,everyone prepared.Kids at my elementary school wore dog ta

1965、gs,and each of us was fingerprinted.My father,a pipe worker,became a civil defense warden（民防队员）.During an air raid,his job was to turn off any leaking gas.Since he always had a cigarette in his mouth,maybe that was not a good choice,but he had a gas mask and flashlight hanging in the rafters of our

1966、basementthe mask looked like a monster in the ceiling.My 15-year-old brother was a junior civil defense warden.During air-raid drills,he knocked on doors and asked people to put out their lights.I remember huge searchlights that crisscrossed the skies during the drills,looking for enemy planes.73.Fr

1967、om the passage,we can understand that _.A.The writer attended the meeting in House of Representative B.The writers family lived in Washington D.C.for generations C.American citizen,except children,could never enter the Capitol D.The writers father had a gas mask to prevent him from smoking 74.When t

1968、he writer said“I was born and raised in the shadow of the Capitol”（1st paragraph）,she most probably meant that _.A.she spent her childhood in an area near the Capitol B.she grew up under the pressure of the Capitol C.the Capitol had some bad influence on my childhood D.she was born and brought up se

1969、cretly in the Capitol 75.By telling the childhood experience,the passage suggests that _.A.the writer is a daughter of a member of Representatives.B.the Capitol used to be open to the public in history.C.London was attacked during the war,as well as Washington.D.the writers father and brother joined

1970、 the army during the war.76.What is the writers attitude towards the things that changed in the nations capital?A.neutral B.positive C.negative D.ironic 答案 73.B 74.A 75.B 76.C Passage 3(湖北省钟祥六中 2009 年高三高考冲刺最后一卷 A 篇)A gentle breeze blew through Jennifers hair.The golden red sun was setting.She was on

1971、 the beach,looking up at the fiery(火红的)ball.She was amazed by its color,deep red in the middle,softly fading into yellow.She could hear nothing but the waves and the seagulls flying up above in the sky.The atmosphere relaxed her.After all she had been through,this was what she needed.“Its getting la

1972、te,”she thought,“I must go home.My parents will be wondering where I am.”She wondered how her parents would react,when she got home after the three days she was missing.She kept on walking,directing herself where she spent every summer holiday.The road was deserted.She walked slowly and silently.Jus

1973、t in a few hundred meters she would have been safe in her house.It was really getting dark now.The sun had set a few minutes before and it was getting cold too.She wished she had her favorite sweater on:it kept her really warm.She imagined having it with her.This thought disappeared when she finally

1974、 saw her front door.It seemed different.Nobody had taken care of the outside garden for a few days.She was shocked:her father was usually so strict about keeping everything clean and tidy,and now.It all seemed deserted.She couldnt understand what was going on.She entered the house.First,she went int

1975、o the kitchen where she saw a note written by her father.It said:“Dear Ellen,there is some coffee ready.I went looking.”Ellen was her mother but where was she?On the right side of the hallway was her parents room.She went in.Then she saw her.Her mother,lying on the bed,was sleeping.Her face looked s

1976、o tired,as if she hadnt slept for days.She was really pale.Jennifer would have wanted to wake her up but she looked too tired.So Jennifer just fell asleep beside her.When Jennifer woke up,something was different.she wasnt in her mothers room and she wasnt wearing the old clothes she ran away in.She

1977、was in her cozy bed in her pajamas(睡衣).It felt so good being back home.Suddenly she heard a voice,“Are you feeling better now,dear?You know you got us very,very scared.”51.Three days later Jennifer came back home _.A.at sunrise B.at sunset C.at night D.at midday 52.What does the underlined phrase“Th

1978、is thought”most probably mean?A.The idea of going back home.B.Her anxiety about her parents.C.The feeling of being warm in her favorite sweater.D.The feeling of getting back home safely.53.Her father didnt take care of the garden because _.A.he was busy looking for her B.he had to look after his wif

1979、e C.he was not strict with his job D.he no longer enjoyed working in the garden 54.What can we infer from this passage?A.In fact Jennifers mother had been sick for days.B.As Jennifer walked towards home,she became increasingly scared.C.When she found the garden deserted,she realized she was wrong.D.

1980、Having experienced a lot outside,Jennifer felt home was safest for her.答案 51.B 52.C 53.A 54.D Passage 4(安徽省马鞍山二中 2009 届高三第四次模拟考试 B 篇)The teacher was leaving the village,and everybody seemed sorry.The miller at Cresscombe lent him the small cart（运货车）and horse to carry his goods to Christminster,the c

1981、ity of his destination,such a vehicle proving of quite enough size for the teachers belongings.For his only article,in addition to the packing-case of books,was a piano that he had bought when he thought of learning instrumental music.But the eagerness having faded,he had never acquired any skill in

1982、 playing,and the purchased article had been a permanent trouble to him.The headmaster had gone away for the day,being a man who disliked the sight of changes.He did not mean to return till the evening,when the new teacher would have arrived,and everything would be smooth again.The blacksmith,the far

1983、m bailiff and the teacher were standing in confused attitudes in the sitting room before the instrument.The teacher had remarked that even if he got it into the cart he should not know what to do with it on his arrival at Christminster,since he was only going into a temporary(临时的)place just at first

1984、.A little boy of eleven,who had been assisting in the packing,joined the group of men,and said,Aunt has got a fuel-house,and it could be put there,perhaps,till youve found a place to settle in,sir.Good idea,said the blacksmith.The smith and the bailiff started to see about the possibility of the sug

1985、gested shelter,and the boy and the teacher were left standing alone.Sorry I am going,Jude?asked the latter kindly.Tears rose into the boys eyes.He admitted that he was sorry.So am I,said Mr.Phillotson.Why do you go,sir?asked the boy.Welldont speak of this everywhere.You know what a university is,and

1986、 a university degree?It is the necessary hallmark(标志)of a man who wants to do anything in teaching.My scheme,or dream,is to be a university graduate.By going to live at Christminster,I shall be at headquarters,so to speak,and if my scheme is practicable at all,I consider that being on the spot will

1987、afford me a better chance.The smith and his companion returned.Old Miss Fawleys fuel-house was practicable;and she seemed willing to give the instrument standing-room there.So it was left in the school till the evening,when more hands would be available for removing it;and the teacher gave a final g

1988、lance round.At nine oclock Mr.Phillotson mounted beside his box of books,and waved his friends good-bye.60.It seemed that the teacher _.A.was not getting on well with the headmaster B.had lived a rather simple life in the village C.was likely to continue to practice playing the piano D.would get hel

1989、p in the city on arriving there 61.The motivation of the teachers moving lay in his _.A.ambition B.devotion C.admiration D.inspiration 62.The boy named Jude may be described as _.A.polite,generous and cheerful B.active,modest and friendly C.kind,bright and helpful D.calm,confident and humorous 63.In

1990、 the passage the writer describes both the teachers _.A.love for music and his dislike for musical instruments B.hard work in the village and his strong interest in city life C.friendship with some villagers and also conflicts with others D.eagerness to go to the city and his love for the village 64

1991、.Which person does the underlined“his companion”refer to?A.Mr.Phillotson B.Miss Fawley C.The bailiff D.The headmaster 答案 60.B 61.A 62.C 63.D 64.C Passage 5(福建省厦门双十中学 09 届高三热身考试 A 篇)For millions of people,the American dream of owning a home seems to be slipping out of reach.“Maybe young couples can n

1992、o longer afford to buy a ready-made house as their parents did,says 40-year-old building instructor Pat Hennin.“But they can still have a home.Like their pioneer ancestors,they can build it themselves,and at less than half the cost of a ready-made house.”The owner-builders came from every occupation

1993、al group,although surprisingly few are professional building workers.Many take the plunge with little or no experience.“I learned how to build my house from reading books,”says John Brown,who built a six-room home for$25,000 in High Falls,New Jersey.“If you have patience and the carpentry（木匠）skill t

1994、o make a bookcase,you can build a house.”An astonishing 50 percent of these owner builders hammer every nail,1ay every pipe,and wire every switch with their own hands.The rest contract（承包）for some parts of the task.But even those who just act as contractors and finish the insides of their homes can

1995、save from 30 percent to 45 percent of what a ready-made home would cost.One survey revealed that 60 percent of owner-builders also design their homes.Many others buy commercial house plans for less than$100 or use plans available from the U.S.Department of Agriculture.56What does the passage mainly

1996、tell us?AThe cost of having a house built.BThe American dream of owning a house.CThe life of owner-builders in America.DA comparison between young couples and their parents.57It can be inferred from the passage that many Americans find it difficult to .Abuild a house Bfind a ready-made house Chave a

1997、 good job Dbuy a house 58The underlined phrase“take the plunge”in paragraph 3 most probably means“.”Adecide to build a house Bdecide to pull down a house Cdecide to buy a house Ddecide to rent a house 59From the passage we learn that .AMany house plans are offered free of charge.BMost of the house p

1998、lans arc offered by building instructors.CMost of the owner-builders design their homes.DFifty percent of the American young couples build houses.答案 56.B 57.D 58.A 59.C Passage 6(天水市一中 2006 级 2008-2009 学年第二学期第四次考试题 A 篇)When Ben delivered milk to my home one morning before Christmas，he wasnt his usua

1999、l sunny selfHe told me a customer had left without paying the bill，$79，nor leaving her new addressSo it meant that he had to cover the loss “She was a pretty woman，”he said，“with six children and another on the wayShe was always sayingIm going to pay you soon when my husband gets a second jobI belie

2000、ved her，but she leftIsnt it annoying?”“Give her the milkMake it a Christmas present to the kids who need it”I said The holidays came and wentOn a sunny January morning two weeks later，Ben was rushing to deliver milk when he saw a woman running down the street，waving moneyHe recognized her immediatel

2001、y-the woman who didnt pay her bill “Im so sorry”she said“I really have been meaning to pay you”She explained that her husband had come home one night and announced he d found cheaper apartment.He d also got a new job.With all that happened,she d forgotten to leave the new address.“But Ive been savin

2002、g,”she said.“Heres$20 toward the bill.“That s all right,”Ben replied.“Its been paid.”“Paid!”she exclaimed（惊叫）.“What do you mean?Who paid it?”“I did,”Ben said,“It went to the children as a Christmas present!”41Ben was upset one morning because _.Aa customer left without paying the bill Bhe lost$79 on

2003、 the way of the delivery Che had to buy a present for the children Dhe was going to lose his job 42The author helped Ben by offering him _.Aa Christmas present Bthe debtor s new address Csome money to cover the loss Da suggestion to cheer him up 43We can probably infer from the passage that the woma

2004、n _.Acheated to raise her children Bmoved to escape paying back the debts Cwas a person with honesty Dwanted to give her children a Christmas gift 44What is the best title of the passage?AAn Unhappy Christmas BAn Unusual Present CA Poor Couples Life DA Helpful Customer 答案 41.A 42.D 43.C 44.B Passage

2005、 7(广东省湛师附中 2009 届高三最后一模 A 篇)I was born an albinoNo one in my family had ever known what an albino was，what it meant to be an albino，and what had to be done differently because I was an albino My parents treated me just like they treated everybody elseThat was just about the best thing they could hav

2006、e doneIt helped me trust myself，so when the annoyances came along，I could deal with them True，my photo always looked like a snowball with two pieces of coal for eyesKids would tease me，asking if I was joining the circus and calling me“Whitey”Like most albinos，I had terrible eyesight，and my grades su

2007、ffered until eventually I overcame my feeling ashamed of myself and realized it was okay to ask to sit in the front of the classroom so I could see the blackboard betterPeople stared at me when I held reading material right at the tip of my nose so I could see it well enough to readEven when I was e

2008、ight or ninemovie-theater clerks started asking me to pay adult prices because I“looked older”The worst part for me was that because my eyesight was so bad，I couldnt play sports very wellI didnt give up trying，thoughAnd I studied harder Eventually，I got better at school and loved itBy the time I got

2009、 to college 1 was double majoring，going to summer school and devoting myself to every kind of extracurricular activity I could findI had learned to be proud of being an albinoI did my best to make“albino”a positive wordAnd I decided to make my living with my eyes I couldnt see well enough to play sp

2010、ots，but with a solid education and the drive to do itI could make a living involved in the field I lovedIve done it now for more than thirty years in print and in video，and now in cyberspacePeople make jokes about how Im the only“blind editor”they know，but most of the time the jokes are signs of res

2011、pectAnd I make jokes about being an albino I was just a proud albino kid from the coal country of PennsylvaniaI now realize that being born an albino helped me to overcome difficulties，gain confidence，and be proud of my personal achievement and humble about my professional accomplishments 41What is

2012、an albino according to the passage?ASomeone with bad eyesight BSomeone with some kind of disease CSomeone who looks older than his age DSomeone who joins the circus 42What does the underlined word“It in Paragraph 2 refer to?AThe fact that the author was born an albino BWhat had to be done differentl

2013、y to the author CThe way that the authors parents treated him DThe fact that the author had no idea what an albino was 43Which of the following statements is TRUE?AThe authors study was affected by his eyesight at first BThe author had to pay adult prices for movies when he was still young CDespite

2014、his bad eyesight，the author played sport well D”Albino”has already become a positive word now 44Why are peoples jokes about the author mostly signs of respect?ABecause he is an albino BBecause he has a solid education CBecause they think he is a great“blind editor”DBecause they think he is proud of

2015、his achievement 45Through the passage，the author tells us _ Athat albino helped him achieve success Bhow an albino studied well Cwhat it is like to be an albino Dhow people should treat an albino 答案 41.B 42.C 43.A 44.C 45.A Passage 8(哈师大附中 2009 年高三第四次模拟考试 A 篇)Once upon a time in a land far away,ther

2016、e was a wonderful old man who loved everything：animals,spiders,insects.One day while walking through the woods the nice old man found a cocoon（茧）of a butterfly.He took it home.A few days later,a small opening appeared;he sat and watched the butterfly for several hours as it struggled to force its bo

2017、dy through that little hole.Then it seemed to stop making any progress.It appeared as if it had gotten as far as it could and it could go no farther.Then the man decided to help the butterfly,so he took a pair of scissors and snipped off the remaining bit of the cocoon.The butterfly then emerged（露出）

2018、easily.But it had a swollen body and small,shriveled wings.The man continued to watch the butterfly because he expected that,at any moment,the wings would enlarge and expand to be able to support the body,which would contract（收缩）in time.Neither happened!In fact,the butterfly spent the rest of its li

2019、fe crawling around with a swollen body and shriveled wings.It never was able to fly.What the man in his kindness and haste did not understand was that the restricting cocoon and the struggle required for the butterfly to get through the tiny opening were Natures way of forcing fluid from the body of

2020、 the butterfly into its wings so that it would be ready for flight once it achieved its freedom from the cocoon.Sometimes struggles are exactly what we need in our life.If we were allowed to go through our life without any obstacles,it would cripple us.We would not be as strong as what we could have

2021、 been.And we could never fly.56.What did the old man find when walking through the woods?A.A cocoon of a butterfly.B.A butterfly.C.A spider.D.A pair of scissors.57.What would have happened to the butterfly without the old mans help?A.It would have died in the cocoon.B.It would have become a true but

2022、terfly.C.It would have been strong enough to go farther.D.It would have stopped struggling through the cocoon.58.The underlined word“cripple”in Paragraph 7 probably means _.A.disable B.climb C.enable D.beat 59.What can we learn from this story?A.Man can never go against nature.B.Its necessary to liv

2023、e with some difficulties.C.One cannot help others without thinking twice.D.Mankind should take good care of insects.答案 56.A 57.B 58.A 59.B Passage 9(湖北省黄冈中学 2009 届高三五月适应性考试（B 卷）D 篇)Question:What is more astonishing than a 60-ton whale on a flatbed truck being driven down the street?Answer:A 60-ton w

2024、hale on a flatbed truck exploding and raining blubber(fat of whales)all over the sidewalk.Thats what happened in Taiwan recently,when a dead sperm whale being shipped to the Halobios Research Center for an autopsy(尸体解剖)developed an extremely bad case of gas and blew up before it reached its destinat

2025、ion.The whale was found alive on a Taiwan beach last weekend,and died shortly after it was discovered.Since the 56-foot whale was the largest whale ever beached on Taiwans shores,scientists wanted to study it and perform an autopsy for educational purpose.Obviously,too much time passed between when

2026、the animal died and the time it was set to be moved to the autopsy location,because it had already started to go bad.When things rot,they give off gases as a by-product.In the whales case,the gases were trapped in its belly.The pressure inside the rotting creature grew so much that it popped like an

2027、 over-filled balloon.Unfortunately,it was on a truck in the middle of the city of Taiwan at the time-cars and shops lining the street were covered with whale bits and juices,much to their owners discouragement.According to the news reports,traffic was tied up for hours while officials tried to clean

2028、 up the streets.Newspaper editors worldwide were probably smiling to themselves,since they had a ready-made headline-several reports about the incident were titled“There She Blows!”after the famous line from the book Moby Dick.63.The purpose of the question at the beginning of this news report is to

2029、_.A.explain the reason B.sell newspapers C.attract readers D.give an immediate answer 64.The whales explosion is the result of_.A.pressure from gases building up in the creature as it began to rot B.the long transport of the creature from the beach to the center C.the extremely busy traffic in the s

2030、treets it passed by D.the quick process of rotting of the animal 65.What is the correct order of the incidents?a.The whale was set to a flatbed truck.b.The whale was discovered.c.The whale exploded.d.The whale died.A.b;c;a;d B.d;c;b;a C.b;d;a;c D.d;b;a;c 66.What do we know from the last paragraph?A.

2031、Some newspaper editors were laughed at.B.Moby Dick is the name of a woman writer.C.All the newspapers reported the story under the same title.D.The rifle“There She Blows!“is taken from the book Moby Dick.答案 63.C 64.A 65.C 66.D Passage 10(江苏省淮安市 2009 届高三第四次调研考试 A 篇)As sure as youre alive now,Peter Ra

2032、bbit,some day I will catch you,shouted Reddy Fox,as he put his black nose in the hole between the roots of the Big Hickory-tree which grows close to the Smiling Pool.It is lucky for you that you were not one jump farther away from this hole.Peter,safe inside that hole,didnt have a word to say,or,if

2033、he did,he didnt have breath enough to say it.It was quite true that if he had been one jump farther from that hole,Reddy Fox would have caught him.As it was,the hairs on Peters funny white tail actually had tickled Reddys back as Peter ran wildly through the root-bound entrance to that hole.It had b

2034、een the narrowest escape Peter had had for a long,long time.You see,Reddy Fox had surprised Peter eating sweet clover(苜蓿)on the bank of the Smiling Pond,and it had been a lucky thing for Peter that that hole,dug long ago by Johnny Chucks grandfather,had been right where it was.Also,it was a lucky th

2035、ing that old Mr.Chuck had been wise enough to make the entrance between the roots of that tree in such a way that it could not be dug any larger.Reddy Fox was too shrewd(机灵的)to waste any time trying to dig it larger.He knew there wasnt room enough for him to get between those roots.So,after trying t

2036、o make Peter as uncomfortable as possible by telling him what he,Reddy,would do to him when he did catch him,Reddy walked across the Green Meadows.Peter remained where he was for a long time.When he was quite sure that it was safe to do so,he crawled out and hurried to the Old Orchard.He felt that t

2037、hat would be the safest place for him,because there were ever so many hiding places in the old stone wall along the edge of it.56.Where is Peter Rabbit hiding?A.On the bank of a pond B.In a hole C.In a tall tree D.Behind a room 57.Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the story?

2038、A.Reddy Fox might find rabbit hairs on him.B.Old Mr.Chuck took advantage of the roots to dig the hole.C.The hole could be made larger.D.Reddy almost caught Peter this time.58.Why did Peter Rabbit wait so long before leaving?A.Because Reddy was trying to get him.B.Because it was cold outside.C.Becaus

2039、e his grandfather would help him dig a large hole.D.Because the Old Orchard was not so safe as this hole.答案 56.B 57.C 58.A Passage 11(江苏省金坛一中 2009 届高三 5 月模拟 A 篇)I love it at night.Its peaceful.And when it cools down I sometimes do some ironing.I dont really care for it.I work full-time and too busy

2040、for most housework.I remember the old woman who taught me to iron.I was about 15 and somehow got a live-in job taking care of a woman who had been an able-bodied,healthy woman until the accident that caused her to be paralyzed（瘫痪）.The woman had an electric wheelchair.She could move her head and arms

2041、 but not her hands or fingers.She had this clamp（夹子）attached to her arm and Id have to open it and put a cup or a pencil in it and then she could move it.She would tell me how to do things.She would instruct me in great detail on the correct way to do things.Her home was perfect and beautiful.She wo

2042、uld follow me around in her electric wheelchair to make sure I did everything exactly right.Im sure she had been a perfect homemaker.She would have me fold everything,including socks and pillow cases.I would complain silently and wish terrible things on her.She taught me the right way to make the be

2043、d and tuck（塞）the corners.I know sometimes shed get frustrated and impatient with me.I knew she wanted to grab it and do it herself.But she never yelled（大叫）or scolded.Only insisted I do it right.I didnt like it much,but I did it.Today I can iron pretty well.I know where to start on a shirt,the right

2044、way to do the collar and sleeves.Now that I think about it,I dont think she is an old lady.I think she might have been about my age now.Anyway,when I iron,I think of her and silently thank her for all the things I learned.51.From the passage we can infer that the writer of the passage now is _.A.a h

2045、ousewife B.a full-time worker C.a clothes maker D.a college student 52.The writer used to take care of the lady because _.A.she wanted to learn how to do housework B.she was a relative of the disabled woman C.she wanted to earn some money while sleeping and eating there D.she had to do something in

2046、return to the lady for her kindness 53.When the lady taught the writer how to do housework,the little girl was _.A.eager to learn B.unwilling to learn C.forced to learn D.careful to learn 54.Whats the writers attitude towards the lady now?A.Sympathetic B.Fearful C.Hateful D.Grateful 答案 51.B 52.C 53.

2047、B 54.D Passage 12(江苏省启东中学 2009 届高三最后一卷 D 篇)One day Marilla said,“Anne,your new teacher,Miss Stacy,spoke to me yesterday.She says you must study for the examinations for Queens College in two years time.Then if you do well,you can study at Queens in Charlottetown for a year,and after that youll be a

2048、teacher!”“That doesnt matter,Anne.When Matthew and I adopted you three years ago,we decided to look after you as well as we could.Of course well pay for you to study.”So in the afternoons Anne and some of her friends stayed late at school,and Miss Stacy helped them with the special examination work.

2049、Diana didnt want to go to Queens,so she went home early,but Gilbert stayed.He and Anne still never spoke and everybody knew that they were enemies,because they both wanted to be first in the examination.Secretly,Anne was sorry that she and Gilbert werent friends,but it was too late now.For two years

2050、,Anne studied hard at school.She enjoyed learning,and Miss Stacy was pleased with her.But she didnt study all the time.In the evenings and at weekends she visited her friends,or walked through the fields with Diana,or sat talking to Matthew.“Your Anne is a big girl now.Shes taller than you,”Rachel L

2051、ynde told Marilla one day.“Youre right,Rachel!”said Marilla in surprise.“And shes a very good girl now,isnt she?She doesnt get into trouble these days.Im sure she helps you a lot with the housework,Marilla.”“Yes,I dont know what Id do without her,”said Marilla,smiling.“And look at her!Those beautifu

2052、l grey eyes,and that red-brown hair!You know,Marilla,I thought you and Matthew made a mistake when you adopted her.But now I see I was wrong.Youve looked after her very well.”“Well,thank you,Rachel,”replied Marilla,pleased.That evening,when Matthew came into the kitchen,he saw that his sister was cr

2053、ying.“Whats the matter?”he asked,surprised.“You havent cried since well,I cant remember when.”“Its just well,I was thinking about Anne,”said Marilla.“IllIll miss her when she goes away.”“When she goes to Queens,you mean?Yes,but she can come home at weekends,on the train.”“Ill still miss her,”said Ma

2054、rilla sadly.”In June the Avonlea boys and girls had to go to Charlottetown to take their examinations.“Oh,I do hope that Ive done well,”Anne told Diana when she arrived back at Green Gables.“The examinations were very difficult.And Ive got to wait for three weeks before I know!Three weeks!Ill die!”A

2055、nne wanted to do better than Gilbert.But she also wanted to do well for Matthew and Marilla.That was very important to her.Diana was the first to hear the news,she ran into the kitchen at Green Gables and shouted,“Look,Anne!Its in Fathers newspaper!Youre first with Gilbert out of all the students on

2056、 the island!Oh,how wonderful!”Anne took the paper with shaking hands,and saw her name,at the top of the list of two hundred.She could not speak.“Well,now,I knew it,”said Matthew with a warm smile.“Youve done well,I must say,Anne,”said Marilla,who was secretly very pleased.For the next three weeks An

2057、ne and Marilla were very busy.Anne needs new dresses to take to Charlottetown.66.Which of the following statements is true?A.To be a teacher was one of Annes dreams.B.Both Anne and Diana studied hard for the special examination.C.Matthew and Marilla were Annes parents.D.Anne was adopted by Matthew a

2058、nd Marilla.67.Why are Anne and Gilbert enemies?Because _.A.they were competitors in school B.they didnt like each other C.it wasnt mentioned in the passage D.their parents were enemies 68.The paragraph“Oh Marilla!Id love to be a teacher!But wont it be very expensive?”should be put between _.A.paragr

2059、aph and B.paragraph and C.paragraph and D.paragraph and 69.What will be written in the following paragraph?A.Annes summer holiday.B.What will Anne talk about her college life with Diana C.How will Miss Stacy help Anne study.D.What will Anne do before attending college.70.From the passage,we can lear

2060、n that _.A.Miss Stay liked Anne very much B.when Anne became a teacher,she would have lived in the family for six years C.Marilla cried because Anne would leave for ever D.Rachel was a teacher of Annes 答案 66.D 67.A 68.C 69.D 70.B Passage 13(江西省抚州一中 2009 届高三第四次模拟考试 D 篇)Justins bedroom was so full of

2061、flat bicycle tires,bent tennis rackets,deflated basketballs,and games with missing pieces that you could barely get in the door.His parents pleaded with him to clean out his room.What use is a fish tank with a hole in the bottom?his father asked.But Justin simply smiled and repeated his motto,Never

2062、throw anything out,you never know when it might come in handy.When Justin was away from home,he always carried his blue backpack-a smaller version of his bedroom-a place to store the many objects that he collected.It was so worn and stretched that it hardly resembled a backpack anymore.Justin had ea

2063、rned a reputation for figuring things out and getting people out of otherwise hopeless situations.Many of his classmates and neighbors sought him out when they needed help with a problem.On the first day of school,his friend Kenny,came looking for Justin.Do you think you have something in your bag t

2064、hat could help me remember my locker combination?he asked.I lost the piece of paper it was written on.I have a science class in two minutes and if Im late on the first day itll make me look bad for the rest of the year.Kenny looked really worried.Relax,Justin said,taking his backpack off and unzippi

2065、ng the top.Remember how you borrowed my notebook in homeroom to write the combination down?Well,I know how we can recover what you wrote.He took the notebook and a soft lead pencil out of his bag.The page that Kenny had written on had left faint marks on another page in the notebook.Justin held the

2066、pencil on its side and rubbed it lightly over the marks.Slowly but surely the numbers of the locker combination appeared in white,set off by the gray pencil rubbings.Thats amazing!Kenny said.I owe you one.And he dashed off to open his locker.It was just another day in the life of the boy whose motto

2067、 was Never throw anything out,you never know when it might come in handy.68.Why is Justins room such a mess?A.He always forgets to clean it.B.He never throws anything away.C.He has no time to clean it.D.He shares the room with his brother.69.In what way is Justins backpack a smaller version of his b

2068、edroom?A.He uses it as a place to store objects.B.He uses it to carry his books and sports equipment.C.His parents tell him to clean it all the time.D.Hes had it for as long as he can remember.70.The underlined phrase pleaded with means A.ignored B.asked C.pushed D.Ordered 71.How does Kenny feel tow

2069、ard Justin?A.Annoyed.B.Disinterested.C.Grateful.D.Angry.答案 68.B 69.A 70.B 71.C Passage 14(山西省康杰中学 2009 届高三 6 月模拟 E 篇)For three days Mr Bunter did not say a word.He looked at people sensibly enough but seemed unable to hear any questions put to him.An officer remarked to the captain,“Those brass(黄铜)p

2070、lates on the steps of the bridge-ladder are very dangerous things.”“Are they?”replied Captain Johns,“It takes more than a brass plate to make an able-bodied man fall down in that way.And the weather fine,everything dry,and the ship going on a smooth sea!”On the fourth day,the chief officer looked be

2071、tter.He could hear and understand and could even speak in a weak voice.“Well,Mr Bunter,”said Captain Johns,“Can you tell us what caused the accident!”Bunter moved his head slightly and fixed his cold blue stare on the Captains eyes and said in a whisper,“Youwereright!”“Bless my soul!”cried out Capta

2072、in Johns,“Do you mean you had a supernatural experience that night?You saw a ghost on my ship?”Unwillingness,shame,disgust(反感)would have been seen on poor Bunters face if a good part of it had not been wrapped in bandage(绷带).He tried hard and answered,“Yes,I have seen.”“And did it did it knock you d

2073、own from the ladder?”“Come!Am I the sort of man to be knocked down by a ghost?”Captain Johns pointed a finger at Bunter.“Youve been terrified,”he said,“Thats whats the matter,even the man at the wheel was frightened,though he couldnt see anything.He felt the supernatural.Youve been punished because

2074、you wouldnt believe,Mr Bunter.”“Suppose I have,”said Bunter,“You dont know what I saw.And I cant tell you what it was like.Every man has his own ghosts.I stepped back.I dont remember anything else.”“The man at the wheel said you went backwards as if something had hit you.”“It was a sort of inward bl

2075、ow,”Bunter explained,“Arent you satisfied now that I believe?”72.We can know from the story that _.A.Mr Bunter had been punished because of his disbelief in ghost B.the ghost had hit Mr Bunter and he had fallen backwards C.Mr Bunter had somehow fallen down the bridge backwards D.Mr Bunter had hit hi

2076、mself against the brass plates on the steps of the bridge ladder 73.Bunter forced himself to agree that he had been punished because _.A.it could be clearly seen from his injuries B.he really had been punished C.he knew the man at the wheel also saw what had happened D.he wouldnt like to argue with

2077、the captain and that explanation would satisfy him 74.Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?A.Bunter could have seen a ghost.B.The captain tended to believe that Bunter had fallen as a supernatural punishment for his disbelief.C.Bunter was ashamed of admitting he had see

2078、n a ghost.D.Bunter and the captain could have been good friends.75.Why did Bunter have the feelings of unwillingness,shame and disgust?A.He had to lie about what he had seen.B.He couldnt prove he was right C.He suffered a lot from his injuries.D.It was because of his dislike of the captain.答案 72.C 7

2079、3.D 74.B 75.A Passage 15(陕西省师大附中 2009 届高三第四次模拟考试 B 篇)The young boy saw me,or rather,he saw the car and quickly ran up to me,eager to sell his hunches(串)of bananas and bags of peanutsThough he appeared to be about twelve,he seemed to have already known the bitterness of life“Banana 300 nairaPeanuts 2

2080、00 naira.”He said in a low voiceI bargained him down to 200 total for the fruit and nutsWhen he agreed,I handed him a 500 naira billHe didnt have change,so I told him not to worryHe said thanks and smiled a row of perfect teeth.When,two weeks later,I saw the boy again,I was more aware of my position

2081、 in a society where its not that uncommon to see a little boy who should be in school standing on the corner selling fruit in the burning sunMy parents had raised me to be aware of the advantage we had been afforded and the responsibility it brought to us.I pulled over and rolled down my windowHe ha

2082、d a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts readyI waved them away“Whats up?”I asked him“I I dont have money to buy books for school.”I reached into my pocket and handed him two fresh 500 naira bills“Will this help?”I askedHe looked around nervously before taking the moneyOne thousand naira was a lot

2083、of money to someone whose family probably made about 5,000 naira or less each year“Thank you,sir,”he said“Thank you very much!”When driving home,I wondered if my little friend actually used the money for schoolbooksWhat if hes a swindler(骗子)?And then I wondered why I did itDid I do it to make myself

2084、 feel better?Was I using him?Later,I realized that I didnt know his name or the least bit about him,nor did I think to ask.Over the next six months,I was busy working in a news agency in northern NigeriaSometime after I returned,I went out for a driveWhen I was about to pull over,the boy suddenly ap

2085、peared by my window with a big smile ready on his face.“Oh,gosh!Long time.”“Are you in school now?”I asked.He nodded.“Thats good,”I saidA silence fell as we looked at each other,and then I realized what he wanted“Here,”I held out a 500 naira bill“Take this.”He shook his head and stepped back as if h

2086、urt“Whats wrong?”I asked“Its a gift.”He shook his head again and brought his hand from behind his backHis face shone with sweat(汗水)He dropped a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts in the front seat before he said,“Ive been waiting to give these to you.”46What was the authors first impression of th

2087、e boy?AHe seemed to be poor and greedy BHe seemed to have suffered a lot.CHe seemed younger than his age DHe seemed good at bargaining.47The second time the author met the boy,the boy _.Atold him his purpose of selling fruit and nuts Bwanted to express his thanks Casked him for money for his schoolb

2088、ooks Dtried to take advantage of him 48Why did the author give his money to the boy?ABecause he had enough money to do that.BBecause he had learnt to help others since childhood.CBecause he held a higher position in the society.DBecause he had been asked by the news agency to do so.49Which of the fo

2089、llowing best describes the boy?ABrave and polite BKind and smart.CHonest and thankful DShy and nervous.答案 46.B 47.A 48.B 49.C Passage 16(浙江省宁海县知恩中学 2009 届高三最后适应性考试 D 篇)We spent a day in the country,picking wild flowers.With the car full of flowers we were going home.On our way back my wife noticed a

2090、 cupboard（柜厨）outside a furniture shop.It was tall and narrow.“Buy it,”my wife said at once.“Well carry it home on the roof rack.Ive always wanted one like that.”What could I do?Ten minutes later I was 20 poorer;and the cupboard was tied on the roof rack.It was six feet long and eighteen inches squar

2091、e,quite heavy too.In the gathering darkness I drove slowly.Other drivers seemed unusually polite that evening.The police even stopped traffic to let us through.Carrying furniture was a good idea.After a time my wife said,“Theres a long line of cars behind.Why dont they overtake,I wonder?”In fact a p

2092、olice car did overtake.The two officers inside looked at us seriously as they passed.But then,with great kindness,they led us through the rush-hour traffic.The police car stopped at our village church.One of the officers came to me.“Right,sir,”he said.“Do you need any more help?”I was a bit puzzled.

2093、“Thanks,officer,”I said.“You have been very kind.I live just on the road.”He was staring at our car,first at the flowers,then at the cupboard.“Well,well,”he said,laughing.“Its a cupboard youve got there!We thought it was something else.”My wife began to laugh.The truth hit me like a stone between th

2094、e eyes.I smiled at the officer.“Yes,its a cupboard,but thanks again.”I drove home as fast as I could.53.In fact the husband _ the cupboard.A.would like very much to buy B.badly wanted C.was glad to have bought D.would rather not buy 54.Other drivers didnt overtake the couples car because _.A.the rus

2095、h-hour traffic was too busy B.they wanted to show their respect C.their cars couldnt run fast D.the couple were very important people 55.The police thought they were _.A.carrying a cupboard to the church B.sending flowers to the church C.carrying nothing but a piece of furniture D.going to attend a

2096、funeral at the church 56.What did the husband think of this matter?A.It was very strange.B.He felt ashamed of it.C.He took great pride in it.D.He was puzzled at it.答案 53.D 54.B 55.D 56.B Passage 17(福建省厦门双十中学 2008 年 6 月迎考热身试卷 A 篇)While watching the Olympics the other night,I came across an unbelievab

2097、le sight.It was not a gold medal,or a world record broken,but a show of courage.The event was swimming and started with only three men on the blocks.For one reason or another,two of them false started,so they were disqualified.That left only one to complete.It would have been difficult enough,not ha

2098、ving anyone to race against,even though the time on the clock is important.I watched the man dive off the bock and knew right away that something was wrong.Im not an expert swimmer,but I can tell a good dive from a poor one,and this was not exactly medal quality.When he resurfaced,it was evident tha

2099、t the man was not out for gold his arms were waving in an attempt at freestyle.The crowd started to laugh.Clearly this man was not a medal competitor.I listened to the crowd begin to laugh at this poor man who was clearly having a hard time.Finally he made his turn to start back.It was pitiful.He ma

2100、de a few desperate strokes and you could tell he was worn out.But in those few awful strokes,the crowd had changed.No longer were they laughing,but beginning to cheer.Some even began to stand and shout“Come on,you can do it!”and he did.A clear minute past the average swimmer,this young man finally f

2101、inished his race.The crowd went wild.You would have thought that he had won the gold,and should have.Even though he recorded one of the slowest times in Olympic history,this man gave more heart than any of the other competitors.Just a short year ago,he had never even swum,let alone race.His country

2102、had been invited to Sydney.In a competition where athletes remove their silver medals feeling they have somehow been cheated out of gold,or when they act so proudly in front of their competitors,it is nice to watch an underdog.56.From the passage we can learn that the young man _.A.made his turn to

2103、start back pitifully B.was skillful in freestyle in the game C.swam faster than the average swimmer D.was not capable enough to win the medal 57.The crowd changed their attitudes because _.A.they felt sorry for the young man B.they wanted to show their sympathy C.they were moved by the young man D.t

2104、hey meant to please the young man 58.According to the passage,“it is nice to watch an underdog”probably means _.A.its amusing to watch a man with awful swimming skills B.its amazing to watch an ordinary man challenging himself C.its cheerful for athletes to act proudly before their competitors D.its

2105、 brave enough for some athletes to remove the silver medals 59.Whats the best title for the passage?A.Go for it!B.Try again！C.Compete for Gold!D.Break a Record!答案 56.D 57.C 58.B 59.A Passage 18(河南省开封市 2008 届第四次模拟考试 B 篇)Mark felt that it was time for him,to take part in his community,so he went to th

2106、e neighborhood meeting after work.The area s city councilwoman(女议员)was leading a discussion about how the quality of life was decreasing.The neighborhood faced many problems.Mark looked at the charts taped to the walls.There are charts for parking problems,crime,and for problems in vacant buildings.

2107、People were supposed to suggest solutions to the councilwoman.It was too much for Mark.The problems are too big,he thought.He turned to the man next to him and said,I think this is a waste of my time.Nothing I could do would make a difference here.Mark thought some more on his way to the bus stop.Pe

2108、ople should just take care of themselves,he decided.That s enough to do.I can t take on all the problems of the world.As he neared the bus stop,Mark saw a woman carrying a grocery bag and a baby.She was trying to unlock her car,but she didnt have a free hand.As Mark got closer,her other child,a litt

2109、le boy,suddenly darted into the street.The woman tried to reach for him,but as she moved,her bag shifted and the groceries started to fall out.Mark ran to take the boys arm and led him back to his mother.Then he picked up the groceries while the woman smiled in relief.Thanks!she said.Youve got great

2110、 timing!Just being neighborly,Mark said.As he rode home,he glanced at the walls of the bus.On one of them was Small acts of kindness add up.Mark smiled and thought,Maybe thats a good place to start.60.In Marks opinion,_.A.nobody was so able as to solve the problems B.he was not in the position to so

2111、lve such problems C.many people were too selfish to think about others D.he already had more than enough work to do 61.The underlined word darted in paragraph 5 can be best replaced by _.A.walked B.marched C.wandered D.rushed 62.What is the implication of the Words on the bus wall?A.You should be ki

2112、nd to your neighbors and they will treat you the same way.B.Everyone can play his own part to make things better.C.All small acts will add up to kindness.D.Its a small act to help a person in need.63.The passage is mainly about _.A.how individuals can help make a difference B.running a neighborhood

2113、meeting to solve its problems C.citizens reactions to the problems they face D.solving problems through group action 答案 60.B 61.D 62.B 63.A Passage 19(西安交大附中 20072008 学年度下学期高三第四次模拟考试 A 篇)Dear Sir or Madam,With so many students going or having gone to study abroad in our school,Weiwei Tang is among t

2114、he few for whom writing a letter of recommendation is really a pleasure.I first saw her when I worked as a tutor teacher（班主任）of a class in the third year of its senior high school.That day,I was on the playground supervising the morning exercises of my class.Next to mine were the classes of the fres

2115、hmen.Among them was a girl,to whom the morning excises of our school seemed totally alien（陌生的）.She didnt seem to be worried or embarrassed,but she exercised to the music,copying the moves of her classmates.Her confidence impressed me.Later,when I was watching an English talent show in our school,I s

2116、aw the girl again.She was hosting the program.That time,her beautiful spoken English struck me.Later on,I learnt from other teachers of English that she often did such jobs on similar occasions.In 2006,when they became grade three students,I was in charge of English teaching of two classes,one of wh

2117、ich was Class 11,and the girl became one of my students.Facing the College Entrance Exam,they were going to pass one of the hardest years of their life.Though Weiwei Tang didnt top the class in academic performance,two of her individualities contributed to my pleasure of writing this very letter.For

2118、 one thing,she was definitely among the students who were often around the teachers,communicating ideas and asking questions;for another,her confidence wasnt lessened by the pressure from going to an idea college.Her active participation in various campus activities may have contributed a lot to her

2119、 being so friendly to others and so communicative.When she told me of her plan to study abroad and her TOFEL grade,I didnt feel it unexpected,because I believe that is what she should dofacing more challenges and creating more chances.Her confident smiles deserve more.Sincerely yours,Kane Shaw Engli

2120、sh teacher of her senior year of high school 45Which of the following is most probably an example from paragraph 5?AAs a member of the English Club of our school,she often hosted kinds of ceremonies.BSeveral times,she was among the top ten students in the grade in the final examinations.CShe once fo

2121、und a purse with several thousand yuan in it and helped find the owner.DShe was always on time for school and was never absent from school for any reason.46According to the writer,the writer first saw Weiwei Tang in .A2002 B2004 C2005 D2006 47Which of the following words cant be used to describe Wei

2122、wei Tang?AConfident.BActive.CSilent.DCommunicative.48What does the writer want to express in the second paragraph?AThe girl is confident.BWhen he first saw the girl.CHow he got to know the girl.DThe girl wasnt in the school for her junior high school years.答案 45.A 46.B 47.C 48.A Passage 20(2007 年北京海

2123、淀区高三年级第一学期期末 A 篇)My grandfather grew up in war-torn Europe.When German soldiers occupied his hometown,the thriving city of Tarow,Poland,he refused to obey them and eventually joined the Soviet army to fight for his countrys freedom.“Stand straight,stand tall,”he told himself.After the war,in 1947,he

2124、 boarded a boat for Manhattan.He was hungry and suffering from seasickness.All alone in a new country,he was frightened about his future.Still,he marched head-on into the hustle and bustle of the streets of New York.Soon he met other European immigrants,each of them trying to find his or her own way

2125、.If they could do it,why couldnt he?“Stand straight,stand tall,”he would remind himself.Thanks to the help of a loyal and trusting friend,my grandfather gained a jewelry booth on Canal Street,New York City.He once told me how nervous he was on that first day of work.He was not only trying to learn t

2126、his tough new business,but also a new language.To his surprise,the men in neighboring boothswho could have taken advantage of himoffered their help and advice.Within months,my grandfather was commanding his spot behind the counter,selling diamonds and cultured pearls as if hed been doing it his whol

2127、e life.Stand straight and stand tall.In later years,my grandfather would take both my mother and her sister down the aisle at their weddings.As he stood with each of them,he thought about their new beginnings,and of the adventures and journeys they would experience together.He also thought about the

2128、 children who would one day carry on his family name.I am so proud to be one of those children.Listening to my grandfathers remarkable experiences has changed the way I view my own life.56Which is the correct order of the things that happened in the passage?a.My grandfather took both my mother and h

2129、er sister down the aisle at their weddings.b.World War II broke out in Europe.c.My grandfather went to America.d.My grandfather began to run his diamond business.e.The men in neighboring booths helped him.Ab,c,a,d,e Bb,c,d,e,a Cb,c,e,a,d Dc,b,e,d,a 57Which is NOT true according to the passage?AMy gr

2130、andfather was a soldier during World War II.BMy grandfather went to America by sea.CMy grandfather had been doing a jewelry business his whole life.DMy grandfather ran his business successfully.58Grandpa probably inspired his grandchildren in time of trouble by saying“”.AA friend in need is a friend

2131、 indeed BGod help those who help themselves CStand straight,stand tall DPractice makes perfect 59It can be concluded that .AGrandpa never lost heart in time of hardships BGrandpa never threw doubt upon his fate CGrandpa was born to be a businessman DGrandpa didnt live up to his friends expectations

2132、答案 56.B 57.C 58.C 59.A Passage 21(北京东城区 20062007 学年度第一学期期末教学目标检测 B 篇)But I wonder about my Momma sometimes,and all the other Negro(blacks)mothers who got up at 6 a.m.to go to the white mans house with sacks over their shoes because it was so wet and cold.I wonder how they made it.They worked very ha

2133、rd for the man,they made his breakfast and they scrubbed his floors and they took care of his babies.They didnt have too much time for us.I wonder about my Momma,who walked out of a white womans clean house at midnight and came back to her own where the lights had been out for three months,and the p

2134、ipes were frozen and the wind came in through the holes in the wall.Shed have to make deals with the rats:leave some food out for them so the wouldnt bite the doors or the babies.The roaches（蟑螂）？Oh,they were just like part of the family!I wonder how she felt telling those white kids she took care of

2135、 to brush their teeth after they ate,to wash their hands after they finish bathroom.She could never tell her own kids because there wasnt soap or water back home.I wonder how my Momma felt when we came home from school with a list of vitamins and pills the school nurse said we had to have.Momma woul

2136、d cry all night,and then go out and spend most of the rent money for pills.A week later,the white man would come for his eighteen dollars rent and Momma would beg him to wait until tomorrow.She had to lie to him that she had lost her wallet or the relief check was coming soon or the white people had

2137、 some money for her.Tomorrow Id be hiding in the closet because there was only supposed to be two kids in the flat,and I could hear the rent man shout at my Momma and call her a cheat.And when he finally went away,Momma put the sacks on her shoes and went off to the rich white mans house to dress th

2138、e rich white kids so their mother could take them to a special baby doctor.60Mother got up at 6 a.m.every day,because .Ashe had to cook breakfast for her children Bshe had to catch the first bus to the factory Cshe had to work in the white mans house Dshe had to go to see a special baby doctor 61Mot

2139、her never told us to brush our teeth or to wash our hands because .Ashe though we didnt need to Bwe didnt like washing hands Cwe had done everything very well Dthere was no soap or water in our home 62Why did the writer hide in a closet when the landowner came for rent?AThe closet could only hold tw

2140、o kids.BOnly two kids were allowed to live in the house.CThey should pay more rent for two kids.DThere was only one bedroom for the two kids.63What does the writer mainly tell us?ABlack people lead a miserable life.BBlack people dont have enough rent money.CWhite people lead an expensive life.DWhite

2141、 people have special baby doctors.答案 60.C 61.D 62.A 63.A Passage 22(山东省滨州市 2007 届高三第四次模拟考试 A 篇)My grandfather grew up in wartorn Europe.When German soldiers occupied his home-town,the thriving city of Tarow,Poland,he refused to obey them and eventually joined the Soviet army to fight for his country

2142、s freedom.“Stand straight,stand tall,”he told himself.After the war,in 1947,he boarded a boat for Manhatan.He was hungry and suffering from seasickness.All alone in a new country,he was frightened about his future.Still,he marched head-on into the hustle of the streets of New York.Soon he met other

2143、European immigrants,each of them trying to find his or her own way.If they could do it,why couldnt he?“Stand straight,stand tall,”he would remind himself.Thanks to the help of a loyal and trusting friend,my grandfather gained a jewelry booth on Canal Street,New York City.He once told me how nervous

2144、he was on that first day of work.He was not only trying to learn this tough new business,but also a new language.To his surprise,the men in neighboring boothswho could have taken advantage of himoffered their help and advice.Within months,my grandfather was commanding his spot behind the counter,sel

2145、ling diamonds and cultured pearls as if hed been doing it his whole life.Stand straight and stand tall.In later years,my grandfather would take both my mother and her sister down the aisle at their weddings.As he stood with each of them,he thought about their new beginnings,and of the adventures and

2146、 journeys they would experience together.He also thought about the children who would one day carry on his family name.I am so proud to be one of those children.Listening to my grandfathers remarkable experiences has changed the way I view my own life.56Which is the correct order of the things that

2147、happened in the passage?a.My grandfather took both my mother and her sister down the aisle at their weddings.b.World War broke out in Europe.c.My grandfather went to America.d.My grandfather began to run his diamond business.e.The men in neighboring booths helped him.Ab,c,a,d,e Bb,c,d,e,a Cb,c,e,a,d

2148、 Dc,b,e,d,a 57Which is NOT true according to the passage?AMy grandfather was a soldier during World war.BMy grandfather went to America by sea.CMy grandfather had been doing a jewelry business his whole life.DMy grandfather ran his business successfully.58What does the underlined word“aisle”in the l

2149、ast but one paragraph mean?Apassage Bpath Cbalcony Dpavement 59Grandpa probably inspired his grandchildren in time of trouble by saying“”.AA friend in need is a friend indeed BGod help those who help themselves CStand straight,stand tall DPractice makes perfect 60It can be concluded that _.AGrandpa never lost heart in time of hardships BGrandpa never threw doubt upon his fate CGrandpa was born to be a businessman DGrandpa didnt live up to his friends expectations 答案 56.B 57.C 58.A 59.C 60.A